THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ORIGINAL NARRATIVES ' OF TRAVEL AND ! '" : ADVENTURE 1800 - 1865 By HENRY R. WAGNER SAN FRANCISCO JOHN HOWELL 1921 PREFACE This book was first printed in the summer and fall of 1920 here in Berkeley while I was in New York. Owing to an unfortunate misunderstanding it finally appeared with a very great number of errors and quite a few copies passed into circulation before I saw it. I immediately stopped the sale but as I am lead to believe that there is really a de- mand for the volume, I have concluded to reprint it, taking advantage of the opportunity to add a few items and also to amplify somewhat and rewrite the notes of some of the numbers. With few exceptions I only describe books containing personal experiences of the authors, as my aim is to present the fact and fiction of the period between 1800 and 1865 as written and printed during the same period. The notes contain in most cases, partial digests of the contents of the book described and frequently reference to other works covering the same ground printed after 1865, al- though in general I have made no attempt to make a com- plete bibliography of the subject but only one of original editions. In the case of the rarer books I have also noted where copies can be found, it being understood that the others are accessible in any large library. In view of the fact that the book is designed principally for the use of collectors, I should have been pleased to give some indication as to market values, but owing to the rapid advance in the value of all western books except the com- monest, and the present somewhat chaotic-estate of the market, I have not felt competent to adventure in this field. In recent years we have seen extraordinary advances in the value of books, prints, pictures, and generally all objects which appeal to collectors, and in no field has this advance been more re- markable, nor, some people would say, more exaggerated than in that of books on the "West." For a long period these books were entirely neglected and books which now bring $100 twenty-five years ago were unsalable at $1.50. The high prices now being paid will no doubt bring to light more copies, but on the whole, my experience indicates that those which can now be called rare will continue to be so to the end of time. Certain books which were published and ^47634 circulated in literary centers like London, New York, and Cincinnati in the forties and fifties, have survived in consider- able number but the paper covered pamphlet issued for reasons of local authorship or local pride in some out of the way place in the West was issued in a limited number to start with and went into the waste paper basket in most cases very shortly. Furthermore the very small commercial value which most of them had at the time when they were printed and for a long time afterwards did not conduce to their preservation. No general historical work of which I have any know- ledge attempts to cover in any comprehensive manner this period. The two most important books dealing with the period before the gold rush are "Chittenden's Fur Trade" and "W. I. Marshall's Acquisition of Oregon." For the subse- quent period there is nothing except Bancroft's Works. These latter are very uneven in character ; the volumes relating to Colorado, Wyoming, Montana, Idaho and Utah being the least useful and most fragmentary of any of Mr. Bancroft's works. His history of California contains very important and extended references to the early overland expeditions. Mr. Bancroft collected an immense amount of material relating to this early period which still remains in manuscript in the Ban- croft Library. Undoubtedly he made use of it in writing his history and therefore it is to be doubted whether the publica- tion of the many diaries and reminiscences would prove any substantial contribution to our knowledge of the period. The Missouri Historical Society and Kansas Historical Society also possess considerable material still in manuscript of great interest and their publications contain much of prime importance. The same can be said of the publications of the Historical Societies of Montana, Oregon and South Dakota, and also of the annual publications of the Oregon Society of Pioneers. The New York Historical Society possesses a con- siderable portion if not all of the records of the American Fur Company's operations on the upper Missouri. A large number of the books of Ft. Union are there, books of account, letter books, etc., together with a large mass of correspondence which to my knowledge has never been examined, or, if at all, only casually. The Archives of the Hudson Bay Company in London probably contain the greatest amount of material relative to the Northern Rocky Mountain region, but so far, very little work has been done on them. Agnes C. Laut has made some explorations therein and extracted some valuable documents; especially the journals of Peter Skeene Ogden of his expeditions into the Snake River country, subsequently published in full by the Oregon Historical Society. Just as I am writing this I have received the latest contribution to Fur Trade literature, "Journal Of A Fur-Trading Expedition On The Upper Missouri 1812-1813" By John C. Luttig Clerk Of The Missouri Fur Company Edited By Stella M. Dm mm, St. Louis Missouri Historical Society, 1920. A goodly portion of miscellaneous information will be found in the notes to Dr. Elliot Coues' editions of Pike, Lewis and Clark, Alexander Henry and Jacob Fowler, the various notes to the reprints of western books by R. G. Thwaites and in those by W. B. Douglas to the reprints by the Missouri Historical Society of James and Wislizenus. References to Sabin are to Sabin's Dictionary of Books relating to America and to Raines to Raines' Bibliography of Texas. The references to Hasse are to Adelaide R. Hasse's Reports of Explorations, etc. Washington, 1899, a very useful work. The abbreviations used, I think, in all cases can easily be understood without the necessity of making a list, but I may say that P. P. signifies privately printed. P. P. W. signifies printed paper wrappers. HENRY R. WAGNER, Berkeley, California, March, 1921 T TTxe PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES MACKENZIE, ALEXANDER Voyages From Montreal, On The River St. Laurence, Through The Continent Of North America, To The Frozen And Pacific Oceans ; In the Years 1789 and 1793. With A Preliminary Account Of The Rise, Progress, And Present State Of The Fur Trade Of That Country. Illustrated With Maps. By Alexander Mackenzie, Esq. London : Printed For T. Cadell, Jun. . . . M. DCCC. I. 4 Half title, title, pp. VIII; CXXXII ; 412; Err. (2); 3 maps, portrait Mackenzie. Maps: Map of America between latitudes 40 and 70 north, and longitude 45 and 180 west, exhibiting Mackenzie's Track from Montreal to Ft. Chipewyan. Map of Mackenzie's Track from Ft. Chipewyan to the North Sea. Map of Mackenzie's Track from Ft. Chipewyan to the Pacific, 1793. After a preface, pp. (III)-VIII there follow CXXXII pages of a General History of the Fur Trade and examples of the Knisteneaux and Algonquin Tongues and Chipewayan language. This account of the fur trade constitutes the first printed account of the development of this trade in the Northwest by the North- west Company. According to J. B. Tyrrell it was written by Roderick Mackenzie. However, very considerable information had been obtained in the United States regarding the Northwest territories and the fur trade from Peter Pond, a native of Con- necticut, who, in 1773, embarked in the trade and opened the Athabasca country in 1778. Pond returned to the United States before 1795 and at the time of the discussions over Jay's treaty in 1795 he appeared as an authority on northwest affairs. Pond's journal was still in existence some years ago and its publication was begun in Journal of Am. Hist. Ass. Vol. 1 1907 pp. 89 and 357, but was discontinued for some reason. Pond's map in Hud- son Bay archives in London and Kohl Coll. Lib. Cong. Also see Canadian archives for 1890. Mackenzie was the first white man to cross the continent according to our best knowledge and his journal of this expedi- tion from May 9, 1793 to his arrival at the Sea July 30, 1793, and 11] THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES return to the fort on the Peace River August 24, is of surpassing interest. The fine engraved portrait of Mackenzie is after a painting by T. Lawrence. 1 MACLAURIES, MR. A Narrative, Or Journal Of Voyages And Travels Through The North-West Continent Of America ; In The years 1789 And 1793. By Mr. Maclauries. London : Printed For J. Lee, . . . 1802. 12 2 p. 1., 91 pp. This must be an extract from Mackenzie. I have never seen a copy of it. Collation above from Lib. Cong. copy. 2 PERRIN DU LAC, M. Voyage Dans Les Deux Louisianes, Et Chez Les Nations Sauvages Du Missouri, par les Etats-Unis, 1'Ohio et les Provinces qui le bordent, en 1801, 1802 et 1803; Avec un apergu des Moeurs, des Usages, du Caractere et des Coutumes religieuses et civiles des Peuples de ces diverses Contrees. Par M. Perrin Du Lac. A Paris, Chez Capelle Et Renand, Libraires Commis- sinnaires, rue J. J. Rousseau. Et, a Lyon, chez Bruysset - aine et Buynand. 1805. 8 Half title and title, leaf of dedication, X of preface, 479 pp. text, map, and plate of the Mammoth. Map: Carte Du Missouri Levee ou Rectifiee dans toute son Etendue, Par F. ols Perrin du Lac 1'An 1802. In Chapter 24 Perrin du Lac gives an account of a trading expedition up the Missouri to the Kansas, up the Kansas 240 miles and return and up the Missouri to the Riviere Blanche, leav- ing St. Louis May 18, 1802, and returning there September 20th. Besides the Osages and Kansas Indians, he visited the Otoes on the Platte, and the Republican Pawnees farther up the same river. He says there was an old fort of the "Company of the High Missouri" opposite the mouth of the Platte. Continuing up the Missouri they found the Mahas. At the L'Eau qui Court (3 miles distant) they found the Poncas. At the Riviere Blanche they found a village of Cheyennes of 120 men, most of whom he says had never before seen a white man. In chapters 25 and 26 he gives an account of the Missouri fur trade in which he says the traders go only to the Ricaras; and that the Mandans, Cheyennes and Minnetares participate very little in the trade, receiving most of their goods from other JOURNAL or VOYAGES AND TRAVELS, 1H1OUGB T*i XORTH-WF.ST CONTINENT or flmerita; tllK VI VRS 178!) AND 1795. Mr. MACLAURIES. LONDON F1N 11^ LLt, N*. 12, King Stioct, Coent Gardcm. r.ntfr, l*t, St. Martut't !. 'Of: ./ tJC.J. THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES Indians. Chapters 29-40 contain an extensive account of the Indians of the Upper Missouri, including the Mandans, Sioux, Gros-Ventres and Cheyennes. He places the Cheyennes chiefly on the Cheyenne River, which he says rises in the Rocky Moun- tains and speaks of the Kiowas as their allies hunting the same country. Also refers to the Assiniboines and the Yellowstone River. He says in chapter 24 that he obtained most of his infor- mation on this subject from on old French trader who accom- panied him, an old employee of the "Company of the High Mis- souri," who had gone up the river farther than any one else and had passed many years there. This man, under a promise of re- ward from the Spanish Government officials, for information on unknown nations, had presented various memoirs of real value, but as happened to all s ; milar memoirs, his labors were lost for lack of attention to them. Perrin du Lac claims to have extracted the most essential details from those memoirs in the archives, his informant prob- ably being Pierre Menard. The map in this book is the earliest published map of the trans-Missouri region which can be said to display even the faintest resemblance to accuracy. As the track of Jacques Mackay to the bad lands of Western Nebraska during his expedi- tion of 1796 is laid down on it, it is fair to assume that Mackay's map which we have evidence to prove existed in manuscript at this period formed the basis for this portion and the upper Missouri part. Mackay knew the river by personal knowledge to the old Mandan village and Frenchmen had been as far as the Yellow- stone and perhaps farther long before 1800. In French and Spanish writings of the last half and the end of the 18th century there are many conflicting statements as to the distance up the Missouri which the French had gone. The official knowledge seemed to extend only to the Mandan Village, but it is quite obvious that in reality the traders knew much more. About the time of the cession of Louisiana or perhaps earlier, Jefferson ob- tained possession of a manuscript map of the upper Missouri, no doubt Mackay's map and no doubt Lewis and Clark had a copy of it. Lewis Houck in the History of Missouri has collected a number of documents relative to the "Company of the High Missouri" and its efforts to monopolize the fur trade of which Jacques Glamorgan was the moving spirit. See article by F. J. Teggart in the report of the Am. Hist. Ass. for 1908 entitled "Notes Supplementary to any edition of Lewis and Clark" for Mackay's map. 3 LEWIS AND CLARK Message From The President Of The United States, Communicating Discoveries Made In Exploring The Mis- souri, Red River And Washita, By Captains Lewis And Clark, Doctor Sibley, And Mr. Dunbar ; With A Statisti- cal Account Of The Countries Adjacent. February 19, 1806. Printed by order of the Senate. City Of Washington : A. & G. Way, Printers, 1806. 4 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 8 171, (7) pp.; folding tables facing 31, 35. Map: Map of the Washita River in Louisiana from the Hot Springs to the Confluence of the Red River and the Mis- sissippi laid down from the Journal and Survey of Wm. Dunbar, Esq., in the year 1804, by Nicholas King. This map which is very rare, was republished in "Documents Relating to the Purchase and Exploration of Louisiana. Boston, 1904." The above is the first issue. It also appeared shortly after or at the same time with the same imprint and same title except in place of "Printed by order of the Senate" it contains "Read and ordered to lie on the table." This edition is collated by Coues as in 171 pp., 3 leaves, and by Sabin as in 180 (8) pp. and Map. I think Sabin in error but possibly the map was only put out with some copies of this second issue, as very few copies of the map exist. Also New-York: Printed By Hopkins and Seymour, And Sold By G. F. Hopkins, 1806, in 128 pp. and folded leaf. Also Natchez: "With an Appendix by Mr. Dunbar." Printed by Andrew Marschall, 1806 8 174 pp. (not seen). Only one copy of this Natchez edition has appeared in ten years to my know- ledge. There is very little of Lewis and Clark in this work but abundant and valuable information regarding the trans-Mississippi, much of it the first reliable and authentic information imparted to the Americans regarding this region; especially can this be said of the Sibley and Dunbar narratives. 4 GASS, PATRICK A Journal Of The Voyages And Travels Of A Corps Of Discovery, Under The Command of Capt. Lewis And Capt. Clarke Of The Army Of The United States, From The Mouth Of The River Missouri Through The Interior Parts Of North America To The Pacific Ocean, During the Years 1804, 1805 & 1806. Containing An authentic relation of the most interesting transactions during the expedition, A description of the country, And an account of its inhab- itants, soil, climate, curiosities and vegetable and animal productions. By Patrick Gass, One Of The Persons Em- ployed In The Expedition. With Geographical And Ex- planatory Notes By The Publisher. [Copy-right Secured According To Law]. Pittsburg, Printed By Zadok Cramer, For David M'Keehan, Publisher And Proprietor . . . 1807. 12 VIII; (2) 11-262 pp. A Life of Gass was published by J. G. Jacob in Wellsburg, Va., 1859. 280 pp. Port. Gass and 3 plates. DISCOVERIES MA?F IS ESPL 1 II M 1 : S O U II I , R t u R I VER AND WASHIFA, 3V AND \VtLLlAM DUNBAR, E WITH v STATISTICAL ACCOUNT OF THfc N "\ItlEi AD)\CLN'i WITH AN APPENDIX BY NATCHEZ BY ANDREW 1806, THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES Mathew Carey evidently bought the copyright of this book as he reprinted it and published it in 1810 and successively with new dates on the title page each year to 1812, perhaps later. The material was identical with the original except that Carey in- serted six plates but the pagination is the same in spite of the fact that it was reprinted. I have a copy of the 1812 issue called "Fourth Ed." not seen by Coues which contains a leaf of "Review of this work" next the title, V-X of preface and then 11-262, the leaf of half title being omitted. It contains at the beginning a small folding map entitled "Louisiana" which I have not seen mentioned by any bibliographer, and the plates, while the same, have been recut. 5 HENRY, ALEXANDER Travels And Adventures In Canada And The Indian Ter- ritories, Between The Years 1760 And 1766. In Two Parts . . . By Alexander Henry, Esq. New- York: Printed And Published By I. Riley . . . 1809. 8 VI (2), 330 pp. (1) of Errata, portrait of Henry. Owing to the infrequent occurrence of the portrait, I conclude many copies were issued without it. Henry went to the northwest in 1765, and while there spent most of his time on the Saskatchewan with the Assiniboine Indians. The principal and best authority on the history of the North- west after Henry's time is "David Thompson's Narrative" edited by J. B. Tyrrell and published in Toronto by the Champlain Society in 1915. It comprises the period between 1784 and 1812. Besides being a fur trader, Thompson was the astronomer of the Northwest company after he joined it in 1797 and made a map of the territory, the accuracy of which has been highly praised by all subsequent explorers. The map was a kind of continuous performance, new discoveries being plotted on it, but it was finished in 1814 and still exists in the archives of the Government of Ontario. It was reproduced on a somewhat reduced scale by Tyrrell in his edition. It formed the basis of Arrowsmith's maps of the northwest territory from an early date but the earliest publication of it under Thompson's name, to my knowledge, appears in "Papers relative to the exploration of the Country be- tween Lake Superior and the Red River Settlement." London, 1859. However, Tyrrell says the Canadian government published it in 1857 but I have not seen it. Previously Elliott Coues had made use of these journals of Thompson, preserved in manuscript in the Canadian archives in editing the journal of Alexander Henry, Jr., a contemporary of Thompson. Coues' work was published as "New Light On The Early History Of The Greater' Northwest. The Manuscript Journals Of Alexander Henry, Fur Trader of the Northwest Company and of David Thompson, Official Geographer and Ex- plorer of the same Company 1799-1814 Exploration and Adventure among the Indians on the Red, Saskatchewan, Missouri and THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES Columbia Rivers Edited with Copious Critical Commentary By Elliott Coues, Editor of "Lewis and Clark," of "Pike," etc., etc. In 3 vols. N. Y. Francis P. Harper, 1897." The Alexander Henry of Coues was the nephew of the Henry of Henry's Journal and wrote a much more interesting narrative. Masson in "Les Bourgeois De La Compagnie Du Nord-Ouest Recites de Voyages, Lettres et Rapports Inedits Relatifs Au Nord-Ouest Canadian. Publics Avec une Esquisse Historique et des Annotations Par R. Masson. Quebec, 1889 and 1890," has printed a number of documents bearing on the history of the northwest during the period of the supremacy of the Northwest Company, including F. A. Larocque's Journal 1804-1805 of a visit to the Mandans; Charles Mackenzie's narrative of four trading expeditions to the Missouri, 1804, 1805, 1806; Mr. Simon Fraser's journal of a voyage from the Rocky Mountains to the Pacific Coast, 1808; Reminiscences of Roderic McKenzie; Letters of W. F. Wentzel; Extracts from the Journal Of James McKenzie, 1799 and 1800; Letters of George Keith, 1807 to 1817; and Autobiog- raphical Notes of John McDonald of Garth, 1791-1816. 6 LEWIS AND CLARK The Travels Of Capts. Lewis & Clarke, By Order Of The Government Of The United States, 'Performed In The Years 1804, 1805, & 1806, Being Upwards Of Three Thou- sand Miles, From St. Louis, By Way Of The Missouri, And Columbia Rivers, To The Pacifick Ocean ; Containing an Account of the Indian Tribes, who inhabit the Western part of the Continent unexplored, and unknown before. With Copious Delineations Of The Manners, Customs, Religion, Etc. Of The Indians. Compiled From various authentic sources and Documents To Which Is Subjoined, A Sum- mary of the Statistical view of the Indian Nations, from the Official Communication of Meriwether Lewis. Em- bellished with a Map of the Country inhabited by the Western tribes of Indians, and five Engravings of Indian Chiefs. Philadelphia: Published By Hubbard Lester . . . 1809. Price 1 dollar 62y 2 cts. 12 XII, 13-300 pp., map, 5 plates. Map: Map of the Country Inhabited by the Western Tribes of Indians. The frontis piece "Sioux Queen" was engraved by W. R. Jones and presumably the other plates. This is the publication which so aroused the ire of Dr. Coues, and is usually referred to as a counterfeit publication. It contains copious extracts from Carver and Mackenzie, but some of it is taken from Gass's narrative. With this latter exception, the only thing about the Lewis & Clark expedition except what already had been published in the message are the two letters of Capt. Clark, dated Ft. Mandan, April 2 (1804) and St. Louis, 23 Sept., 1806. I have made some efforts to discover if or where these letters had been previously printed, but without success; they probably both appeared originally in some Western newspaper. The principal part of Capt. Clark's letter to his brother is embodied in an article in "The Navigator," Pittsburgh, 1808, 6th edition, in "A Brief Account of the Missouri River" and it is there quoted as if well known. It was reprinted with the map re-engraved and without the plates in the same year in London in 8 IX, 309 pp. The "Anec- dotes" were also omitted. In 1812 and 1813, it was re-printed in Philadelphia and Baltimore in an inferior manner, without the plates and map, but with portraits of Lewis and Clark in the 1812 edition and three new woodcuts in the 1813 edition. 7 PIKE, Z. M. An Account Of Expeditions To The Sources of the Mis- sissippi, And Through The Western Parts Of Louisiana, To The Sources Of The Arkansaw, Kans, La Platte, And Pierre Jaun, Rivers ; Performed By Order Of The Govern- ment Of The United States During The Years 1805, 1806, And 1807. And A Tour Through The Interior Parts Of New Spain, When Conducted Through These Provinces, By Order Of The Captain-General, In The Year 1807. By Major Z. M. Pike. Illustrated By Maps And Charts. Philadelphia : Published By C. & A. Conrad & Co., etc. John Binns, Printer. 1810. 8 Port. Pike, title, with copyright on reverse, 2 leaves to the public, one leaf ded ; Part I, 105 pp. of Journal, 5 leaves of Met. Ob; Part II, pp. 107-277, blank leaf, 1 leaf Met. Ob. ; Appendix to Part I, 65 pp. with recapitulation on reverse, Table C to face page 40, and F page 66; Appendix to Part II, 53 pp. with table to face page 53, entitled a Statistical Abstract, etc. ; Appendix to Part III, 87 pp. ; 2 charts and 4 maps. Maps and Charts: Falls of St. Anthony. Map of the Mississippi River From Its Source to the Mouth of the Missouri, Reduced, etc. By Nich. King. Eng. by Francis Shallus, Phila. The First Part of Capt. Pike's Chart of the Internal Part of Louisiana. Reduced etc., by Anthony Nau. A Chart of the Internal Part of Louisiana, including all the hitherto unexplored countries by Capt. Pike. Map of the Internal Province of New Spain, by Capt Pike. A Sketch of the Vice Royalty, etc., etc., of New Spain. Pike's explorations formed part of a fairly comprehensive scheme of Jefferson to obtain accurate information regarding the new purchase. A number of expeditions were sent out and means taken to obtain information from various sources. Dr. Samuel Latham Mitchell, Senator from New York, was most active in promoting Jefferson's aims and secured much valuable information of which much, if not all, was published by him in his magazine, the "Medical Repository," published in New York. There are some earlier references but the important ones began in Vol. VI of the first Hexade 1803. In No. 3 an account of the Rocky Mountain Sheep by Duncan McGillivray with a plate; at page 462 an account of Arrowsmith's map of 1796; at page 489 observations by John Pintard, respecting Louisiana during a visit to New Orleans in 1801. Second Hexade, Vol. I (1804) 172, "Review of an Estimate of Commercial Advant- ages by way of the Mississippi and Mobile Rivers to the Western Country; Principles of a Commercial System; and the Commence- ment and Progress of a Settlement on the Ohio River to Facili- tate the same; with a statement of Facts. Nashville, McLaughlin, 1799." 12 70 pp. (apparently by Zachariah Cox.) Page 289, Review of Ellicott's book Review of "Account of Louisiana." Copy of Dr. Mitchell's report as chairman of Com- mittee on commerce and manufactures authorizing Lewis and Clark Expedition, Feb. 18, 1804. "Information concerning Louisiana: From a communication to Dr. Mitchell by the Hon. Thomas Sandford of Ky., the materials collected by Major H. (Z.) M. Pike and written at Kaskaskias August, 1803." In this, Pike speaks of communication with the Pacific via the Missouri and of walking to Santa Fe in 15 or 20 days. "Further information concerning upper Louisiana; in a letter from Hon. John Smith, Senator from Ohio, to Dr. Mitchell, dated Wash., March 8, 1804." In this, Smith quotes Joseph Baird who said he had been 1050 miles up the Arkansas, speaks of the salt mountain, and gold and silver mines on the Arkansas and Red Rivers. Then follows (by Smith?) an account of the Missouri, the topography, the Big Bend, the Falls, information apparently from a manuscript map in the possession of a high government official which showed the Miss. -Mo. river system, the Missouri as 2200-2300 miles long, the Platte interlocking with the sources of the Rio Grande as 1200-1400 miles long. Smith also quotes from a Mr. C. (Glamorgan?) who said he had ascended the Missouri 15 years before, higher than anyone before or since. On page 421 of this volume is a claim that Louisiana extends to the Pacific Ocean. Vol. II (2nd Hexade) 1805. Page 73 an account of a pamphlet containing a charter dated Nov., 1804, of the "Mississippi Society for the acquirement and dissemination of useful knowledge." No. 4, page 434, Dunbar's expedition up the Washita. Vol. Ill, 1806. Description of the Hot Springs by Joseph Macrery of Natchez from notes of a Major E taken in the summer of 1804. No. 3, 305, account of the Journey up the Washita. The review says the map was completed in Washington by King and engraved in Philadelphia by Wm. Kneass. Id Description of certain parts of Louisiana by Anthony Soulard, Surveyor General of Upper Louisiana in a letter to J. A. Chevalie of Richmond THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES translated by Dr. Mitchell. In this Soulard says he had ascended the Missouri about 600 leagues. He says particles of gold have been found in the river bottoms and thinks tin, copper and silver will be found. (Letter dated St. Louis, March, 1805.) Id. Trudeau's (J. B. T.) description of the upper Missouri. Dr. Mitchell borrowed the manuscript of this from Nicholas Boilvin in Washington in the winter of 1805-6. It was evidently a treatise on the upper Missouri Indians inscribed to the Governor, but Mitchell quotes what the Cheyenne Indians told Trudeau about a visit to the Western slope of the Rockies. The writer (Mitchell?) says it was so similar to McKay's narrative that it was not neces- sary to translate any more. Later appears an account of Lewis' Map by Mitchell, who says it had been drawn by King and shown to Congress but would not be published till Lewis and Clark returned. Mitchell says that when the Osage Indians were in Washington in 1806 during the winter they made for him a chalk map on the floor and they also made one on a buffalo robe for Jefferson. He also quotes an extract from a letter from John Sibley to Calvin Jones, M. D., dated Natchez, July 10, 1804, on the country and its products near the Red River. Sibley tells a fine story about the town of Laberdie settled in 1662 by De La Salle, of some of his descendents living there, and Frenchmen wearing engravings of Louis XVI. He also speaks of San Antonio as 140 years old, "Should the western limits of Louisiana extend to the Rio Grande, etc." Vol. IV, 27-36 (1807). "Extract from the manuscript Journal of James McKay, Esq., relative to his travels in the Interior parts of North America," contains some observations on the trade of the country and routes by which the whites penetrate it to hold com- mercial intercourse with the North-western Indians. McKay de- scribes the approach from the northwest by the Assiniboine and says he went to the Mandans in 1787 in 17 days. In 1795, in the service of the Spanish King, he went up the Missouri to open up a route to his Majesty's domain on the Pacific and remained there till the present year (1797). His headquarters were with the Mahas and he speaks of sending Evans up the river, and also gives extracts from Evans' journal. He calls the Mandan village 111 West Long, and 47 48' North Latitude. In No. 2 there is a review of the message on the Lewis and Clark expedition and No. 3 some notes on the journey. No. 4, pp. 376-389. "An account of a voyage up the Mississippi River, from St. Louis to its source, made by Lieut. Pike of the U. S. Army, in the years 1805 and 1806. Compiled from Mr. Pike's Journal; with a map of the River from its Junction with the Mis- souri to its source. Washington (1807) 8 68 pp" extracts only. No. 4, Discoveries in the high latitudes of North America. No. 1, Mr. Hearne's; No. 2, Meares; No. 3, Vancouver; No. 4, "The following account of Russian and Massachusetts enterprise along the West Coast of North America was drawn up and communi- cated to Dr. Mitchell by Jacob Crowninshield of Salem." In the Medical Repository, Vol. IV above, will be noted Pike's narrative of his first exploration. This pamphlet of which I have a copy without any date or place of imprint has the same title and contents as given by Dr. Mitchell except that it does not contain any mention of a map. I presume the map was not published till 10 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 1810 with Pike's book. Dr. Coues says Pike did not write this pamphlet. Together with this pamphlet was published "An Account of the Red River in Louisiana, drawn up from the Returns of Messrs. Freeman and Custis to the War Office, in the United States, Who Explored the same in the year 1806." 8 63 pp., 2 folded tables n. d., n. p. but undoubtedly printed in Washington or Philadelphia in 1807. Both are extremely rare and must have been printed in extremely small number. They were issued together as can be seen by the way they are sewed together in the copy in the Ban- croft Library. Freeman and Custis were accompanied by a military contingent under command of Lieut. Sparks who also wrote an account of the expedition but I do not now remember where I saw it. The party went as far as the old Caddo Villages where they were stopped by a force of Spanish cavalry and obliged to turn back. Dr. Herbert E. Bolton discovered in the archives of Mexico most of the papers which were confiscated by the Spanish authori- ties at the time Pike was captured, and these were reprinted in the American Historical Review for July, 1908. Unfortunately, the most important one of all, Pike's diary, was not found with the rest of the documents and its present whereabouts is unknown. Dec. 16, 1808, a committee of Congress appointed for the pur- pose of inquiring what compensation ought to be made to Capt. Pike and his companion recommended that compensation ought to be made, but apparently Congress took no further action, as in 1846 Amos Holton brought before Congress the case of Mrs. Clara H. Pike, widow of Gen. Pike, her petition praying compensation, etc., in which Holton asserts no compensation had ever been granted. The petition was referred to a committee in the Senate on Military Affairs, which committee, through Mr. Benton, sub- mitted a report Jan. 15, 1846, recommending that the same com- pensation be granted to Mrs. Pike as Congress had allowed Messrs. Lewis & Clarke. In 1895 Dr. Elliott Coues published a new edition of Pike's expeditions with critical notes, a memoir of Pike by Dr. Coues himself, and a bibliography of Pike's works and works relating to Pike. While Dr. Coues gives in this the pedigree, life and death of nearly every obscure person mentioned, he nowhere has anything to say about Dr. John H. Robinson who was probably the real head of the expedition. Pike, somewhere, calls him a military protege of Wilkinson. I wonder what became of his account of this expedition? He was afterward mixed up with the Mexican revolution and later wrote some pamphlets on Latin-America politics. 8 [CUTLER, JERVASE] A Topographical Description Of The State Of Ohio, In- diana Territory, And Louisiana. Comprehending The Ohio And Mississippi Rivers, And Their Principal Tributary Streams : The face of the country, soils, waters, natural productions, animal, vegetable, and mineral ; towns, vil- THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 11 lages, settlements and improvements : And A Concise Ac- count Of The Indian Tribes West Of The Mississippi. To Which Is Added, An Interesting Journal of Mr. Chas. Le Raye, While a captive with the Sioux nation, on the waters of the Missouri River. By A Late Officer In The U. S. Army. Boston : Published by Charles Williams. J. Belcher, Printer. 1812. 12 VI, sheet Errata, 7-219 pp. (app. 205-19); 5 plates. Plates : View Of Cincinnati on the Ohio (after a sketch by Cutler). Cabree or Missouri Antelope (after a sketch by Cutler). Rocky-Mountain Sheep. Man of the Flat-Head Nation. Woman of the Flat-Head Nation, and a child with its head in the Frame. Valuable for the Le Raye Journal which begins on page 158 and continues to page 204. This expedition began at the French village on the Illinois, started up the Missouri Sept. 21, 1801, and was captured by the Sioux in October on the Osage River. As a captive of this band of Sioux, reached the Missouri again Dec. 2nd at the mouth of the Little Pioux River. Spent the winter at the mouth of Sioux River and in March proceeded to the Ricaras. A French trader named Pardo had accompanied them from the Osage and obtained permission from the Sioux to take La Raye on a hunting expedition up the Missouri with the Grosventres, his wife being a daughter of the Grosventre chief. On June 5th at the lower Mandan village. July 3rd, party left for the Yellowstone, where they spent the summer and winter. He says they went west from the Grosventre village to a river called Road River which they followed down to the Yellowstone at a point he thought about 100 miles above the mouth, in the Crow Country. Then up the Road to Crooked River and up that river, finally up the north branch. Crossed over to the Bighorn and then down that river to its mouth. In May, 1803, visited the trading post on the Assiniboine and in June crossed over to St. Peter's River. Re- turned and spent the winter at the Ricara village with some St. Louis traders. 9 AMERICAN ENTERPRISE In the issue of May 13, 1813, the Missouri Gazette of St. Louis published a short account of the return trip of Robert Stewart, Ramsey Crooks, and Robt. McClellan from Astoria to St. Louis. From these same parties was ob- tained a fuller account of the outgoing- journey of the Hunt Party which left St. Louis in March, 1811. 12 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES The account was republished under the above title in Niles Register of June 26, 1813, and afterwards in Brackenridge's Views of Louisiana, 1814, pp. 297-302. I do not find any more extended account of these two remark- able journeys until Mr. Irving printed in his Astoria a full account of both from journals in the possession of Mr. Astor, probably that of Hunt for the outgoing trip and Mr. Stuart for the return. There is in the N. Y. Public Library a copy of Stuart's original diary of this journey. 10 BRACKENRIDGE, H. M. Views Of Louisiana ; Together With A Journal Of A Voyage Up The Missouri River, In 1811. By H. M. Brackenridge, Esq. Pittsburgh, Printed And Published By Cramer, Spear and Eichbaum, . . . 1814. 8 304 pp. In the introduction Brackenridge says he went to St. Louis in the spring of 1810 and published during the ensuing winter a series of essays descriptive of the country, presumably in the Gazette. These form part of the "Views" in the present work. In the spring of 1811, at the solicitation of Manuel Lisa, and with the desire to join his friend Bradbury who had just gone up the river with Hunt's party, he started with Lisa and his party from St. Charles (April 2nd.) June 2nd, they overtook Hunt's party near Cedar Island. They went as far as Lisa's fort just beyond the Mandan Village, arriving there June 26th, and remained till July 6th. On the return with Bradbury he remarked that they made 1440 miles in a little better than 14 days. In the appendix (No. 7) occur "Extracts from the account of a Journey from Fort Clark on the Missouri, to the Salines on the Arkansas, by Mr. Sibley." Also (No. 8) "American Enterprise," our No. 10. At page 89 in the "Views" he begins an account of the fur trade, which consists principally of Lisa's operations, in- cluding the expedition to the Yellowstone in 1807, formation of the Missouri Fur Co. and the second expedition to the forks of the Missouri. (For about all that is known of Manuel Lisa, see Judge W. B. Douglas' sketch of him in the Mo. His.t. Soc. Coll., Vol. Ill, Nos. 3 and 4). A second edition of the journal separate, revised and enlarged by the author was published in Baltimore in 1816 by Coale and Maxwell in 12 VIII, 246 pp. The narrative in some places is rewritten with the inclusion of a few additional anecdotes, but in the main it is the same. Henry M. Brackenridge was educated partly in Missouri before the cession and gives an interesting account of early times there in "Recollections of Persons and Places in the West," first pub- lished in Philadelphia in 1834 in 12 244 pp. but more commonly known in the Philadelphia edition of 1868. He also published several books and pamphlets on South America and Western America affairs besides numerous articles in the newspapers. For another work similar to his "Views of Louisiana," see Major Amos THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 13 Stoddard's "Sketches Historical and Descriptive of Louisiana," published by Mathew Carey in Philadelphia in 1812 in 8 VIII, 488 pp. 11 LEWIS AND CLARK History Of The Expedition Under The Command Of Captains Lewis And Clark, To The Sources Of The Mis- souri, Thence Across The Rocky Mountains And Down The River Columbia To The Pacific Ocean. Performed During The Years 1804-5-6. By order of the Government Of The United States. Prepared For The Press By Paul Allen, Esquire. In Two Volumes. Philadelphia : Published By Bradford And Inskeep . . . 1814. . . . 8 XXVIII, 470; IX, 522 pp. Map and 5 charts. Maps: Map of Lewis & Clark's Track across the western portion of North America. Fortification [opposite Bonhommie Island.] Falls and Portages. Great Falls of Columbia. The Great Shoot or Rapid. Mouth of the Columbia River. In 1893 Elliott Coues republished this edition in three volumes and a volume of Index with 3 maps, extensive critical notes, and a bibliography. Dr. Coues had access to the original journals and was thus able to supplement somewhat the narratives as prepared by Mr. Biddle. The maps consist of a copy of the map originally published with the 1814 edition, a new map of the route of Lewis and Clark, prepared by Elliott Coues for comparison, and finally a copy of the map made by Mr. Lewis at the Mandan villages and which was copied and elaborated, no doubt, by Nicholas King in 1806. King's original map exists in the Government archives but had never been printed previously except in reduced form in "Science," Nov. 4, 1887. The original Journals of the Expedition were printed by Dodd in New York in 1904-1905, in 7 vols. and Atlas, edited by Dr. Thwaites. Floyd's Journal was also discovered and printed by Am. Anti- quarian Society, Proceedings, 1894 pp. 225-252. (Sep. printed in 30 pp. Edited by James D. Butler). The book was put out at $6.00 per set in boards, some or all printed and Dr. Coues says 1417 perfect copies were issued. See his edition for an interesting lot of documents relative to the formation, printing and issue of the book. 12 BRADBURY, JOHN Travels In The Interior Of America, In The Years 1809, 1810, And 1811; Including A Description Of Upper 14 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES Louisiana, Together With The States Of Ohio, Kentucky, Indiana, And Tennessee, With The Illinois And Western Territories, And Containing Remarks and Observations Useful To Persons Emigrating To Those Countries. By John Bradbury, F. L. S., London, Corresponding Member of the Liverpool Philosophical Society, . . . Liverpool : Printed For The Author . . . 1817. 8 XII, 9-364 pp. Slip Errata. Second edition, London, 1819, with a map and XIV, 17-346 pp. Both the book (1819 ed.) and the map are very scarce. The map is entitled "Map of the United States of America; comprehend- ing the Western Territory with the course of the Missouri. En- graved for Bradbury's Travels." The preface to this edition states that Bradbury has returned to the United States after the publi- cation of the first edition and was then living in St. Louis. The map is after one of Melish's. Bradbury was a botanist and came to America to collect speci- mens and spent some time in St. Louis and vicinity. He joined Hunt's party to ascend the Missouri with Thomas Nuttall, a young Englishman, and also an enthusiastic botanist. He made only a short stay and -returned down the river with Brackenridge. Pages 17-20 he gives Colter's story from his own lips, Colter having arrived at St. Louis in May, 1810. In the appendix, p. 222, appears an account of Stewart, Crooks and McClellan's trip from Oregon to Missouri, reprinted from the Gazette, the article entitled "American Enterprise." 13 [SANTA FE PRISONERS] Message From The President Of The United States, Transmitting In Compliance With A Resolution Of The House Of Representatives, Of The 10th Instant, Informa- tion Relative To The Arrest And Imprisonment Of Cer- tain American Citizens At Santa Fe, By Authority Of The Government Of Spain. April 15, 1818. Read, and ordered to lie upon the table. Washington : Printed By E. De Krafft. 1818. 8 23 pp. In reference to the cases of McKnight, Baird and others, also Auguste P. Chouteau and Jules De Mun. Contains a letter from De Mun to William Clark, St. Louis, Nov. 25, 1817, detailing the experiences of the Chouteau party which left Missouri September 15, 1815. McKnight, Chambers and Baird went into the Spanish prov- inces in 1811 or 1812 and were arrested and confined in Santa Fe for some time. Afterwards they were sent to Chihuahua, although I think Chambers was for some time at Arispe. They were released after Mexico attained her independence. A James Baird, probably the same, appears as the author of a Memorial dated October 26, 1826, made to Alexander Ramirez of El Paso, protest- 15 ing against the invasion of New Mexico by a large band of American beaver trappers. Baird at this time was apparently living in El Paso and claimed to have been fourteen years a resi- dent of New Mexico, occupied as a beaver hunter. For a copy of this complaint and the expedition of Ceran St. Vrain against which Baird was complaining, see the Southwestern Historical Quarterly for January, 1916. In the statement and proof in the case of Chouteau and De Mun appear as signers the famous Etienne Provott and Joseph Bis- sonet, the latter, no doubt, Long's guide in 1820. De Mun, in his letter, gives some account of the movements of Philebert who it seems had gone to the mountains in 1814. 14 FRANCHERE, GABRIEL Relation D'Un Voyage A La Cote Du Nord-Ouest De I'Amerique Septentrionale, Dans Les Annees 1810, 11, 12, 13 et 14. Par G. Franchere, Fils. Montreal: De L'Imprimerie De C. B. Pasteur, 1820. 8 284 pp., including title, and half title. As the original is very scarce, it is usually known by the translation: Narrative Of A Voyage To The Northwest Coast Of America In The Years 1811, 1812, 1813, And 1814 Or The First American Settlement On The Pacific By Gabriel Franchere Translated And Edited By J. V. Huntington. Redfield . . . New York 1854. 12 376 pp., 3 plates. Plates : Astoria as it was in 1813. View of the Falkland Islands. Entrance of the Columbia River. Franchere went out with the Astor party in the Tonquin and came home overland. His book forms the basis of Irving's Astoria, together with Ross Cox's Narrative. In the sale of J. B. Learmont's copy of this book at Andersons, 1917, in a note it was stated that it was supposed to have been written by Bibaud from Franchere's notes. Franchere left on his return April 4, 1814, and traveled by the Columbia, Rocky Mountain House, Saskatchewan, Ft. Vermillion, Ft. Cumberland, Ft. Winnipeg, the Red River Settlement and Ft. William, and arrived at Montreal September 1st. Curiously enough, the translation of this book in 1854 contains an additional chapter by Franchere himself and an Appendix in which he gives an account of the fate of some of the persons who left Astoria before and after its transfer to the British. IS HARMON, DANIEL WILLIAMS A Journal Of Voyages And Travels In The Interiour Of North America, Between The 47th And 58th Degrees Of 16 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES North Latitude, Extending From Montreal Nearly To The Pacific Ocean, A Distance Of About 5,000 Miles, Including An Account Of The Principal Occurrences, During A Resi- dence Of Nineteen Years, In Different Parts Of The Country. To Which Are Added, A Concise Description Of The Face Of The Country, Its Inhabitants, Their Manners, Customs, Laws, Religion, Etc. And Considerable Speci- mens Of The Two Languages, Most Extensively Spoken ; Together With An Account Of The Principal Animals, To Be Found In The Forests And Prairies Of This Extensive Region. Illustrated By A Map of the Country. By Daniel Williams Harmon, A Partner In The North West Com- pany. Andover: Printed By Flagg And Gould. 1820. 8 XXIII (inc. title and half title), 25-432, port. Harmon and map. Slip errata. Map: Map of the Interior of North America, Engraved for Harmon's Journal. Boston. Entered the service of the Northwest Co. April, 1800. Went to Lake Winnipeg, then to the Assiniboine. After seven years returned to Ft. William and went to Sturgeon Lake for the winter. Here he stayed with Dr. McLaughlin, then about 30 years of age; next July returned to Ft. William and left for Athabasca with J. G. McTavish. At Ft. Chippewayan met Simon Fraser just returning from the Pacific. Then to Ft. Vermillion and Durwegan; next October left with John Stuart for New Cale- donia. At Stuart's Lake in 1810. In 1819 returned to Ft. William where the journal ended. Recently, what was asserted to be the original manuscript of the Journal of Harmon, turned up in New York, but I did not see it and do not know what became of it. 16 NOTES ON THE MISSOURI RIVER and some of the Native Tribes in its Neighborhood. By a military gentleman attached to the Yellowstone Expedition in 1819. In the Analectic Magazine, Philadelphia, April and May, 1820. These articles contain nothing on the Yellowstone, but are con- fined to the author's journey from Fort Osage to Council Bluffs by way of the Kansas Indians and the Pawnees, of which he gives an account. He also gives an account of the Otoes and Mahas. For this expedition see Editorial, Mo. Gazette, April 21 1819 Niles Reg. Oct. 17, 1818, July 3, 1819. 17 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 17 NUTTALL, THOMAS A Journal Of Travels Into The Arkansa Territory, During The Year 1819. With Occasional Observations On the Manners Of The Aborgines. Illustrated By A Map And Other Engravings. By Thomas Nuttall, F. L. S. . . . Philadelphia : Printed And Published By Thos. H. Palm- er. 1821. 8 XII, (9)-296 pp., map and 5 plates. Map: A map of the Arkansas River intended to illustrate the travels of Thos. Nuttall : Constructed from the original manuscripts by H. S. Tanner. Nuttall's travels extended from Fort Smith out to the prairie country and the Red River with Major Bradford. He spent some time about the mouth of the Verdigris. 17-A ROBINSON, WILLIAM DAVIS Northwest Coast. (In National Intelligencer, Jan. 25, 1821, reprinted in Niles Register, March 10, 1821). A letter from William Davis Robinson to the Hon. J. H. Eaton, dated Jan. 25, 1821, in which Robinson claims to have seen in Mexico in 1816 a copy of an important manuscript which had been taken by one of the Revolutionary chiefs in .1812 from a Cali- fornia Missionary, who was on his way from Monterey to Mexico. This document contained an account, according to Robinson, of an excursion in the year 1810 and 1811 of two missionaries up the Colorado River. After wandering around the headwaters of the river, they crossed the divide and came to a lake forty leagues in circumference and descended the largest stream flowing out of this lake until it emptied into the Pacific Ocean at about Lat. 43 deg. 30 min. From the description which Robinson gives of the. country it is hardly possible that this tale can be true. 18 [ARICARA CAMPAIGN, 1823] General Gaines to the Secretary of War, Headquarters, Western Dept. Louisville Ky., July 28, 1823. (Document L attached to the report of J. C. Calhoun, Nov. 29, 1823. Sen. Ex. Doc. 1, 18 Cong., 1 Sess., pp. 55-108). This consists principally of O'Fallon's letter of July 3, 1823, William Gordon's letter from Ft. Vanderburgh, Mandan and Gros- ventre Villages June 15, 1823, reporting the killing of Immel and Jones, and comments on the same by Joshua Pilcher, dated Ft. Recovery, July 23. Ashley's letter of June 4, dated on board keel boat Yellowstone gives an account of the attack on his party and Leavenworth's report to Gaines, dated Ft. Atkinson, Aug. 30, gives an account of his expedition and proceedings. 18 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES Reprinted in Am. State Papers, Military Affairs, Vol. 2, pp. 578- 598. Partly reprinted in Edwards' "Great West," p. 836. See also Mo. Intelligencer, July 8, Sept. 9, Oct. 20, Nov. 18, Dec. 2, Dec. 9, 1823, and June 18, 1825, also Niles Register, Oct. 11, 1823. The official papers concerning this affair were published with notes by Doane Robinson in South Dakota Hist. Coll., Vol. 1, 1902. 19 FRANKLIN, JOHN Narrative Of A Journey To The Shores Of The Polar Sea, In The Years 1819, 20, 21, And 22. By John Franklin, Captain R. N., F. R. S., And Commander Of The Expedi- tion. With An Appendix On Various Subjects Relating To Science And Natural History. Illustrated By Numerous Plates And Maps. . . . London : John Murray, . . . 1823. 4 XVI, slip errata, 783 (1) pp., 30 plates, 4 maps, 10 plates colored after sketches by Lieuts. Hood and Back, engraved by Finden. Appendices by Richardson, Col. Sabine, Lieut. Hood, etc. Maps: Chart of the Discoveries and Route of the Northern Land Expedition under the command of Capt. John Franklin in 1820-21. Route from York Factory to Isle a la Crosse. Route from Isle a la Crosse to Ft. Providence. Route from Ft. Providence (Slave Lake) to the Arctic Sea. .My copy has in place of No. 4 a map with the following title: An Outline to Show the Connected Discoveries of Capts. Ross, Parry and Franklin In the Years 1819-1823. This expedition crossed from Carlton House to Isle a la Crosse Lake, thence to Lake Athabasca, Pierre au Calumet, Ft. Chipe- wayan, Ft. Providence where the expedition made its -start for the Arctic Sea. Franklin refers frequently to Richardson's journal which so far as I know has never been printed. 20 HUNTER, JOHN DUNN Manners And Customs Of Several Indian Tribes Located West Of The Mississippi ; Including Some Account Of The Soil, Climate, And Vegetable Productions, And The Indian Materia Medica : To Which Is Prefixed The History Of The Author's Life During A Residence Of Several Years Among Them. By John Dunn Hunter. THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 19 Philadelphia: Printed And Published For The Author, . . . 1823. 8 VIII, (2), 11-402 pp. The first 142 pages contain an account of Hunter's life and travels, including a trip to the mouth of the Columbia River, which can hardly be true. His account of life among the Kansas and Osage Indians and experiences on the prairies sound entirely credible. Hunter was denounced as an imposter in the N. A. Review, Vol. 22, page 53 (1823). In reply Norgate published a pamphlet, "Mr. John D. Hunter, Defended, or Some Remarks on an Article in the North American Review, in which that gentleman is branded as an imposter." By E. Norgate. London: Miller, 1826. 8 38 pp. Mr. J. Neale answered this in N. A. Review, July, 1826, in a closely printed article of 27 pp. 21 JAMES, EDWIN ACCOUNT OF AN EXPEDITION. From Pittsburgh To The Rocky Mountains, Performed In The Years 1819 And '20, By Order Of The Hon. J. C. Calhoun, Sec'y Of War: Under The Command Of Major Stephen H. Long. From The Notes of Major Long, Mr. T. Say, And Other Gentlemen Of The Exploring Party. Compiled By Edwin James, Botanist And Geologist For The Expedition. In Two Vols. With An Atlas. Philadelphia : H. C. Carey And I. Lea, . . . 1823. 8 Title with copyright on verso, leaf ded. to Calhoun and corrections, 5 pp. of preliminary notice, leaf of con- tents, 503 pp. of text ; title, leaf contents, leaf supplemen- tary chapters, 442 pp. text, new title Astronomical and Meteorological Records . . . Philadelphia : 1822 LXXVIII, vocabulary of Indian Languages LXXIX LXXXVIII, General Index (LXXXIX) XCVIII. Atlas in quarto ; title, leaf list of engravings, 8 plates (one colored) and a geological chart, 2 maps. Title bears date 1822. Maps: Drawn by S. H. Long, Eng. by Young & Delleker. (1) Country drained by the Mississippi Eastern Eection. (2) Country drained by the Mississippi Western Sec. tion. Plates : Six views drawn by S. Seymour, one by T. R. Peale, and the Indian Record without name, but by Peale. The chart is a geological one showing 2 Sections on the 35th and 41st Parallels. 20 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 1. War dance in the interior of a Konza lodge. 2. Oto Council. 3. View of the Rocky Mountains on the Platte, 50 miles from their base. 4. View of the Castle Rock, etc. 5. Moveable skin lodges of the Kaskaias. 6. Oto Encampment. 7. Indian Record of a battle between the Pawnees and Konzas delineated on a bison robe [in colors]. 8. View of the insulated table lands at the foot of the Rocky Mountains. In the London edition published the same year, most, if not all, of the plates were re-engraved, and the two maps combined in one. The Oto Encampment was replaced by the Pawnee Council. A new plate, Distant View of the Rocky Mts., replaces No. 3. Three new plates appear, the Kiowa Encampment, a plate with three Indian portraits, and View of the Chasm through which the Platte issues from the Rocky Mountains, Nos. 1, 2, and 7 (un- colored) remain. No. 5 appears as wood cut in the text. All the new plates were after sketches of S. Seymour. A note on page 188, Vol. Ill, states that Seymour made 150 views of which 60 were finished. The expedition was planned to go to the Yellowstone and when it started was called the Yellowstone Expedition, having at its command the famous "Western Engineer," the first steamboat to ascend the Missouri. The party spent the winter of 1819-20 near Ft. Lisa, five miles below Council Bluffs. Long went to Washington during the winter, returning to the encampment in May accompanied by Capt. John R. Bell and Edwin James. The war department had meantime changed the destination of the expedition to an excur- sion by land to the source of the Platte and thence by the Arkan- sas and Red rivers to the Mississippi. Up to Chap. XVII, Vol. 1, Thomas Say, who kept a journal of the expedition seems to have furnished the narrative as he did a later part, that of Capt. Bell's expedition down the Arkansas. Capt. John R. Bell kept a journal of the expedition also from this point, which James says he did not consult, as it had been submitted to the Secretary of War. Nevertheless Rev. Jedidiah Morse consulted it (see his Report to the Secretary of War on Indian Affairs. New Haven, 1822, page 240 et seq.), and it has been referred to by later writers. Major Long's own report or part of it occupies pp. 331-383 of Vol. II, followed by the geological report, pp. 384-442, written also by Long. A note on page 271, Vol. Ill, of the London edition says these last observations are extracted from a report drawn up by Long at Smithland, Ky., 1820 [1821]. 22 BENTON, THOMAS H. In Senate of the U. S. March 18, 1824, Mr. Benton from THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 21 the Committee on Indian Affairs Communicated the Fol- lowing Documents. 18th Con. 1st Sess. Sen. Doc. 56. 8 20 pp. This committee had under consideration the advisability of placing a military post either at the mouth of the Yellowstone River or the Falls of the Missouri or the mouth of the Marias River. This report contains a letter from Calhoun in answer to a query by the Committee in which he refers to his reports in State papers, 15th Cong. 2nd Sess., Vol. I, No. 25, and State papers, 16th Cong. 1st Sess., Vol. 10, No. 24; letter of Thomas S. Jessup on expense of moving a detachment of troops to the site of the proposed fort; an answer to the queries by R. Graham, Indian agent to the Blackfoot Indians on the trapping expeditions to the Rocky Mountains and the attack on Ashley by the Aricaras. The bulk of the report consists, however, of Major Pitcher's answer. He had been four years connected with the Missouri Fur Company, but his personal knowledge only extended to the Man- dan villages. There had been no traders to the Blackfoot Indians after 1810 and '11 -up to the Immel-Jones expedition of the Missouri Fur Company in 1822. The greater part of Pilcher's answer is devoted to the history of the Aricara troubles and his views as to the methods of handling the" various Indians in the Northwest. On April 26 of the same session, Benton's committee laid on the table further documents (document 71, 8 8pp), containing among other documents, a letter from R. T. Holliday, clerk of the Columbia Fur Co., dated at Lake Traverse, on some reported killings by the Aricara Indians. 23 STORRS, AUGUSTUS Trade between. Missouri and Mexico. Presented to the Senate, Jan'y 3 by Mr. Benton. Answers of Augustus Storrs to queries addressed to him by the Hon. Thomas H. Benton, ... on the origin, present state, and future prospects of trade and intercourse between Missouri and the internal provinces of Mexico. Niles Regl Jan'y 15, 1825. Extracted from a report of a Senate Committee, No. 7 of 18 Cong. 2 Sess. in 14 pp. Storrs had gone on a trading expedition to Santa Fe the pre- vious summer ^.nd describes the route, character of the country, the trade, condition of New Mexico and Indian depredations on the traders. It is dated Franklin, (Mo.), Nov. 1824, and is an ex- tremely valuable, interesting document. About this time began the agitation for a road to Santa Fe and military protection for - the caravans. Feb. 14, 1825, there appeared as Ex. Doc. 79, same congress, a "Petition upon the subject of a communication between Missouri and the interior provinces of Mexico, with a letter from Alphonso 22 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES Wetmore upon the same subject." Wetmore's letter was dated Franklin, Mo., August 19, 1824, and contains a sketch of the Santa Fe trade mostly furnished by Col. Cooper. 24 BAYLIES, FRANCIS Northwest Coast of America. May 15, 1826. Referred, . . . Mr. Baylies from the Select Committee, . . . made the following Report: [Baylies 2nd Report]. 19th Cong. 1st Sess. H. Rep. 213. 8 22 pp. The report gives an account of a journey by Samuel Adams Ruddock in 1821 from Council Bluffs to the mouth of the Colum- bia. The trading party left after May 12th. The route was up the Platte, which they crossed just below the forks, and thence southwest 410 miles to Santa Fe, arriving there January 8th and on the 9th they left, up the Chama River, on to Lake Trinidad, and thence to Lake Timpanogos, which he says is intersected by the 42nd degree, thence he followed down the Multnomah, flowing out of this lake, to its junction with the Columbia, and reached the mouth of the Columbia August 1st. After a resume of the history of discovery on the West Coast follow extracts from the log book of the ship Columbia, Captain Robert Gray, 1792, and a further examination of the discoveries of Drake, Vancouver, etc. 25 [EXPEDITION UP THE MISSOURI] Letter from the Secretary of War transmitting informa- tion requested by a resolution of the House of Rep. of the 1st inst. Reporting the Movements of the Expedition which lately ascended the Missouri River, . . . March 6, 1826. Read, . . . Washington: Gales and Seaton. 1826. (19 Cong. 1 Ses. H. R. Doc. 117). 8 16 pp. H. Atkinson's report to Major General Brown, dated Nov. 23, 1825. There is a very slight account of the expedition, the report being chiefly devoted to the Indian tribes, fur trade, etc. The expedition left Council Bluffs May 14 and reached the mouth of the Yellowstone Aug. 6. Ashley met the party at this point on his return from the mountains with an immense supply of furs and returned with them. Atkinson and O'Fallon were the commissioners to make treaties with the Indians and their report to the Secretary of War con- tains a history of the expedition, the treaties made, etc. It occurs 19 Cong., 1 Sess. Sen. Ex. Doc. (Reprinted in Am. State Papers, Indian Affairs, Vol. 2, pp. 595-609). 26 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 23 [DISCOVERY OF YELLOWSTONE PARK] From The West. Sweet Lake, July 8, 1827. Niles Register, Oct. 6, 1827, (from the Phila. Gazette). This letter contains an account of a journey by a trapper prob- ably from rendezvous to what is now known as Yellowstone Park some time in the summer or fall of 1826. It describes briefly the lake, hot springs and geysers and mentions the explosions every day. From the last sentence, in which he says "tomorrow I depart for the west," it might be inferred that the writer accompanied J. S. Smith to California who left the camp on Bear Lake July -13. For Jim Bridger's story of the park see General Dodge's Biog- raphical Sketch of James Bridger, N. Y., 1905, a truly appreciative work. 27 FRANKLIN, JOHN Narrative Of A Second Expedition To The Shores Of The Polar Sea, In The Years 1825, 1826, And 1827, By John Franklin, Captain R. N., F. R. S., . . . Commander Of The Expedition, Including The Account Of The Progress Of A Detachment To The Eastward, By John Richardson, M. D., F. R. S., F. L. S., . . . Surgeon And Naturalist To The Expedition. Illustrated By Numerous Plates And Maps. Published By Authority Of The Right Honorable The Secretary Of State For Colonial Affairs. London: John Murray . . . MDCCCXXVIII. 4 XXIV, 320, CLVII, leaf err., 6 maps, 31 plates. Maps: Route of the Expedition A. D. 1825 From Ft. William to the Saskatchewan. Route of the Expedition from York Factory to Cumber- land House, ... in 1819-20. Route of the expedition from Isle La Crosse to Ft. Provi- dence, ... in 1819-20. Route of the Land Arctic Expedition Great Slave Lake to Gt. Bear Lake, 1825. Discoveries of the Expedition, 1825-26. Map showing the Discoveries made by British Officers in the Arctic Region, 1818-1826. The plates are very fine engravings by Finden after sketches by Capt. Back and E. N. Kendall. Besides Franklin's and Richardson's accounts of the Athabasca district, and the journey out and back, the book contains an account of Thomas Drummond's explorations in the Rocky Moun- tains 1825-27. Drummond kept a journal, meager extracts from which were published in 1830 in Vol. I of the Botanical Miscel- lany. Afterward in 1834 he was in Texas and some very interest- 24 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES ing letters from him while there are printed in Vol. 2, pp. 39-46 of the "Companion to the Botanical Magazine 1836." He died in Havana in March, 1835. 28 SMITH, JED. S. Excursion A L'Ouest Des Monts Rocky, Extrait d'une lettre de M. Jedidiah Smith . . . Saint Louis ... 11 Oct. 1827. In Nouvelles Annales de Voyages. Paris, 1828, Vol. 37, (also numbered vol. 7 of the 2nd series), pp. 208-12. The letter was addressed to General Clark and published in the Missouri Republican of October 11, 1827. It is the only pub- lished writing of Smith which we can positively identify, and describes his route from Salt Lake past Little Salt Lake apparently to the junction of the Virgin with the Colorado; thence parallel to the Colorado to the Mohave and by that river over the moun- tains to Los Angeles. Smith's route is discussed in Bancroft's Hist. California, Vol. II, pp. 152; Hist. Soc. South. Cal. Ill, 1896 by J. M. Guinn; Pio- neer Mag. S. F. Nov., 1855, by J. W. in an article on American Pioneers of California; and lately by Dale in his book on Smith. There are very few contemporary notices of Smith. Mr. H. C. Dale has collected about all the information to be found, in his book entitled "The Ashley-Smith Explorations and the Discovery of a Central Route to the Pacific, 1822-29." published in Cleve- land in 1918. Shortly after Smith's death, however, a eulogy of him was printed in the Illinois Magazine (June, 1832) by an unknown author but who was, as he states, one of Smith's latest friends, but it does not give much information regarding his career. The St. Louis Beacon of Oct. 7, 1830 (Niles Reg. Nov. 6, 1830) notices the return of Smith and Jackson, stating that Smith had been out five years and had explored the country from the Gulf of California to the mouth of the Columbia. Curiously enough, Capt. Beechey seems to have met Smith while he was in Alonterey. He refers to the captain of a band of American beaver trappers as very intelligent, stating that he had received from him considerable valuable information in regard to the character of the country beyond the Tulares. In 1836 the Hon. Albert Gallatin published in the Archaeologia Americana, Vol. II, his "Synopsis of the Indian Tribes Within the U. S., Etc." On pp. 140-142 occur the observations obtained from General Ashley relating to the travels of Smith. Gallatin pub- lished a map, the best of the western country to date of publi- cation, and which remained the best for some time. This map shows Smith's route to California, no doubt taken from a manu- script map of Smith. There are several references to the map of Smith which was in existence in the forties. Miss Drumm of the Mo. Hist Soc. informed me that they finally located the family of the man who had owned it, only to learn that all his papers had been lost in the fire at St. Louis in 1849. I am certain that one of the departments at Washington received a map from Smith or a copy of one of his, and it may yet be found in the archives. 29 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 25 BENTON, THOMAS H. In Senate Of The United States. December 23, 1828. Resolved, That the Committee of Indian Affairs be in- structed to inquire into the present conditions of the fur trade within the limits of the United States, etc., etc. In Senate Of "The United States. February 9, 1829. Read and ordered printed. Mr. Benton Made The Following Report. 20 Congress, 2nd Sess. [Sen.] Doc. 67. 8 19 pp. This report contains among 'other documents an interesting let- ter from W. H. Ashley, St. Louis, November 12, 1827, and another by him Jan. 20, 1829, relating to movements and deaths of trappers in the Rocky Mountains. Ashley refers to Peter Skeene Ogden. The report also contains the letter of C. C. Cam- breling of Jan. 12, 1829 and J. J. Astor's of Jan. 29, 1829. There is a long account of Ashley's expedition of 1826 in Niles Reg., Dec. 9, 1826, from the Missouri Herald. 30 RICHARDSON, JOHN Fauna Boreali Americana ; Or, The Zoology Of The Northern Parts Of British America: Containing Descrip- tions Of The Objects Of Natural History Collected On The Late Northern Land Expeditions Under Command Of Captain Sir John Franklin, R. N. By John Richardson, M. D. . . . Assisted by William Swainson, Esq., And The Reverend William Kirby, M. A. London: John Murray, MDCCCXXIX. 4 XLVI (2), 300 (2) pp. 28 uncolored plates by Landseer, numbered 1-24. Some signed by him. (This is Part 1, The quadrupeds). Plate 1, 1 B, 2-12, 12 B, 13-18, 18 B, 18 C, 19-24. 28 plates in all. In the Introduction Richardson says he had spent seven sum- mers and five winters in this country and gives a short account of both expeditions. This introduction contains numerous refer- ences to the explorations in the Rockies of Thos. Drummond, who was ass't naturalist to the 2nd expedition and was left at Cumber- land House in July, 1825. He spent the winter in the mountains after crossing the Columbian portage road; in April, 1826, again recrossed it and remained west of the mountains until August 10. Visited the headwaters of Peace River. Wintered at Edmonton and in 1827 returned to England via York Factory in company with David Douglas who came over from the Columbia in the spring. The description of the animals in the H. B. Co.'s terri- tory are also largely from Drummond and many of his experi- ences are related in describing them. 31 26 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES RILEY, B. Report of four companies of the sixth regiment of the United States infantry, which left Jefferson Barracks, on the 5th of May 1829 under the command of Brevet Major Riley, of the United States Army, for the protection of the trade to Santa Fe. Cantonment Leavenworth, Nov. 22, 1829. Am. State Papers, Military Affairs, Vol. IV. Pages 277-280. Signed, B. Riley. Probably separately printed with some documents in Feb., 1830, as J. H. Eaton (Secy' of War) communicates this to the President under date of Feb. 5, 1830, in response to a resolution of the Senate of Feb. 2. Details of the expedition in 1829 with an account of the attack by the Indians on the caravan Aug. 1. They went as far as Chouteau's Island in the Arkansas where they met the return caravan from Santa Fe under escort of Col. Viscarra. General Macomb's report on this expedition in a letter to Sec- retary of War Eaton, dated Wash., Nov., 1829, in Niles Reg. Jan- uary 9, 1830. 32 JAMES, EDWIN A Narrative Of The Captivity And Adventures Of John Tanner, (U. S. Interpreter At The Saut De Ste. Marie,) During Thirty Years Residence Among The Indians In The Interior Of North America. Prepared For The Press By Edwin James, M. D. Editor of an Account of Major Long's Expedition from Pittsburgh to the Rocky Mountains. New- York: G. & C. & H. Carvill, . . . 1830. 8 426 pp. Port of Tanner after a painting by H. Inman. Part II, pp. 283 end, contains comments on the Indians, their language, catalogue of plants and animals, etc. Tanner spent a part of his life in the Red River country and the book contains a long account of the H. B. and Northwest Companies. He spent much time on the Assiniboine at Turtle Mountain and the Mandan Village. E. Coues, in his book on Alexander Henry, has checked up a good deal of Tanner's narra- tive from Henry's Journal and thus been able to supply dates which are totally lacking in the narrative. 33 COX, ROSS Adventures On The Columbia River, Including The Narrative Of A Residence Of Six Years On The Western Side Of The Rocky Mountains, Among Various Tribes of THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 27 Indians Hitherto Unknown : Together With A Journey Across The American Continent. By Ross Cox. 2 Vols. London: Henry Colburn And Richard Bentley, 1831. 8 XXIV (incl. tit. & hlf. tit.), 368 pp.; VIII, (incl. tit., hlf. tit.), 400 pp. Arrived in Oregon via Sandwich Islands in the Beaver, May 9, 1812. On dissolving of the Pacific Fur Company, Cox joined the Northwest Co. April 16, 1817, he left for the East via the Colum- bia, crossed the mountains June 1, down the Athabasca to Rocky Mountain House. Met Peter Ogden at Fort Isle la Crosse, then to Cumberland House on the Saskatchewan, then to the Winnipeg, then to Ft. William, arriving there August 16. The book gives a good account of the rivalry between the Hudson Bay and Northwest Cos. in the Northwest, and contains a sketch of Hunt's Overland journey. 34 MESSAGE FROM THE PRESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES, In answer to a resolution of the Senate relative to the British establishments on the Columbia, and the state of the fur trade, etc. 21 Cong. 2nd Sess. (Sen.) Doc. 39. Message dated Jan. 24, 1831. 8 36 pp. This contains communications to J. H. Eaton by Ashley, Joshua Pilcher, J. S. Smith, David E. Jackson and W. L. Sublette. Pilcher gives an account of his expedition from Council Bluffs September, 1827, to Bear Lake; thence in July, 1828, to Lewis River and Clark's Fork; wintered on Flathead Lake; February, 1829, went to Ft. Colville and returned with the Brigade via Boat Encampment to the Athabasca; thence to Jasper's House, to Ft. Assiniboine, to Edmonton, Ft. Pitt, Carlton House, Cumberland House and Red River Settlement; thence to Brandon House arriv- ing at the Mandan Villages April 5, 1830. There he met Prince Paul of Wurtemberg. Smith, Jackson and Sublette give an account of their journey leaving St. Louis April 10, 1829, to the head of the Wind River and return to St. Louis October 10. Also some account of Smith's visit to Vancouver in 1828, in a letter dated St. Louis, October 30, 1830. This is the most valuable account of movements in the Rocky Mountains during this period. 35 PATTIE, JAMES OHIO The Personal Narrative Of James O. Pattie, Of Ken- tucky, During An Expedition From St. Louis, Through The Vast Regions Between That Place And The Pacific Ocean, And Thence Back Through The City Of Mexico To Vera Cruz, During Journeyings Of Six Years ; In Which 28 He And His Father, Who Accompanied Him, Suffered Un- heard Of Hardships And Dangers, Had Various Conflicts With The Indians, And Were Made Captives, In Which Captivity His Father Died ; Together With a Description Of The Country, And The Various Nations Through Which They Passed. Edited By Timothy Flint. Cincinnati : Printed And Published by John H. Wood. 1831. 8 Title, 2 leaves of preface, 3 leaves of introduction 13-300 pp., 5 plates, engraved by W. Woodruff an early western engraver. Plates : Rescue of an Indian Child. Mr. Pattie Wounded by an Indian arrow. Shooting Mr. Pattie's horse. Messrs. Pattie and Stover rescued from famish. Burial of Mr. Pattie. The Pattie Narrative ends on page 253; on the reverse of this is a note regarding Dr. Willard; 255-288 contain an account of Wil- lard's tour entitled "Inland Trade with New Mexico"; and pp. 289-291 the "Downfall of the Fredonian Republic." Both these items were reprinted from Flint's Western Monthly Review. From the extract from Willard's journal apparently his narrative was as interesting as Pattie's, and more reliable. Some doubt has been manifested as to the truth of the some- what remarkable wanderings of Pattie through the mountains, but probably in the main the story can be accepted as true, due allowance being made for the lapse of time, making occurrences seem closer together than they really were. Possibly also some allowance should be made for Flint's imagination. Pattie really existed as Bancroft has demonstrated from the California archives and, what is more, was in California at the time, so it is fair to assume the rest of the narrative is at least substantially true. This book was copyrighted by Wood, Oct. 18, 1831, who seems to have sold very few copies, as only a few exist outside of the Cincinnati Public Library and Cine. Hist. Society. In 1833 Flint's nephew, who had started a bookstore in Cincinnati, evidently came into possession of the unsold copies and printed a new title page and for some unknown reason copyrighted the book again in his own name. For this reason the 1833 imprint has been supposed by most people to be the first and is usually quoted as the first edition. In reality, as explained, it is not a new edition exactly, but the same book with a different title page, bearing Flint's name instead of that of Wood. I have seen four variations of the copyright in the 1833 edition, first copyrighted by Wood in 1831, second copyrighted by Wood in 1833, third copyrighted by Flint in 1831 and fourth copyrighted by Flint in 1833. I have also seen a title printed in smaller letters than the usual type employed, with the Wood 1833 copyright. 36 THE PERSONAL NARRATIVE OF JAMES O. PATTIE, OF KENTUCKY, Dl-RTWJ AN EXPEDITION FROM ST. I GUIS. THROUGH THE VAST KEOIOH8 BETWEEN THAT PLACE AM) TDK PACIFIC OCEAN. AM) THENCE BACK THKOUriH TNgClTY OK MEXICO TO vKUA c it /., i)L'H\o JOUIINEY- 1NC.S OK SIX VEAIIS; IN WHICH UK .NT HIS FATHER, WHO ACCOMPAKICn HIM. SUKKKUKI) LNHKAIll) IK HARDSHII'S AM> DANGERS, HAD VARIUU- CONM.UTS U II II THE IN- DIANS, A,.r> WERE MADE CAI'TIVES. IN WHICH CAPTIVITY HIS FATHER DIED', TdfiETHEIl WITH A DESCRII > TIO.\ OF THE COL'M'HY, AM) THE VAIUOL'S NATIONS THROUGH WHICH THKY PASSED. EDITED BY TIMOTHY FLINT. CINCINNATI: PRINTED AND I'l'I'LHMI I" l:V JOHN H WOOD. 1831. OREGON; OR A SHORT HISTORY OF A LONG JOURNEY FKOM TlIE ATLANTIC OCEAN TO THE REGION OF THE PACIFIC. ; /. ; BY LAN D; DRAWN VP FROM TBE NOTES AND ORAL INFORMATION JOHN B. WYETH, ONE OF THE PARTY WHO LEFT Mil. NATHANIEL J. WYETII, 28TH, 1832, FOUR DAYS' MARCH BEYOND THE RIDGE or THE ROOKY MOUNTAINS, AND THE ONLY ONI WHO HAS RETURNED TO NEW ENGLAND. CAMBRIDGE : PRINTED FOR JOHN B. WYETH. 1833. THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 29 MESSAGE FROM THE PRESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES In Compliance With a Resolution of the Senate concerning the Fur Trade, and Inland Trade to Mexico. Washington, Feb. 8, 1832. 22nd Cong. 1st Sess. Sen. Ex. 90. 8 86 pp. This contains a Letter from Wm. Clark; Joshua Pilcher's Re- port, St. Louis, Dec. 1, 1831, on the rise and present condition of the fur trade; Communications from Andrew S. Hughes, and William Gordon of Oct. 31, 1831, with an account of the Immel- Jones outfit; Alphonso Wetmore on the Santa Fe trade Oct. 11, 1831, with extracts from his diary on the Santa Fe trail to New Mexico beginning May 28, 1828; Schoolcraft's Report, Oct. 24, 1831; John Dougherty's statement; B. Riley's report on travel- ers killed on the Santa Fe trail; Thomas Forsyth's letter of Oct. 24, 1831, with a slight history of the fur trade from 1800. 37 WYETH, JOHN B. Oregon ; Or A Short History Of A Long Journey From The Atlantic Ocean To The Region Of The Pacific, By Land ; Drawn Up From The Notes And Oral Information Of John B. Wyeth, One Of The Party Who Left Mr. Nathaniel J. Wyeth, July 28th, 1832, Four Days' March Beyond The Ridge Of The Rocky Mountains, And The Only One Who Has Returned To New England. Cambridge: Printed For John B. Wyeth. 1833. 12 Title and half title, 87 pp. Cover Title : Wyeth's Oregon Expedition. Wyeth left Boston March 1, 1832, and got back to Boston via St. Louis and New Orleans Jan. 2, 1833. The original journals of Capt. N. J. Wyeth, 1831-6, have been printed by the Eugene, Or., University Press in 1899. Mr. S. P. Sharpless printed an address on Capt. Wyeth in Cam- bridge in 1907. In Schoolcraft's Archives, Vol. I, pp. 205-228, N. J. Wyeth has furnished a very valuable memoir on the Western Indians, char- acter of country, etc. The first account of the famous battle at Pierre's Hole, July 12, was brought back in the fall by Capt. Sublette and appeared in the Mo. Intelligencer, copied in Niles Reg. for October 27, 1832, page 130; also see Mo. Rep. of Oct. 16, 1832. 38 EVERETT, H. Regulating The Indian Department. (To accompany bills H. R. Nos. 488, 489, & 490). May 20, 1834. Mr. H. 30 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES Everett, from the Committee on Indian Affairs made the following Report : 23 Cong. 1st Sess. H. R. Rep. No. 474. 8 131 pp. Map of the Western Territory. This valuable report on the Indians and the conditions in the country west of the Missouri accompanied three House Bills Nos. 488, 489, 490 to provide for the organization of the Depart- ment of Indian affairs; to regulate trade and intercourse with the Indian tribes; and to provide for the establishment of the "Western Territory." It contains a large amount of valuable information besides the following documents: A report from M. Stokes, Henry L. Ellsworth, and J. T. Schemerhorn, the commis- sioners of Indian affairs, dated Fort Gibson, February 10th, 1834; protest of Stokes against removal of the principal military garri- son from Fort Gibson to Fort Smith; some remarks by William P. May, A. S. Hughes, and J. L. Bean on the Upper Missouri trade together with a large quantity of statistics. The map was drawn up at the War Department, but it seems to be mainly taken from Isaac McCoy's manuscript map. 39 WHEELOCK, T. B. [Journal of Colonel Dodge's expedition from Fort Gib- son to the Pawnee Pict village.] Printed in the Rept. of the Secy, of War attached to President's Message of Dec. 2, 1834. Occupies pp. 73-93, Sen. Ex. Doc. 1, 23 Cong. 2 Sess. Also in Am. State Papers Military Affairs, Vol. V, pp. 373-382. Signed by T. B. Wheelock, First Lieut. Dragoons, and dated Fort Gibson, August 27, 1834. The journal contains an account of the expedition to the Toyash village, the council with the Indians, etc. 40 EDWARDS, P. L. Rocky Mountain Corespondence, From the Missouri En- quirer [Liberty]. In Niles Register, Oct. 11, 1834, Vol. 47, pp. 92. Letter signed P. L. Edwards and dated Waters of the Colorado of the West, June 23, 1834. Edwards went out with the Lees, Nuttall and Townsend, the last two being mentioned. He says they left Liberty April 25 and arrived at place of writing June 20. He speaks well of Capt. Wyeth, with whom they were traveling. There is very little on the route, but an interesting description of mountain men. The editor says Edwards was 21 or 22 years of age and well known in Liberty. Edwards went from Oregon to California in 1837 with Ewing Young, and the diary of his journey, preserved in the California State Library was published in Vol. II of the Themis and after- ward in 1890 in Sacramento. According to the introduction, Ed- THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 31 wards returned to the East (1837) where he published a pamphlet on California. I think this must be a mistake as no pamphlet is known that could very well have been written by Edwards. After 1850 he was again a resident of California and became very prominent. 41 PIKE, ALBERT Prose Sketches And Poems, Written in the Western Country, By Albert Pike. Boston: Light & Horton. 1834. 12 VIII, 9-200 pp. Preface is dated Ark. Teritory 1 May, 1833. Pike begins by recounting the experiences of one Aaron B. Lewis, who left Fort Towson in Sept., 1831, for Santa Fe, quoting from Lewis' Journal. He passed over from the False Wichita to the Canadian and up that stream, and after terrible suffering from cold and hunger, reached the settlements in early December. Next summer Lewis went on a trapping expedition to the Colorado Mountains. In the fall Pike joined Lewis and others on a return trip. They went down the Pecos and crossed over to one of the headwaters of the Brazos and then northeast to Red River, reaching Ft. Smith Dec. 10th. Bill Williams, who Pike says, was once a preacher and afterward an interpreter in the Osage Na- tion, accompanied them part of the way. Pike himself, it seems, went out to Santa Fe by the trail in the fall of 1831. Altogether there are 80 pages of a "Narrative of a journey in the prairie," and the rest poems and sketches. 42 ARMIJO, ANTONIO Itineraire Du Nord-Mexico A La Haute-Californie, Parcouru en 1829 et 1830 par soixante Mexicains. In Bulletin De la Societe De Geographic. Deuxieme Serie, Tome III, pp. 316-23, Mai 1835. Account of an expedition under command of Antonio Armijo which left Abiquiu Nov. 7, 1829, and arrived at San Gabriel Jan. 31, 1830. Went by Arroyo de Chelli and Canon de San Bernar- dino. On return left March 1 and arrived in Xemes, 25 April. Possibly the opening of this route. Translated from "Registro Oficial del Gobierno de los Estados- Unidos Mexicanos, 1830." 43 BALL, JOHN Remarks upon the Geology, and physical features of the Country west of the Rocky Mountains, with Miscellaneous facts ; by John Ball, of Troy, N. Y. In The American Journal of Science and Arts, Vol. XXVIII, No. 1, April, 1835. 32 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES Ball gives a short account of his journey to Oregon made in 1832. He traveled from Lexington, Mo., along the Oregon trail via South Pass to the Snake and then followed a course considerably south of that river, but finally reached the river again to leave it when the trail went west through the Grande Ronde to Walla Walla. He traveled part of the way with Wm. Sublette but finally reached Oregon with twelve companions. Ball spent the winter of 1832-3 teaching school at Ft. Vancouver and left on the H. B. Co.'s boat in Oct., 1833, for the Sandwich Islands via San Francisco, about which, however, he only says a few words, finally reaching home in July, 1834, via Cape Horn. In the same journal for January, 1834, Vol. XXV, No. 2, occurs some preliminary remarks by Amos Eaton obtained from a letter from Ball written at Ft. Vancouver, March 3, 1833. See an interesting letter from John Ball dated Grand Rapids, Mich., Oct. 14, 1874, in Contributions to the Historical Society of Montana, Vol. I. 44 DUNBAR, JOHN Extracts from the journal of Mr. Dunbar. In Missionary Herald for 1835, Vol. 31, pp. 343, 376, 417. John Dunbar and Samuel Allis were appointed missionaries to the Pawnee Indians in 1834 and arrived at Leavenworth June 26, 1834. The extract from Dunbar's journal commences here, but the principal portion printed refers to the Pawnee Indians, their cus- toms, location, hunts, character, etc., together with an account of his own movements. Some extracts from Allis' journal were published in the Herald for 1836, Vol. 32, p. 68. See Herald for 1838, Vol. 34, p. 383 for Dunbar's account of a human sacrifice by the Pawnees. Dr. Bene- dict Satterlee communicated to the Board an account of his jour- ney from Bellevue to the Pawnee villages with Dunbar in June, 1836, Miss. Herald for 1837, Vol. 33, p. 74. Doctor Satterlee went on an expedition to the Cheyenne Indians and was killed probably by white men. See Miss. Herald, Vol. 33, p. 348, and Vol. 34, p. 385. 45 IRVING, JOHN T, JR. Indian Sketches, Taken During An Expedition To The Pawnee Tribes. By John T. Irving, Jr. In Two Volumes. Philadelphia: Carey, Lea & Blanchard. 1835. 12 Title, leaf of ded. pp. (3) -4, text pp. (9) -272; title, (5)-296. [No contents in this edition]. A government party, under charge of Mr. Ellsworth as Com- missioner, in 1833, made a trip to the Otoe and Pawnee villages. Irving accompanied the party, also Major Dougherty from Fort Leavenworth. He tells the story of the council at the Pawnee village, the signing of peace and incidentally tells the tale of the "human sacrifice" afterward so famous. 46 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 33 IRVING, WASHINGTON The Crayon Miscellany. By The Author Of The Sketch Book. No. 1. Containing A Tour on the Prairies. Philadelphia: Carey, Lea, & Blanchard. 1835. 12 XV, 17-274 pp. Irving accompanied Ellsworth, the Indian Commissioner, on his tour in the fall of 1832. They went up the Missouri to the Osage Agency at Ft. Gibson and then for a few weeks to the Pawnee Hunting Grounds, returning to Ft. Gibson. Latrobe also accompanied this party. See Irving's letter regarding the trip Dec. 18, 1832, Washington, originally printed in the London Athenaeum and reprinted in Missouri Hist. Rev. Oct., 1910. 47 LATROBE, CHAS. JOSEPH The Rambler In North America; MDCCCXXXII-MDCC CXXXIII. By Chas. Joseph Latrobe. Published By R. B. Seeley And W. Burnside ; . . . London. MDCCCXXXV. 12 (6) inc. title and half title, VII-XI, 321; (4) title and half title, V-VIII, 336 pp., map. Map: The United States of America. Published February 1, 1836 by R. B. Seeley and W. Burnside. The author accompanied Washington Irving in his tour on the prairies. A much fuller and more entertaining account of this trip with Ellsworth in 1832 than Irving's. Colonel Chouteau, Ellsworth, Irving and Count Pourtales comprised the party. After returning from h ; s trip to the Canadian, Latrobe went down the Arkansas in a canoe and arrived at Little Rock Dec. 9, where he took a steamboat. In 1833 Latrobe made an overland journey to Prairie du Chien, thence to St. Peters, Ft. Snelling and back by river to St. Louis. 48 PAUL WILHELM, HERZOG von WURTEMBURG Erste Reise nach dem nordlichen Amerika in den Jahren 1822 bis 1824 von Paul Wilhelm, Herzog von Wiirtemburg. Stutterart und Tubineren, J. G. Cotta . . . 1835. 8 VI, 394 pp., leaf Errata, map. Map: Louisiana Verlag, J. G. Cotta. Prince Paul visited the Osages and made a trip up the Missouri to Council Bluffs, afterward visiting the Pawnees and Otoes. A considerable part of th ; s book is devoted to this expedition and his remarks on the Indians. 34 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES In 1830 Prince Paul made a second trip, this time to the Yel- lowstone. Beyond a few notes referring to this second expedi- tion in 1830 attached to the above, I have seen nothing published about it. 49 HOOKER, W. J. A Brief Memoir of the Life of Mr. David Douglas, with Extracts from his Letters. This occupies pages 79 to 182 of Vol. II of the Com- panion to the Botanical Magazine and the frontispiece to the volume is a steel portrait of Douglas. The Companion to the Botanical Magazine was published in London for the proprietor, Samuel Curtis, 1835-6. Douglas made two trips to the Pacific coast and the journal of the first was in possession of the Horticultural Society of London under whose auspices he was sent on the botanizing ex- pedition. Hooker prints what he states are extracts from this journal, but it is the most extensive account of the Northwest that had been published to that date. Douglas reached the mouth of the Columbia April 7, 1825, in company with Dr. Scouler and made various journeys into the Interior. He visited the upper Columbia and the Umpqua River in Oregon. On March 27, 1828, he started overland with Dr. Mc- Laughlin, passed Boat Encampment April 27, Jasper, May 8 and Ft. Edmunton, May 21. He spent some time at the Red River settlements and proceeded thence to England by York Fac- tory, arriving in Portsmouth on October 11. In the fall of 1829, Douglas again left England and arrived at the Columbia on January 3, 1830, leaving in December for California. He arrived at Monterey on December 22 but no journal exists of his stay in California, nor in the Northwest on this expedition. Supposedly his journal was lost in an accident on the upper Fraser River in 1833. He did, however, write two letters from Monterey to Hooker, one in October and the other dated November 23, 1831. The second one, which is almost entirely devoted to botany, was printed by Hooker, but the first, which Douglas states in a subse- quent letter, details his travels in California and gave a brief notice of the country, was not published. He left California in August, 1832, and arrived at the Columbia about October 23, via Sandwich Islands. In 1833 he made another trip into the interior after visiting Puget Sound. He left the Columbia October 18, 1833, and after touching at San Francisco arrived at the Sandwich Islands December 23. His journal from October 18 to January 29 is printed. In July he was killed by falling into a cattle pit, being trampled to death by a wild bull which had previously fallen in. Dr. W. J. Hooker, the author of the memoir, edited Douglas' journals. 50 [HILDRETH, JAMES] Dragoon Campaigns To The Rocky Mountains ; Being A History Of The Enlistment, Organization, and First Cam- THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 35 paigns Of The Regiment Of United States Dragoons ; To- gether With Incidents Of A Soldier's Life, And Sketches Of Scenery And Indian Character. By A Dragoon . . . New-York: Wiley & Long. 1836. 8 288 pp. This relates to Col. Dodge's Expedition to the Pawnee Villages in 1834. The expedition left Camp Burbees near Jefferson Barracks* Nov. 20, 1833, for Fort Gibson, which they passed Dec. 16 or 17. April 26, 1834, orders came from Ft. Towson appointing General Leav- enworth commander of all the troops on the frontier. Capt. Whar- ton's troops left Camp Jackson May 5, 1834, to escort the Santa Fe traders to Santa Fe. Geo. Catlin accompanied the troops on the Pawnee campaign and there is included a letter of his uated Ft. Gibson, Jan. 12, 1834, about the time the expedition started. Also another letter from Catlin, dated Ft. Gibson, September 8. At page 236 the author relates a story about Mike Fink. The Dragoons were organized in 1833 and headquarters estab- lished at Jefferson Barracks. This was their first prairie cam- paign. The headquarters during the winter of 1833 were at Ft. Gibson; for distribution see Niles Reg., Aug. 2, 1834, from Army and Navy Chronicle. On this expedition Gen. Leavenworth died, as well as Lieut. McClure. For notices see Niles Reg., Aug. 30, Sept. 3, Sept. 6, Oct. 4. This last consists of a long letter from S. C. Stambaugh to the Arkansas Gazette of Sept. 9. The letter is dated Fort Gibson, Aug. 26, the expedition having returned Aug. 15. Stambaugh ob- tained his information from the returned officers and it is very full. Kearny only got back with the sick from the post on the Washita Aug. 25. There is another interesting account of the expedition by an officer of the expedition, from the Illinois Reg- ister, reprinted in Niles, Aug. 8, 1835. The documents attached to the report of the Secretary of War of Nov. 27, 1834, also contain an account. Another unfavorable 'newspaper account from the Missouri Republican, in Niles, Feb. 7, 1835. Stambaugh mentions the return of Capt. Wharton and his company, who had accom- panied the Santa Fe traders some four weeks before. For this last expedition see Wharton's letter of Aug. 4 from Ft. Gibson, in Niles Reg., Sept. 20, 1834, page 38. The movements of the Dragoons are chronicled in Louis Pelzer's "Marches of the Dragoons in the Mississippi Valley." Iowa City, 1917. 51 IRVING, WASHINGTON Astoria, Or Anecdotes Of An Enterprise Beyond The Rocky Mountains. By Washington Irving. In Two Vol- umes. Philadelphia : Carey, Lea, & Blanchard. 1836. 8 6, VII-XII, 13-285; VIII, 9-279 pp. Map. Map: Sketch of the Routes of Hunt & Stuart. 36 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES Vol. I, p. 131 to Vol. II, p. 77 contain an account of Hunt's and Crooks' journey across the mountains from journals in the possession of Mr. Astor, being part of Irving's history of Astor's attempt to embark in the Northwest fur trade. Robt. Stuart started back from Walla Walla July 31, 1812, and arrived next year at St. Louis, April 30, by way of the Platte, Crooks and McLellan in the party. (Occupies pp. 110-184 of Vol. II). The Appendix to Vol. II, pp. 263-279 contains some documents of great interest including some extracts from a manuscript by Captain Bonneville on the Western Indians, and notices of the present state of the fur trade, chiefly extracted from an article published in Silliman's Journal for January, 1834. See an able review of this book by Caleb Gushing, N. A., Rev. Oct* 1837. 52 -A HO- p. 2.00. KING, RICHARD Narrative of a Journey To the Shores of the Arctic Ocean, in 1833, 1834 and 1835 ; under the command of Capt. Back, R. N. By Richard King, R. N. 2 Vols. London : Richard Bentley . . . 1836. 8 XV, 312, (1); VIII, 321, (1) pp; 7 plates. See Niles Reg., Aug. 22, 1835, for an account from the Montreal Gazette of their trip, Back having but recently returned. Not seen, collation from Sabin. 53 [KINGSBURY, LIEUT. G.] Journal of the March of a detachment of dragoons, under the command of Colonel Dodge, during the summer of 1835. In report of the Secretary of War, in compliance with a resolution of the Senate . . . dated Feb. 27, 1836. 24 Cong 1st Sess. Sen. Ex. Doc. 209. 8 38 pp. ; 2 maps. Maps: The maps which are of great rarity are: Map showing Distribution of the Indians West of Mis- souri and Arkansas and showing Dodge's route. Map showing the lands assigned to the Emigrant Indians West of Arkansas and Missouri. Prepared by the Bureau Feb. 20, 1836. This was reprinted with the maps in Am. State Papers, Military Affairs, Vol. VI, p. 130. The expedition left Ft. Leavenworth May 29, 1835, proceeded up the South Platte to near the point where the river leaves the mountains; thence to Fountain Creek -up to Manitou, to Bent's Ft., returning down the Arkansas to the Santa Fe Trail and thence to Ft. Leavenworth. arriving there September 16. Lieut. Kingsbury kept the journal. THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 37 See Niles Register, Oct. 17, 1835, for extracts from letter from R. B. Mason, Sept. 6, from another Sept. 17 at Ft. Leavenworth with some references to the expedition (Mason's letter in Army and Navy Chronicle). A long account of this expedition appeared in the Military and Naval Magazine, Vol. VI, Nov., 1835-Feb., 1836. pp. 178, 237. 317, 412, entitled, Dragoon Expedition Indian Talks. The first number is chiefly devoted to Lieut. Lea's report to Col. Kearny, on his expedition down the Des Moines River, but the last three numbers, contain Kingsbury's account of this expedition, with few exceptions identical with that published in February in the government document above cited. Another account of this expedition appeared in the Army and Navy Chronicle, 1836, Vol. II, pp. 277, 292, 311, 321, 337, 353, 369, & 385, Vol. Ill, pp. 1, 17, 33. It was entitled "Summer on the Prairie," and was signed "F." For some reason the publi- cation was discontinued, the diary stopping Aug. 16th. There is no indication of the author except that the "F" would lead us to infer that Captain L. Ford, commanding Company G, wrote it. This account is far more interesting than Kingsbury's omciat one, and would well merit reprinting even although incomplete. 54 PARKER, SAMUEL Rocky Mountain Indians. Letter from Mr. Parker, Green River, Aug. 17, 1835. Missionary Herald for 1836, Vol. 32, page 70. Some further communications from him in id. pp. 268, 445. Also in Vol. 33 for 1837, pp. 123, 348, 369. 55 CORTAMBERT, LOUIS Voyage Au Pays Des Osages. Un Tour En Sicile. Par Louis Cortambert. Paris, Chez Arthus Bertrand, MDCCCXXXVII. 8 94 pp. incl. half title and title. P. P. W. with same title. Cortambert in 1835 went out from St. Louis to the Osage Agency and the Union Mission by way of Independence. 56 SPALDING, H. H. Indians West of the Rocky Mountains. Missionary Herald, Vol. 33, Boston, 1837. In 1836 Dr. Whitman, Mr. Spalding and Mr. Gray went out to Oregon. Several of Mr. Spalding's letters were printed in the Missionary Herald of 1837 under the above caption. They give an account of his experiences on his overland trip and they will be found in the above volume, pp. 122, 421-428 and 497. A short 38 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES account of the return journey of W. H. Gray will be found on page 476. Vol. 34, p. 92, same title, will be found extracts from a letter by W. H. Gray of January 10, 1838, with an extended account of the various tribes of Indians in the Rocky Mountains and Oregon. Mrs. Spalding kept a diary of this journey which has been published in "Memoirs of the West. The Spaldings, By Eliza Spalding Warren," Printed by the Marsh Printing Co., Portland, Oregon, in 1917. Spalding's original letters to the American Board of Commis- sioners for Foreign Missions are still extant in their archives and extracts therefrom have been printed in Marshall's Acquisition of Oregon. 57 IRVING, JOHN T. The Hawk Chief. A Tale of the Indian Country. By John T. Irving. Philadelphia : Carey, Lea and Blanchard. 1837. 2 Vols. 12 VIII, 13-246; (2) 8-254 pp. (Sab.) Not seen. 58 IRVING, WASHINGTON The Rocky Mountains : Or. Scenes, Incidents, And Ad- ventures In The Far West ; Digested From The Journal Of Capt. B. L. E. Bonneville, Of The Army Of The United States, And Illustrated From Various Other Sources. By Washington Irving. In Two Volumes. Philadelphia: Carey, Lea, & Blanchard. 1837. 12 9, XI-XVI, 17-248, map; VII, 9-248 pp., map. Maps: Map of the Sources of the Colorado and Big Salt Lake, Platte, Yellow-Stone, Muscle-Shell, Missouri ; and Salmon and Snake Rivers, branches of the Columbia River. Eng. by S. Stiles, N. Y. Map of the Territory West of the Rocky Mountains. Eng. by S. Stiles. This book contains an account of the famous Walker expedi- tion, presumably furnished by Bonneville himself. The account does not agree entirely with other independent sources of infor- mation from participants therein. The original accounts of this expedition besides Irving's account are as follows: Leonard, Narrative 1839. Meek, in Mrs. Victor's River of the West. Ruxton, Life in the Far West (probably by Mark Head). Article in the Lewiston Morning Tribune, Mar. 3, 1918, entitled "Recol- lections of William Craig, written by Thomas J. Beale." Stephen H. L. Meek, in the Jonesborough, Tennessee, Sentinel of March 8, 1837, re-printed in Niles Register, same year, vol. 52, page SO 39 (March 25). Life and Adventures of George Nidever Manuscript in Bancroft Library. Walker's own account, Sonoma Democrat, November 25, 1876, and San Jose Pioneer, Sept. 1, 1877. Niles Reg., Sept. 3, 1836, contains an extract from the St. Louis Observer, announcing the return of Bonneville from the Rocky Mountains and that he contemplated in conjunction with Irving compiling a narration of his travels. Lieut. Warren's Memoir to accompany the map of the territory of the U. S., published in 1859, as part of an exploration of rail- road routes to the Pacific, on page 33, gives a letter from Col. Bonneville, in which he refers to the discovery of Salt Lake, Walker's expedition and 3 maps, which he claims were the orig- inals of those printed by Mr. Irving. On page 35 of the same Memoir occurs a letter from Robert Campbell, dated St. Louis, April 4, 1857, in which he tells the story of the discovery of Salt Lake by James Bridger. 59 WETMORE, ALPHONSO Gazetteer Of The State Of Missouri. With A Map Of The State, From The Office Of The Surveyor-General, In- cluding The Latest Additions And Surveys To Which Is Added An Appendix, Containing Frontier Sketches, And Illustrations Of Indian Character. With A Frontispiece, Engraved On Steel. Compiled By Alphonso Wetmore, Of Missouri. St. Louis: Published By C. Keemle . . . 1837. 8 Front., XVI, 17-382 pp. Map of Missouri. The appendix, pp. 307-334, contains Sketch of Mountain Life By A Trapper. Also The Pawnee Sacrifice, pp. 341-350, probably written by Major Dougherty. 60 PARKER, SAMUEL Journal Of An Exploring Tour Beyond The Rocky Mountains, Under The Direction Of The A. B. C. F. M. Performed In The Years 1835, '36 And '37; Containing A Description Of The Geography, Geology, Climate, And Productions ; And The Number, Manners, And Customs Of The Natives. With A Map Of Oregon Territory. By Rev. Samuel Parker, A. M. Ithaca, N. Y. Published By The Author. Mack, An- drus & Woodruff, Printers. 1838. 12 XII, 13-371 pp., map, plate. Map: Map of Oregon Territory, By Samuel Parker. 1838. Eng. by M. Peabody, Utica, N. Y. 40 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES Plate : Basaltic Formations on the Columbia River. Drawn by H. W. Parker. \Page 208). Many later editions of this common book which is one of the best of the early books. Parker went out in 1835 with Fontenelle's American Fur Go's, party, starting from Council Bluffs, but from the Black Hills Fitzpatrick took charge. Dr. Whitman was with him but returne'l from near the rendezvous on Green River. Parker arrived at Walla Walla Oct. 6th, returning via the Sandwich Islands in 1837. The map was the earliest to obtain any circulation which con- tains any reliable information as to the interior of the Oregon Territory, Gallatin's map having apparently passed unnoticed. Considerable extracts from Parker's journal appeared in the Missionary Herald for 1837, p. 369, a previous notice of his itinerary having appeared in the August number of the same magazine, p. 348. See the North American Review for January, 1840, for an article by Caleb Gushing containing an extended resume of overland expeditions beginning with that of Carver and with special reference to Parker's journal and Townsend's narrative. Parker's map was republished in the Oregonian and Indians' Advocate for February, 1839, with a note that it was copied from a copy of Vancouver's chart at Vancouver, the middle part after Parker's own observations, the north from sketches of a Mr. Black and the south from those of Smith (Jed. S.). 61 PLUMMER, MRS. CLARISSA Narrative Of The Captivity And Extreme Sufferings Of Mrs. Clarissa Plummer, Wife of the late Mr. James Plum- mer, of Franklin County, State of New York ; who, with Mrs. Caroline Harris, wife of the late Mr. Richard Harris, were in the Spring of 1835, with their unfortunate families, surprised and taken prisoners by a party of the Camanche Indian tribe of Indians, while emigrating from said Frank- lin County (N. Y.) to Texas; and after having been held nearly two years in captivity, and witnessed the deaths of their husbands, were fortunately redeemed from the hands of the savages by an American Fur Trader, a native of Georgia, (vignette) Mrs. Plummer was made prisoner and held in bondage at the same time with the unfortunate Mrs. Harris, with whose narrative the public have been recently presented. New- York: Perry and Cooke. . . 1838. 8 Front, title, pp. 5-23 (1). The last page contains a certificate from one Ebenezer C. Elfort, a native of Georgia, that while in Santa Fe in the fall of 1837 he learned that the Indians had two white women as prison- ers and went to the Indians and redeemed them. THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 41 Mrs. Plummer says they started for Texas overland from New Orleans and were captured several days out. How she got to New Mexico is not apparent from the narrative which is nothing but a recital of her woes. However, she says she got back to New Orleans in less than three weeks after leaving New Mexico, which leads us to suppose the story is a romance. Perry & Cooke, in 1838, also published the Harris narrative in 8, 24 pp. and Plate. The title is History of the Captivity and Provident Release therefrom of Mrs. Caroline Harris, etc. (Sim- ilar to the Plummer narrative) . . . redeemed therefrom by two of their countrymen attached to a company of Santa Fe Fur Traders. This is the same narrative with a different title. 62 ROGERS, CORNELIUS The Journey To The Rocky Mountains. The Oregonian and Indians' Advocate for December, 1838. Letter from C. Rogers, dated July 3, 1838, from Camp of the American Fur Co., in rendezvous eastern base of Wind River Mountains, and junction of Popo Agie and Wind River. Rogers was one of the missionaries of the A. B. C. F. M. He left Westport April 23 with Capt. Drip's company of the Am. Fur Co. Went up the Blue and crossed over to the Platte in one day 26 miles. Reached the forks about the middle of May, crossed the South Fork and then crossed to the North Fork. Left Ft. Laramie, then called Ft. Williams, June 2, up the Sweetwater to within 50 miles of the Wind River Mountain and then crossed to the Popo Agie and arrived at rendezvous June 21. Two of Gov. Clark's sons from St. Louis, Stewart and several fur trappers were with the party. They saw no Indians except Pawnees and Kansas and none at the rendezvous except trappers and a village of Snakes some slight distance away. He gives an interesting account of the rendezvous. One of the officers of the H. B. Co. came from Ft. Hall to assist the party to that place. 63 DRAGOON EXPEDITION. Fort Leavenworth, Oct. 3, 1839. Pages 285-6 of Army and Navy Chronicle, New Series, Vol. 9, 1839. A short account of an expedition of two squadrons of the dragoons under command of Colonel Kearny from Fort Leaven- worth to the Otoe village on the Platte. 64 [HOUSE, E.] A narrative of the Captivity of Mrs. Horn and her two children, with Mrs. Harris, by the Camanche Indians, after they had murdered their husbands and traveling Companions ; with a brief account of the Manners and 42 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES Customs of that nation of savages, of whom so little is generally known. St. Louis: C. Keemle, Printer. . . 1839. 12 2 p. 1. [5]-60 p. Sig. in sixes. I have not seen this edition, apparently the first, collation being from Newberry Library list of Narratives of Captivity, etc., which attributes the authorship to E. House. Mrs. Horn was with a party of settlers proceeding to central Texas in April, 1836, when the tragedy and capture took place. She was ransomed in the New Mexican settlements in the autumn of 1837, spending about five months with an American trader named Smith, near San Miguel, and finally was sent to Indepen- dence by Workman and Rowland, traders at Taos. 65 LEONARD, ZENAS Narrative Of The Adventures Of Zenas Leonard, A Native of Clearfield County, Pa. Who Spent Five Years In Trapping For Furs, Trading With The Indians, Etc., Etc. Of The Rocky Mountains : Written By Himself. Printed And Published By D. W. Moore, Clearfield, Pa. 1839. 8 Title; preface III-IV, 1-87 pp. Reprinted in 1904 by Burrows, with notes by W. F. Wagner. Leonard went out in the spring of 1831 as a member of Gant and Blackwell's party. He afterward became an independent trapper and as such joined Walker's famous expedition to Cali- fornia of which he gives a long account. He came back to the settlements in August, 1835. One of the principal sources of reliable information regarding this interesting period is: Journal Of A Trapper, Or Nine Years In The Rocky Mountains, 1834-1843. Being a General Description of the Country, Climate, Rivers, Lakes, Mountains, etc. and a View of the Life Led by a Hunter in Those Regions by Osborne Russell. . . . Publ : shed by Syms-York Co., Inc., Boise, Idaho, 1914. From the Original Manuscript. 8 105 pp. A limited edition of 100 copies only was printed for private distribution. I have seen the original manuscript of this journal which belongs to L. A. York of Boise, Idaho. There is nothing to indicate when it was written, but it was apparently intended for publication as it is not the original journal but bears evidence of having been written up. There is added an Appendix describing the various animals found in the mountains, which Mr. York did not publish. There has recently been unearthed another book bearing on this period: Four Years In The Rockies; Or, The Adventures Of Isaac P. Rose, Of Shenango Township, Lawrence County Penn- sylvania; Giving His Experiences As A Hunter And Trapper In That Remote Region, And Containing Numerous Interesting And Thrilling Incidents Connected With His Calling. Also Including His Skirmishes And Battles With The Indians His Capture, Adoption and Escape Being One of The Most Thrilling Nar- THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 43 ratives Ever Published. By James B. Marsh. Printed by W. B. Thomas, New Castle, Pa., 1884. Port. 262 pp. 66 MAXIMILIAN, PRINZ ZU WIED Reise In Das Innere Nord-America In Den Jahren 1832 Bis 1834 Von Maximilian Prinz Zu Wied. Mit 48 Kupfern, Vignetten, vielen Holzschnitten und einer Charte. Erster Band. Coblenz, 1839. Bei J. Hoelscher. Two Vols. and Atlas. 4, XVI, 653 pp., 1 unnumbered page of Errata and 1 leaf of Colophon; Vol. II (1841) (4), [XVII1-XXII, leaf of Errata, 687 pp., 1 unnumbered page with the Colophon. Atlas 33 small, 48 large plates, key-plate, plan, table and map. Drawings by Charles Bodmer. Also on large paper. Map: Reise Charte des Prinzen Maximilian zu Wied im innern Nord Amerika von Boston nach dem Obern Missouri, etc, In 1832, 33 and 34. (Also in French and English.) In English in 1843, by Ackerman & Co. 4 pp. X (2) 520, map, 81 colored plates in folio. Also in French ,1840-3. Also issued with black plates, and copies occur in which the costume plates only are colored, those of scenery being left uncolored. One Atlas was issued in Paris for the three editions, the plates bearing inscriptions in French, German and English. Maximilian spent the summer of 1833 on a trip up the Missouri River'on the American Fur Go's, steamer, Yellowstone, leaving St. Louis April 10. At Ft. Pierre, he transferred to the Assiniboine. June 18 he reached Ft. Union and on the 24th went on a keel boat to Ft. Mackenzie on Maria's River, where he remained two months. The party spent the winter at Ft. Clark among the Man- dans whose peculiar customs very much attracted Maximilian's attention. He returned to St. Louis in May, 1834. 67 MURRAY, CHARLES AUGUSTUS Travels In North America During The Years, 1834, 1835, & 1836. Including A Summer Residence With The Pawnee Tribe Of Indians, In The Remote Prairies Of The Missouri, And A Visit To Cuba And The Azore Islands. By The Hon. Charles Augustus Murray ... In Two Vol- umes. London : Richard Bentley . . . 1839. 8 XVI, 473; X, 372, pp., 2 plates. 68 ASSOCIATION DE LA PROPAGATION DE LA FOI Notice Sur Les Missions Du Diocese De Quebec, Qui 44 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES Sont Secourues Par L'Association De La Propagation De La Foi. Quebec: De L'Imprimerie De Frechette & Cie. Impri- meurs Et Libraires, No. 8, Rue LaMontagne. Avec Appro- bation Des Superieurs. [1839-1874]. 8 21 vols. This association for the propagation of the faith was estab- lished in the Diocese of Quebec in 1837 under a Brief of Pope Gregory XVI, dated Feb. 28, 1836. The Association published an annual report until June, 1843, subsequent to which it published one every two years until Nov. 15, 1863. No. XVI was published in March, 1864, and the following ones every two years until May, 1874, No. 21, the last. They contain an immense amount of infor- mation regarding British Northwest America, British Columbia and the old Oregon territory. In 1838 this Association organi/cd the Oregon Mission, sending out Francois Norbert Blanchet and Modeste Demers. Blanchet became successively Bishop and Arch- bishop of Oregon and Demers Bishop of Vancouver. The Ore- gon Mission passed out of the hands of this Association later, but it continued its work among the Indians in British North America until 1874, although in later years its efforts were more concentrated in the North and Northeast. The last report from Vancouver appears in No. XVII of April, 1866. No. 1 contains a short history of the Red River Mission, founded in 1818 (pp. 1-21), and a notice of the establishment of the Oregon Mission and the departure of Blanchet and Demers. There was a second edition of No. 1 and No. 4 and therefore probably of Nos. 2 and 3 and perhaps of later numbers. 69 TOWNSEND, JOHN K. Narrative Of A Journey Across The Rocky Mountains, To The Columbia River, And A Visit To The Sandwich Islands, Chili, etc., With A Scientific Appendix. By John K. Townsend, . . . Philadelphia: Henry Perkins . . . 1839. 8 VIII, 9-352 pp. Reprinted and more common as : Sporting Excursion In The Rocky Mountains, etc. London : Henry Colburn, 1840. 2 Vols. 12 XII, 310; XI (1), 312. 2 plates. Nuttall and Jason Lee went out with this expedition in 1834, of which Capt. Wyeth was the leader; Nuttall's Pacific Coast researches being embodied in the North American Sylva. The expedition left Independence April 28, 1834, arriving at Vancouver Sept. 16. At the rendezvous on the Green, Capt. Stew- art joined the party, also Ashworth and another Englishman. Townsend says Stewart had been in the mountains a year and accompanied the party to Oregon to take passage, probably for England. He gives an account of the construction of Ft. Hall THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 45 in July. Bonneville's party was at the rendezvous and left for Oregon ahead of Wyeth, but he caught up with them at Grande Ronde. See Niles Reg. March 16, 1839. Audubon says Nuttall arrived at Phila. August, 1836. Townsend returned in 1838. Each gave a .re- port to Audubon who finally embodied their researches in Vol. IV of the Ornithological Biography. In Waldie's Circulating Library for 1835, Part II, 427-32, will be found "Extracts from a Private Journal kept by Mr. John Townsend during a journey across the Rocky Mountains, in 1834." The extract comprises the period from July 10th to September 16th, the day of his arrival at Ft. Vancouver. 70 McCOY, ISAAC History Of Baptist Indian Missions : Embracing Remarks On The Former And Present Condition Of The Aboriginal Tribes ; Their Settlement Within The Indian Territory, And Their Future Prospects. By Isaac McCoy . . . Washington : William M. Morrison ; New- York . . . 1840. 8 Title, leaf ded., 2 leaves of testimonials, leaf of pref- ace dated Shawanoe Baptist Mission, Ind. Terr., Dec., 1839; pp. 3-8 contents; 9-611. McCoy made his first tour to the prairies in the summer of 1828, his second in 1829, a third in 1830, a fourth in 1831. In Dec., 1831, he settled at the Shawanoe Mission, which had been founded by Lykins that year. From that date to 1840 McCoy traveled extensively over the western country and made frequent trips to Washington. In the fall of 1833 Meeker brought a printing press to the Alis- sion on which many' books in Indian languages were printed, be- ginning in March, 1834. In the early part of January, 1835, McCoy issued from this press the first number of "The Annual Register of Indian Affairs in the Indian Territory." Four in all were published as follows: No. 1, Shawanoe Miss : on, 1835, 48 pp. P. P. W.; No. 2, Shawanoe Mission (Jany. 1), 1836, 88 pp., P.P. W.; No. 3, Shawanoe Mission, (July 1), 1837, 81 pp. P. P. W.; No. 4, Wash-'ngton, 1838, (about Jany. 1, 1839) 95 (1) pp. In June, 1837, McCoy also published at the mission, "Periodical Account of Baptist Missions within the Indian Territory for the year ending December 31, 1836," 52 pp. 8. My copy has only caption title. No other copy seen. McCoy also published "Remarks on the Practicability of Indian Reform Embracing their Colonization." Boston: 1827, 8 47 pp. Same with an appendix, N. Y., 1829, 8 72 pp. [Report on Indian Territory] January 30, 1829, (18 pp.) appended to the Report of the Committee on Indian Affairs H. Rep., McLean's Committee. (Not seen). Address to philanthropists in the United States gen- erally and to Christians in particular, on the Condition and pros- pects for the American Indians. Wash. [1832] 8 8 pp. (Reprinted in History of Baptist Missions). Report to Secretary of War, Feb. 1, 1832, 8 14 pp. Map. (Not seen). Report to Commissioner 46 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES of Indian affairs [fall of 1832]. Indian Advocate, Louisville, 1846. No. 1 probably Jan'y, 3 numbers printed by McCoy, who died in June, 1846. 71 BLANCHET, F. N. Mission De La Colombie. Published in the "Rapport Sur Les Missions Du Diocese De Quebec . . . Propagation De La Foi Janvier, 1840. No. 2." Quebec . . . Frechette & Cie. . . . Pages 11-41. This article contains an account of the journey of Blanchet and Demers in 1838, with the annual brigade of the Hudson Bay Com- pany. They left Red River July 10 and arrived at Vancouver Nov. 24. An account is given of the drowning at the Dalles des Morts of Banks, Mr. and Mrs. Wallace, LeBlanc and others, all members of the same party as Blanchet and Demers. 72 WISLIZENUS, F. A. Ein Ausflug nach den Felsen-Gebirgen im Jahre 1839, von F. A. Wislizenus, M. D. St. Louis, Mo., Gedruckt bei Wilh. Weber . . . 1840. 12 122 pp., leaf of postscript, leaf of contents and errata, map. Map. Map (without title), of the Rocky Mountain Region and to the Pacific, engraved by Rassau & Michaud, St. Louis. A very rare book and one covering a very interesting period of western history. The author left Westport early in May with some free traders and three Missourians and proceeded by the Oregon road via Ft. Laramie to the rendezvous on Green River above Horse Creek. He arrived at Ft. Hall July 26 and started on his return Aug. 10, in company with Paul Richardson. They passed over to the Green at Ft. Crockett and Brown's Hole where they found Oakley and four others of the Farnham party. Oak- ley joined them and thence they proceeded through Northern Colorado to North Park, over the divide to the Cache la Poudre. and down that stream to the Platte, meeting Capt. Walker on the way. From here they proceeded south to Bent's Fort and home by the ordinary road, arriving at Westport Oct. 14. Copies in Bancroft Library, Mo. Hist. Soc., and N. Y. Hist. Soc. Translated by F. A. Wislizenus, the doctor's son, and printed by the Missouri Historical Society in 1912, with a por- trait of the author, sketch of his life and reproduction of the map. 73 CATLIN, GEORGE Letters And Notes On The Manners, Customs, And dition Of The North American Indians. By Geo. Catlin. THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 47 Written During Eight Years' Travel, Amongst The Wild- est Tribes Of Indians In North America. In 1832, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, And 39. In Two Volumes. . . . London : Published By The Author . . . 1841. Royal 8 VIII, 264; VIII, 266 pp., 312 plates and 3 maps. Small slip Errata Vol. I. Maps: Outline Map of Indian Localities in 1833. U. States' Indian Frontier in 1840. Chart Showing the Moves of the Mandans and the place of their Extinction. All by G. Catlin and Engraved by Tosswill & Myers. There are really not 312 plates in the book because some of the plates have several scenes or figures on them with numbers; I do not find any plate No. 2 and conclude that the map in Vol. I was supposed to be Plate 2. No plates Nos. 23, 137, 142, 149, 159, 246, 247, but three without numbers and Nos. 101^, 210^. The plates not included are not described and therefore according to Catlin's Preface were not published with the book. With eight out and five extra, there are really only 309. Some copies have imprint London Wiley & Putnam. In 1848 Bohn printed the 7th edition of this, the same, except with dif- ferent title". Some few of these were colored by hand. All editions have the same plates as the original. Catlin's initial experience in the west was his trip up the Mis- souri to the Yellowstone in 1832, the whole of Vol. I being devoted to his observations. He accompanied the Leavenworth- Dodge expedition to the Pawnee Pict Village in 1834 and wrote an extended account of the campaign. For Catlin's visit to the Upper Missouri, see South Dakota Hist. Coll., Vol. I, page 344. A bibliography of Catlin's works was made by W. H. Miner and published in Geo. D. Smith's "Literary Collector." 74 FARNHAM, THOMAS J. Travels In The Great Western Prairies, The Anahuac And Rocky Mountains, And In The Oregon Territory. By Thomas J. Farnham. Poughkeepsie : Killey And Lossing, Printers. 1841. 12 197 pp. Ordinarily this is seen with the date 1843. Preface dated Tre- mont, 111., Oct. 1, 1840, and copyrighted in 1841. The party left Peoria May 1, 1839, and Independence May 30, following the Santa Fe trail to Ft. Bent, where they arrived July 5. Here the party divided, the larger number, 11 in all, pro- ceeding up the Platte River, but Farnham, with four others, went up the Arkansas to South Park. They then crossed over to the Grand River and over the divide to the North Fork of the Platte. From there they crossed over to Craig and Thompson's Fort in Brown's Hole. This Fort was called Ft. Davy Crockett and was 48 in charge of St. Clair. August 17 Paul Richardson arrived from Ft. Hall, on his return from guiding Hunger and Griffin and some emigrants to Ft. Fall. From here Oakley returned and Farnham proceeded with a Snake Indian guide up the Green River to Ham's Fork. On Bear River they met Meek. They arrived at Ft. Hall September 1 and found Joe Walker in charge. From here they went on with a Walla Walla Indian as a guide and reached Whitman's Mission September 23. Farnham only remained a short time in Oregon, leaving December 3 for the Sandwich Islands. When Oakley got back to Peoria, he published his experiences in the Peoria Register (about January, 1840). These have been reprinted in New York, 1914, in 19 pp. as "Expedition to Oregon Obadiah Oakly." A note to the reprint states that the Peoria Register was printed under that name only in 1842-3. This is a mistake as Niles Register is full of extracts from it in 1839 and 1840. Notice of the departure of this company in Niles Reg., May 25, 1839, from the Peoria Register of May 4. For Farnham see Niles Register, June 20 and August 29, 1840. The latter is an ex- tract from the Louisiana Advertiser after his return there. Evidently he wrote an article on arrival entitled "Oregon Bubble Burst." The extract in June 20 is from the Peoria Register, a letter from Farnham from the Sandwich Islands. It seems that Farnham was an agent for the U. S. Government and it appears that he afterwards returned to California, either in 1846 or early in 1847. In No. 4, Vol. II of the "Californian," San Francisco, 1847, is an extract from "El Noticioso Del Istmo Americano, Panama," copying a petition of T. J. F. to the govern- ment of New Granada for permission to colonize part of the isthmus with American citizens. No. 26 of the same volume of the "Californian" contains a notice of suit for defamation of char- acter brought by W. R. Garner against Farnham, who claimed to be living at the time in San Jose. Farnham died in San Fran- cisco September, 1848. 75 SANTA FE AND THE FAR WEST Niles National Register, Dec. 4, 1841, Vol. LXI, page 209. Extracted from the Evansville (Indiana) Journal. One page letter dated Santa Fe, July 29,' 1841, and unsigned. The writer says he left Vincennes April 23 and went to Inde- pendence via St. Louis. There he found three parties, Bartle- son's, with whom De Smet was going to travel; another of 100 men, 30 women and children, for California; and the Santa Fe caravan. Boggs was to accompany him to California and they decided to go via Santa Fe as they understood a party was to leave there for California to join the one via the Columbia. They raised a party of ten men to go to Santa Fe but Boggs' wife was taken sick and he could not go. Finally after the main caravan had left between May 8 and 10, the writer, with 8 others, and 3 wagons, left May 19 and caught up with the Santa Fe caravan at the Arkansas. A short account of the trip to Santa Fe, where they arrived without accident, July 2, the quickest trip ever made over the desert, he says, is followed by a considerable THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 49 account of the city itself. At the end he says he is leaving for California in a few days with a party of about 200 Americans and Spaniards to co-operate on January first, 1842, with the Columbian caravan at Monterey. They expected the governor to concede them lands for settlement. I think this letter was probably written by Dr. Lyman, from the fact that Lyman went out to Santa Fe this summer, also from his communication to Farnham regarding the route from Santa Fe to California. He undoubtedly accompanied this party to California from Santa Fe. 76 [SMET, PIERRE JEAN DE] The Indian Missions In The United States of America, Under The Care Of The Missouri Province Of The Society Of Jesus. Philadelphia. King And Baird, Printers, No. 9 George Street . . . 1841. 12 34 pp. P. P. W. with the same title. The report on Indian Missions is written by Father Ver- haegen, S. J. and Provincial of Missouri, and is dated May 3rd, 1830, but probably this is a mistake for 1840. Almost all the rest of the pamphlet was written by Father De Smet. All the material is taken from the "Annales de la Propagation de la Foi," or been added in the translation by De Smet. This Association was founded in Lyons May 3rd, 1822, and some 41 volumes of this series were issued. The 1st and 2nd numbers appeared in 1823, 3rd and 4th in 1824, 5th and 6th in 1825. These are usually known as Volume I reprinted in 1841. The missionary activities of the catholics to the western In- dians were begun by the Jesuits from the Missouri province in 1827, and the early volumes of the "Annales" contain abun- dant materials for their history. The earliest references are in Vol. Ill, a letter from F. Van Quickenborne of Nov. 6, 1827, relating a visit to the Osage In- dians. Vol. V, page 597, will be found a letter from Mgr. Rosati, St. Louis, Dec. 31, 1831, with an account of the arrival several months before of four Indians from the other side of the Rocky Mountains, and what had happened to them. The Pottowatomie Mission was the early location of F. De Smet's missionary enter- prises, and his letters begin in the "Annales" in Vol. XI, from the upper Missouri. 77 BIDWELL, JOHN Preface. The publisher of this Journal, being aware, that a great many persons, in Missouri and of the other Western States, are at this time anxious to get correct information, relative to Oregon and California, hopes in part to gratify them by giving publicity to these sheets through the press ; having been solicited to do so, by men of information who have perused them in manuscript. 50 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES The author, Mr. John Bidwell, a young man of good acquirements and unexceptional moral character, came to Missouri from the Buckeye State about 4 years ago, and resided in Platte County two years, during which time he made many staunch friends, and was prosperous* in busi- ness. But the many inducements held forth to enterprising young men to go to California, caused him to adopt the motto "Westward ho," shoulder his rifle and join one of the California companies which leave the rendezvous near Independence annually. Prior to his going, he promised his friends to keep a Journal, noticing the incidents of the trip, and also give his observations of the Country after his arrival there this promise he has redeemed, by for- warding the publisher this copy of his Journal, etc. 8 32 pp. in all. The journal begins on the back of the title page (page 2) and is headed A Journey To California. Bodega, Port of The Russians Upper California, March 30, 1842. From remarks made by Bidwell in "His Recollections," it seems evident that in 1841 the only press north of the Missouri, was at Liberty, Clay county, Missouri, and unless one was estab- lished at Weston by 1842, this journal was probably printed at Liberty, where a newspaper press was in existence at the time. This is the earliest published account by an intending settler of an overland journey to California, Bidwell being a member of the Bartleson party. He refers to Williams, the Methodist preacher, overtaking them on the 26th of May on his way to Oregon. In his subsequent writings Bidwell never referred to the letter, apparently not knowing that it had been printed. General Bidwell also published some articles on this journey in the Century of November, 1890, December, 1890, and February, 1891. Since the General's death, this Journal, with some addresses of his and other miscellaneous material, has been published with the following title: "Addresses, Reminiscences, etc., of General John Bidwell Compiled by C. C. Royce, Chico, California, 1907." It is an octavo volume, consisting of the title and 146 leaves of text, facsimiles, views, etc., and one leaf of contents, all without number. The Bidwell Journal of 1841 is reprinted from the only known copy in the Bancroft Library, of the University of Cali- fornia. At the end of this reprint and not contained in the con- tents, is an article entitled "Reminiscences of the Conquest Writ- ten by General John Bidwell for the use of Dr. S. H. Willey for his work on the Conquest of California." This is in the form of a commentary on Henry L. Ford's account of the Conquest, which Ford had written for Willey and is here printed for the first time. This volume, which was gotten out by Mrs. Bidwell, is of ex- tremely limited circulation, owing to the fact that it was only given to a few institutions and personal friends. It was bound up with the following which preceded it: John Bidwell, Pioneer, Statesman, Philanthropist. A Biographical Sketch By C. C. THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 51 Royce, Chico, California, 1906. Portrait of Bidwell and one of General and Mrs. Bidwell. Title, pages 7-66, with illustrations in the text. This was also printed in a limited number for private distribution. The Century articles were reprinted in Chico about 1914 as "Echoes of the Past," in 91 pp. In 1907 a beautifully printed memorial of Bidwell, who died in 1900, was published by Marcus Benjamin in Washington in 52 pp. with several portraits of the general and other illustrations. 78 FALCONER, THOMAS Expedition to Santa Fe. An account of its Journey from Texas through Mexico, with Particulars of its capture. By Thomas Falconer. New Orleans. 1842. 8 12 pp. Catalogue of London Geographical Society contains notice of this book in their library, but I have never been able to locate any other copy, not even notice of it, except in Sabin and Raines. Falconer published "Notes of a Journey Through Texas and New Mexico in the Years 1841 and 1842," in the Royal Geog. Soc. Journal 1844, pp. 199-226. Possibly the same. Niles Reg., Vol. 62, page 66, contains a letter from Falconer dated Mexico City, Feb. 10, 1842 (from the New Orleans Bee of March 17), giving an account of the march to the City of Mexico. Falconer was liberated on the demand of Packenham, the British minister, and returned to New Orleans early in the year 1842. 79 FOLSOM, CHARLES J. Mexico In 1842: A Description Of The Country, Its Natural And Political Features; With A Sketch Of Its History, Brought Down To The Present Year. To Which Is Added, An Account Of Texas And Yucatan ; And Of The Santa Fe Expedition. Illustrated With A New Map. New-York: Charles J. Folsom, . . . 1842. 18 256 pp., map. Map: Mexico and Texas in 1842. Published by C. J. Folsom, New York. This contains a narrative of the Texas Expedition by Franklin Coombs, son of Gen. Leslie Coombs, which Folsom says had appeared in the papers. According to Kendall, Coombs simply went along as a guest for the benefit of his health. It is gen- erally supposed that Folsom compiled the book. This letter also appears in Niles Register, Vol. 62, p. 2, March 5, 1842. Pages 128-134 contain a reprint of the letter entitled "Santa Fe and the Far West," reprinted in Niles Reg., Dec. 4, 1841, from the Evansville Journal. 80 52 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES AUDUBON, J. J. [Journey to the Yellowstone in 1843]. Letter from him dated Ft. Union, June 13, 1843, ad- dressed to Gideon B. Smith of Baltimore, in New Orleans Picayune, July 21, 1843. From the introductory note to this it would seem that Audubon was with Stewart, but this was not the fact; he went up the river in one of the American Fur Co.'s boats, the Omega, accompanied by a Mr. Edward Harris of New Jersey, and Mr. Sprague and Mr. Bell of N. Y., as assistants. (Niles Reg., July 15, 1843, page 312). Further references in Niles Register are: May 13, his departure from St. Louis April 25; June 10, letter to Dr. G. B. Smith, dated Vermillion River, May 18; July 8, long letter to same of May 24, 150 miles below Ft. Pierre, and another later of May 29; July 29, another letter to same June 13. 81 FERRIS, W. A. Life in the Rocky Mountains. The title to a series of articles by W. A. Ferris published in the Western Literary Messenger of Buffalo, beginning Jan. 11, 1843, and apparently running continuously every week to March 16, 1844, which is marked conclusion, but there appeared appendices on March 23, 30, April 6, 13, 20, 27, and May 4. Ferris was in the mountains in the employ of the Am. Fur Co. from 1830-5. Buffalo Hist. Soc. has following numbers: Jan. 11, 18; Feb. 22; May 3, 17, 24; June 7, 28; Oct. 7, 14, 21, 28; Nov. 4, 18, 25: Dec. 2, 9, 16, 23, 30, 1844; Jan. 6, 13, 27; Feb. 3, 10, 17; March 2, 9, 16; April 13 and 27. Grosvenor Library has Volume II, No. 40-51, i. e. April 12 to June 28, 1843 Chapters 14-25; Vol. Ill, No. 1-42, July 22, 1843 to May 4, 1844. (Information from Miss Drumm, Mo. Hist. Soc). See Chittenden's Fur Trade, Vol. I, page 395 for note on his life obtained from Mr. O. D. Wheeler of St. Paul. 82 FREMONT, JOHN CHARLES A Report On An Exploration Of The Country Lying Be- tween The Missouri River And The Rocky Mountains, On The Line Of The Kansas And Great Platte Rivers. By Lieut. J. C. Fremont, Of The Corps Of Topographical En- gineers. Washington : Printed By Order Of The United States Senate. 1843. (27th Con., 3rd Sess. Sen. Doc. 243). 8, 207 pp. Colored paper wrappers with same title. Map, 3 tinted and 3 plain plates. THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 53 Map: Map To Illustrate An Exploration Of The Country lying between the Missouri River and the Rocky Mountains, on the line of the Nebraska or Platte River. By Lieut. J. C. Fremont, . . . Lith. by E. Weber and Co. Pages 7-76 Fremont's Report dated Wash., March 1, 1843; 77-94 Cat. plants by John Torrey; 95-207 Ast. & Met. Obser- vations. The plates were also lithographed by Weber, after sketches probably made by Charles Preuss, who accompanied both expe- ditions, and who certainly made the maps. I have seen a copy with four of the plates tinted. 83 LANG, JOHN D., AND TAYLOR, SAMUEL, JR. Report Of A Visit To Some Of The Tribes Of Indians Located West Of The Mississippi River. By John D. Lang And Samuel Taylor Jr. Providence : Knowles And Vose. 1843. 8, 47 pp. Cover title same except imprint omitted. They visited the Winnebagoes, Shawnees, Kickapos, Delawares, Kansas, Osages, Cherokees, and Choctaws, between August and December, 1842. There is an edition of this in New York, 1843, Press of M. Day & Co. in 8, 34 pp. 84 MARRYAT, CAPT. [FREDERICK] Narrative Of The Travels And Adventures Of Monsieur Violet In California, Sonora, & Western Texas. Written By Capt. Marryat, C. B. In Three Volumes. Vol. I. London : Longman, Brown, Green, & Longmans, Pater- noster Row. 1843. 8 Vol. I Half-title, title and preliminary matter pp. 1- VIII; Text, pp. 1-312. Folding map, W. Lake, lith. 170 Fleet St. Vol. II Half-title and title; Text, pp. 1-318. Vol. Ill Half-title and title; Text, pp. 1-299. I have not at hand this original edition. It is a romance, em- bodying as a basis the crude geographical knowledge of the thir- ties of the far west. The author certainly read Kendall's sketches in the Picayune of 1842, as he distinctly says so, but I do not think he obtained any great portion of his incidents from Ken- dall, still less from Gregg, whose book was not published until the following year. 85 NICOLLET, I. N. Report Intended To Illustrate A Map Of The Hydro- 54 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES graphical Basin Of The Upper Mississippi River, Made By I. N. Nicollet, While In Employ Under The Bureau Of The Corps Of Topographical Engineers. Feb. 16, 1841. Ordered printed. Washington: Blair And Rives, Printers. 1843. (26 Cong., 2nd Sess. Senate Doc. 237). 8, 170 pp., map. Map: Hydrographical Basin of the Upper Mississippi River, etc., etc., By J. N. Nicollet in the years 1836, '37, '38, '39 and '40; assisted in 1838, '39 and '40, by Lieut. J. C. Fre- mont, 1843. Engraved by W. J. Stone. Nicollet gives many details regarding his expedition to the upper Missouri in 1839 with Fremont. They left St. Louis April 4th and arrived at Fort Pierre June 12th. In his company he had Etienne Provost, Wm. Dixon, and the son of Baptiste Dorion, who was the interpreter at Ft. Pierre. The report also includes, pp. 75-92, a "Sketch of the Early History of St. Louis." 85 NOTICE SUR LA RIVIERE ROUGE DANS LE TERRI- TOIRE de la BAIE-D'HUDSON. Montreal : Bureau Des Melanges Religieux . . . 1843. 8, 32 pp. Probably written by Tache. Contains a full account of the evangelisation of the North West and a short account of Blanchet and Demers' journey to Oregon in 1838. 87 SIMPSON, THOMAS Narrative Of The Discoveries On The North Coast Of America; Effected By The Officers Of The Hudson's Bay Company During The Years 1836-39. By Thomas Simp- son, Esq. London : Richard Bentley . . . 1843. 8, XIX, 419 pp., 2 maps. Maps: Map of the Arctic Coast of America, etc., explored by Messrs. P. W. Dease and T. Simpson . . . 1837. Discoveries of the Honble. Hudson's Bay Company's Arctic Expedition in 1838 & 1839. Contains a description of a winter journey from Red River to Athabasca (1836-7) and the return in the winter of 1839-40. The introduction consists of a Memoir of Simpson, who either was killed by Indians or committed suicide, in the summer of 1840, while en route to St. Paul, by his brother, Alex. Simpson. THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 55 Alex. Simpson also published a life of Thomas The Life and Travels of Thomas Simpson, The Arctic Discoverer, by his brother, Alexander Simpson. London: Richard Bentley. 1845. 8 VIII, 424 pp. Portrait and map. 88 SMET, PIERRE JEAN DE Letters And Sketches: With A Narrative Of A Year's Residence Among- The Indian Tribes Of The Rocky Mountains. By P. J. De Smet, S. J. Philadelphia: Published By M. Fithian, 61 N. Second Street. 1843. 12 Allegorical frontispiece, title, 3 leaves of preface, sub-title Book I, 13-252 pp., 11 other plates and a folded allegorical leaf, the Catholic Ladder. Published in French in 1844 with new material added as : Voyages Aux Montagues Rocheuses, Ft Une Annee De Sejour Chez Las Tribus Indiennes Du Vaste Territoire De L'Oregon, Dependant Des Etats-Unis D'Amerique, Par Le R. P. Pierre De Smet, Missionaire De La Compagnie De Jesus. Malines. P. J. Hanicq, Imprimeur, etc. 1844. 12 Half title, title, pp. III-VI, 1-304. Port. De Smet, folded map, 19 plates. P. P. W. with same title. Map: Map has no title but shows the west from about Long. 95-130 and Lat. 40-55. Published by Etab., Geographique de Bruxelles and shows De. Smet's route from Westport to Ft. Hall, and thence to the Flatheads, Ft. Colville. The front, to the Malines edition is a good view of St. Louis, lith. by Vandenbossche a Alost. All the plates except the front, and allegorical table of the English edition were reproduced in the Malines edition with eight new ones. The plates lithographed by P. S. Duval, Philadelphia, appear with the names Geo. Lehman, del. and Js. Queen del. but whether they made the sketches or simply drew them for the lithographer I do not know. They look very imaginative. One of the remarkable things about De Smet was the facility which he acquired so early of writing good English. When the original letters were written in French, he translated them into English with so many changes that only the substance was re- tained in many cases. The early letters in this book were pub- lished in French in the "Annales de la Propagation de la Foi" mostly in 1841, but letters VII to the end had not been published there, although some of the French letters have somewhat similar material. De Smet had the habit of writing at the same time or about the same time letters to various persons and he used to vary the contents to suit apparently the taste of the recipients. In 1905 H. M. Chittenden and A. T. Richardson published un- der the auspices of Francis P. Harper of New York the "Life, Letters And Travels Of Father Pierre-Jean De Smet, S. J. 1801- 56 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 1873." This consists of four volumes mostly De Smet's corre- spondence. The editors had some trouble in deciding which of the several letters bearing on the same subject should be pub- lished, especially as they also had a large unpublished correspon- dence to consider. In the "Letters and Sketches" De Smet gives a very short account of his journey to the rendezvoux in 1840, but a very long one of the journey of 1841. After remaining in what is now Montana for nearly a year he crossed over to Ft. Colville, and from there went down the river to Ft. Vancouver. In August, 1842, he returned to the camp on the River Madison and September crossed over the mountains to Ft. Union, and from there came back to St. Louis by water. The French edition, besides the extra plates, contains a copy of Blanchet's letter, dated Ft. Vancouver, September 28, 1841. 89 SNIVELY EXPEDITION No contemporary full account of this land pirate expedition was published, but I have collected the following references to it from Niles Register for the year 1843: June 3 (from the Galveston Civilian of May 16), an account of the origin and aims of the expedition. July 8, extract from Houston Telegraph, that Snively had left Coffee's Creek April 25th, expecting to meet Warfield at the source of Red River. July 15, rumor in Texas, that they had captured Santa Fe. July 22, extract from Western Missourian about Warfield's movements on the Arkansas, also interview with St. Vrain on Snively's plans. Aug. 5 (from St. Louis Rep., July 21), account of a battle be- tween U. S. Troops and Mexicans and capture of Snively's men by Capt. Cooke. Aug. 19, (from Mo. Reporter of July 31), extract from Cooke's report to General Gaines on the affair; followed by Games' report to Gen. Taylor. Aug. 26, (from St. Louis Rep., Aug. 10), referring to an extra of the Clarksville, Texas, Standard of Aug. 1, giving full account of the expedition. Aug. 26, another account from St. Louis New Era, in form of a letter dated July 28th. Sept. 16, Bocanegra's remonstrance to Thompson. Sept. 23, Galveston papers announce return of Warfield, stating both he and Snively are preparing accounts of the expedition. Further documents in 29 Cong. 1 Sess. Sen. Ex. Doc. 43; Morn- ing Star of Houston, Aug. 22, 1843; 28 Cong. 2 Sess. Sen. Ex. Doc. 1, pp. 91-112, entitled Texas Documents, containing an account by Van Zandt and a letter of Snively. For an interesting account see Sage, "Scenes in the Rocky Mountains," 1846. 90 STEWART EXPEDITION OF 1843 This grand expedition of Sir William Drummond Stewart dur- ing the summer of 1843, made a great stir in the mountain country and Niles Register for this year contains numerous records of its movements. N A li II A T 1 V i: ttF A Till H FROM THE STATE OF INDIANA I N Til ! TEAKS 18 41-2. BY JOSEPH WILLIAMS C I _\ r I \ N PRINTED FOR TfflE AUTHOR ./. It. UV/W, Printer. 1843. THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 57 A short account of this memorable journey was written by M. C. Field, one of the writers of the New Orleans Picayune, and who accompanied the party, in a series of letters published by the Picayune June 7, July 30, Sept. 6, Nov. 7 and 9. After Field's return to New Orleans in November, he began a series of articles entitled "Prairie and Mountain Life" and which appeared in the Picayune Nov. 14, 17, 22, 25, 26, 28; Dec. 3, 7, 8, 9, 15, 16, 19, 20, 21, 30; Jan. (1844), 6, 10, 13; Feb. 1, 29; March 14. In July, 1844, Field, with his brother, and Charles Keemle started the St. Louis Reveille and they began the republication of these sketches which continued till Field's death in December. (Aug. 19, 26; Sept. 9; Nov. 18; Dec. 2). Field wrote at times under the pseudonym of Phazma, and under this title he proposed to publish a book about his adven- tures in the Rocky Mountains, presumably a reprint of the articles in the New Orleans Picayune. The references to the expedition in Niles Reg. occur on the following dates, all 1843: April 1, 29; May 27; June 10 (re- printed from the Savannah Republican, and valuable), another, same issue, June 24; July 8, 15, 22; Sept. 30; Nov. 4, 18, 25; Dec. 2, 9. Stewart departed for Europe during the winter, never to return. He carried on a correspondence, however, with William L. Sub- lette with whom he apparently had been joined in some business venture. Some of these letters are preserved in the Mo. Hist. Soc. (Information from Miss Drumm, librarian of the Society). 91 WILLIAMS, JOSEPH Narrative Of A Tour From The State Of Indiana To The Oregon Territory In The Years 1841-2. By Joseph Williams. Cincinnati: Printed For The Author. J. B. Wilson, Printer. 1843. 8 Title with preface on the verso, 3-48 pp. It was not copyrighted. This is a very rare book not known to any other writer on the northwest, not even Marshall. The only other copy besides my own, which I have been able to locate, is one in the New York Historical Society, probably bought at a sale in 1905 at Henkel's. The author, a Methodist preacher, 63 years of age, left Napo- leon, Indiana, April 26, 1841, with the evident intention of join- ing some advertised party at Independence. He caught up with the Rartleson party, with whom De Smet was traveling, a few days out of Westport. Bartleson's party split on the Bear River, part going to Oregon and part to California. Williams with the Oregon party reached Oregon some time in September or Octo- ber. He left for return, April 3, 1842, and returned by Robidoux's Fort on the Uintah River, Taos, and Bent's Fort and arrived at Independence Oct. 25. 92 DUNN, JOHN History Of The Oregon Territory And British North- 58 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES American Fur Trade ; With An Account Of The Habits And Customs Of The Principal Native Tribes On The Northern Continent. By John Dunn, Late Of The Hudson's Bay Company, Eight Years A Resident In The Country. London : Edwards And Hughes . . . 1844. 8 VIII, 359 pp., map. Map: A Map Of Oregon Territory Drawn on Stone by J. Truxton. Dunn gives only a few accounts of the happenings in Oregon and no journal. The work is devoted largely to a history of the Hudson's Bay Company and an account of the country, as well as New Caledonia, derived from information gained on the ground. Dunn was stationed at Ft. Vancouver in the early forties. 93 FARNHAM, THOMAS J. Travels In The Californias, And Scenes In The Pacific Ocean. By Thomas J. Farnham, Author of "Travels in the Great Western Prairies, the Anahuac and Rocky Mountains, and in the Oregon Territory." New York: Published By Saxton & Miles . . . 1844. 8 416 pp. Map and plate of an Indian. Map: Map of the Californias by T. J. Farnham. (The copy- right of the map bears date of 1845). This book is chiefly confined to Farnham's experiences in Cali- fornia, a sketch of its history and account of its resources, etc. It ends with a short account of his return via San Bias, Mexico and Vera Cruz, reaching his home in Illinois some time in the summer of 1840. On page 324, Farnham refers to Captain Ewing Young's at- tempt to reach California directly west from Salt Lake, across the desert. On pages 312 et seq., 371 et seq., occur some extended quotations from what he says is a letter from one Dr. Lyman of Buffalo, a friend of his. These consist of extracts from his journal from Santa Fe to California in 1841 and observations on the character of the country, Indians, etc. The route was from Santa Fe up the Rio Grande, down the San Juan, as he calls it, over the Green and into Southern Utah, thence via Las Vegas and the Mohave to Los Angeles, the regular Spanish trail. Lyman speaks of following the Colorado, whereas he simply went more or less parallel to it over the regular route. He was with the Workman-Rowland party but on account of a disagree- ment about some Indian captives (p. 379), he and two others left the main party and reached California after the others. He inti- mates that he was three months on the trip from Santa Fe. THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 59 The book was issued in four parts, with printed paper titles. The first part had no number on it and is frequently described as a complete work in 96 pp. Parts 2, 3 and 4 are numbered, Part 4 bearing the date of 1845. Lyman could not be found by his friends in later years and I have not been able to trace him, but investigations at Buffalo make it probable that Farnham was mis- taken about his being there or else he remained there only a short time. He probably was from Massachusetts. Bancroft says he was John H. or John L. 94 GREGG, JOSIAH Commerce Of The Prairies : Or The Journal of a Santa Fe Trader, During Eight Expeditions Across The Great Western Prairies, And A Residence Of Nearly Nine Years In Northern Mexico. Illustrated with Maps and Engrav- ings. By Josiah Gregg. In Two Volumes. New York: Henry G. Langley . . . MDCCCXLIV. 12 XVI, 17-320, 3 plates, map; VIII, 9-318, 3 plates, map. Maps: Map Of The Indian Territory, Northern Texas and New Mexico Showing The Great Western Prairies, by Josiah Gregg. (Folding map). Map Of The Interior Of Northern Mexico. (Small one page map). The first and principal authority on the Santa Fe Trade. Brad- ford Prince says this book was written by John Bigelow, a reporter on the N. Y. Post, 1844, from Gregg's notes. Gregg afterward went to California during the gold rush and died of exposure near Humboldt Bay in the winter of 1849-50. Except by Chittenden no substantial contribution has been made to the history of the Santa Fe trade since that of Gregg, notwithstanding the immense importance of the trade to the west- ern country and its development later to enormous proportions. "The Annals of Kansas City," published there in 1859 by Spalding contains some account of it and later in 1893 J. Evarts Greene read before the American Antiquarian Society at its meet- ing at Boston, April 26th, a monograph entitled "The Santa Fe trade: Its Route and Character." The romantic incidents con- nected with the trail have been exploited by various writers, but especially by Colonel Henry Inman, who first published in Kan- sas City in 1881, "Stories of the Old Santa Fe Trail." This was afterward expanded into an extremely interesting book entitled "The Old Santa Fe Trail," published in Topeka in 1912. 95 JOURNAL OF A TOUR IN THE "INDIAN TERRI- TORY," In The Spring Of 1844. (Cover title; regular title follows): 60 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES Journal Of A Tour In The "Indian Territory," Per- formed By Order Of The Domestic Committee Of The Board of Missions of the Protestant Episcopal Church, In The Spring Of 1844, By Their Secretary and General Agent. New- York: Published For The Domestic Committee Of The Board Of Missions. By Daniel Dana Jr. ... 1844. 8 Title, (2-Extract Minutes), 74 pp., 3 maps. Maps : Outline Map of Indian Localities in 1833. G. Catlin, lith. by Tosswill & Co. Aboriginal America East of the Mississippi. G. Hayward, Lith., N. Y. United States Indian Frontier In 1840. G. Catlin, lith. by Tosswill & Co. Said to have been written by N. Sayre Harris. The party left New Orleans by steamer for the Red River Raft, March 8th, and on the 21st reached Ft. Towson, then visited Ft. Smith, Ft. Gibson, Ft. Scott, Shawnee Mission and Ft. Leav- enworth. 96 KENDALL, GEORGE WILKINS Narrative Of The Texan Santa Fe Expedition, Compris- ing A Description Of A Tour Through Texas, And Across The Great Southwestern Prairies, The Camanche and Caygiia Hunting-Grounds, With An Account Of The Suf- fering From Want Of Food, Losses From Hostile Indians, And Final Capture Of The Texans, And Their March, As Prisoners, To The City of Mexico. With Illustrations And A Map. By George Wilkins Kendall. In Two Volumes. New York: Harper & Bros. . . . 1844. 12 Tit., XII, [131-405, map, 2 plates; XII, [111-406, 3 plates. Map: Texas and part of Mexico and the United States, showing the Route of the First Santa Fe expedition. Harper & Bros., N. Y. Plates : By J. W. Casilear, J. G. Chapman, and 3 altered from 3 in Ward's book. These last did duty in several books of the time. Kendall was owner of the New Orleans Picayune and was of an adventurous disposition. Many years later he was a large sheep owner in Texas. NARRATIVE , ; OF THE PERILOUS ADVENTURES, MIRACULOUS ESCAPES AND SUFFERINGS or REV, JAMES W. PARKER, A FRONTIER RESIDENCE IV TEXAS, OF FIPTBBN TEARS *, WITH AM IMPARTIAL OBOORAPHICAL DESCRIPTION OF THE CLIMATE, . " SOIL, TIMBER, WATER, &C., *C., &C. TEXAS; WRITTEN BY HIMSELF. TO WHICH IS APPENDED A NARRATIVE MRS, RACHEL PLUMMER, (HIg DAUGHTER,) P1M A CAPTIVITT OF TWEWTY-OME WORTHS AMONO THE C0MAIfrw ' WJTH A SKETCH OF THEIR MANNERS, CUSTOMS, lAWS & SHORT DESCRIPTION OF THE COUNTRY "v5. 1 WmcH i' H * TRAVELLED WHttST WITH THE INDUHS! WH1TTEN BT HERSELF. at the Morning Courier Office, 4th street, LoulriUe, Zy. 1844. THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 61 In the preface he says the map is based partly on information from Mr. Gregg and Albert Pike. Some of the incidents in Vol. I first appeared in sketches in the N. O. Picayune of 1842. In 1843, Nov. 16th, at the Astor ' House, New York, Kendall addressed a letter to J. Watson Webb (Xiles Register, Vol. 65, p. 214), in which he charges Capt. Mar- ryat with having stolen a lot of his incidents in Mons. Violet from these articles in the Picayune. The correspondence between Mexico and the United States respecting U. S. citizens captured on this expedition, is contained in Senate Ex. Doc. 325, 27th Cong. 2nd Sess. Wash., 1842, 104 pp. 97 LEE [DANIEL], AND FROST, J. H. Ten Years In Oregon. By Lee and J. H. Frost. Late Of The Oregon Mission Of The Methodist Episcopal Church. New York: Published For The Authors: J. Collord, Printer. 1844. 8 344 pp., map. Map: A Sketch Of The Columbia. River, And Adjacent Coun- try. (Very crude, small folding map). The book gives an account of Hunt's trip across the plains. Lee left Independence April 28, 1834, with Wyeth, Townsend and Nuttall, and arrived at Vancouver Sept. 15. There is no journal of the trip and the account written by Frost occupies only pp. 114-124. Pages 339-344 contain specimens of Indian dialect. 98 MURRAY, CHARLES AUGUSTUS The Prairie Bird. By The Hon. Charles Augustus Mur- ray. London : Richard Bentley . . . 1844. 3 vols : . 12 IV, 336; (2) 352; (2) 372. A Romance of Adventures on the prairies among the Osages, Delawares, Sioux and Crow Indians. 99 PARKER, JAMES W. Narrative Of The Perilous Adventures, Miraculous Escapes And Sufferings Of Rev. James W. Parker, During A Frontier Residence In Texas, Of Fifteen Years ; With An Impartial Geogranhical Description Of The Climate, Soil, Timber, Water. Etc., Eetc., Etc. Of Texas ; Written By Himself. To Which Is Appended A Narrative Of The Capture And Subsequent Sufferings Of Mrs. Rachel Plum- mer, (His Daughter,) During A Captivitv Of Twenty-One Months Among The Cumanche Indians, With A Sketch Of 62 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES Their Manners, Customs, Laws, Etc. ; With A Short De- scription Of The Country Over Which She Travelled W'hilst With The Indians ; Written By Herself. Printed at the Morning Courier Office, 4th street, Louisville, Ky. 1844. 16 95 pp., (page 95 errata), plus 35 (should be 36). My copy is enclosed in paper wrappers with following title: Parker's Narrative And History Of Texas; To Which Is Appended Mrs. Plummer's Narrative Of Her captivity Of Twenty-one months among the Cumanche Indians. . . . (Copyright). Louis- ville, Ky. 1845. This is a famous episode in Texas History, and one of the captives, Cynthia Ann Parker, adopted into the tribe, became a kind of legendary character. The fort was captured May 19, 1836, and the Indians wandered over the country, crossed the plains and, as Mrs. Plummer says, went as far as the headwaters of the Arkansas, where a number of tribes of Indians in March, 1837, held a big council to get up a combined war against the Texans. She talks of being on the headwaters of the Columbia and even in Sonora (not quite certain of this, however). Finally a Mexi- can trader ransomed her north of the Rocky Mountains and in seventeen days she arrived in Santa Fe, where she was delivered to Col. William Donoho, an American trader, who finally took her to Independence about the beginning of 1838. Mrs. Plummer's narrative is dated January, 1839, and she died February 19. It has a separate title: Narrative Of The Capture And Subsequent Sufferings Of Mrs. Rachel Plummer, During A Captivity Of Twen- ty-One Months Among the Cumanche Indians; With A Sketch of Their Manners, Customs, Laws, etc. With A Short Descrip- tion Of The Country Over Which She Traveled Whilst With The Indians. Written By Herself. 1839. In the preface dated Hous- ton, Dec. 3, 1839, this is called the second edition. 100 TIXIER, VICTOR Voyage Aux Prairies Osages, Louisiane Et Missouri, 1839-40. Par Victor Tixier. Clermont-Ferrand, chez Perol, Libraire-Editeur, etc. Et A Paris, chez Roret, etc. 1844. 8 260 pp. including title and half title ; two of vocab- ulary, two of index. 5 plates after designs by Tixier. Tixier left France Nov. 23, 1839, and arrived at New Orleans Jan. 27, 1840, where he received an invitation from Major Chou- teau to visit the Osages and hunt buffalo with him. Arrived at St. Louis 12th of May and from there went to Independence; leaving Independence May 20th for Papins trading post, called Nion-Chou. He accompanied the Osages on a buffalo hunt to the Grand Saline. 101 FREMONT, JOHN CHARLES Report Of The Exploring Expedition To The Rocky THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 63 Mountains In The Year 1842, And To Oregon And North California In The Years 1843-'44. By Brevet Captain J. C. Fremont, Of The Topographical Engineers, Under The Orders Of Col. J. J. Abert, Chief Of The Topographical Bureau. Printed By Order Of The Senate Of The United States. Washington : Gales And Seaton . . . 1845. 8 693 pp., 22 plates, 4 maps, and 1 large folding map in pocket. Maps: Map of Bear River. Plan Great Salt Lake. Map Rio de los Americanos. Plan Beer Springs. Plates : 13 plates scenery, 5 plates fossil shells, 4 plates botany. Large Map: Map of the Exploring Expedition To The Rocky Moun- tains in the Year 1842 and to Oregon and California in the Years 1843-4 by Capt. J. C. Fremont. . . . Lith. E. Weber & Co., Bait. (On top, Profile of the Route from the mouth of the Kansas to the Pacific by Capt. J. C. Fremont in 1843). Contents : Pages 3-6, Notice to the Reader by Fremont ; 7-79, Fre- mont's Report of the 1842 expedition; 81-98, Cat. Plants; 99-101, Ast. Obser. & Table of Lat. and Long.; 103-294, Fremont's Report of the 1843-4 expedition dated Wash., March 1, 1845; 295-310, Appendix A & B, Geology and Fossils; 311-319, Appendix C, Plants by John Torrey ; 321- 693, Observations and Tables. Also printed by order of the House of Representatives, by Blair & Rives, in 583 pp. with same plates and maps, the astron- omical observations being omitted. The plates of the 1842 expedition were probably re-engraved for this edition, as the plates of Ft. Laramie and a view of the Wind River Mountains, certainly were. The maps were undoubtedly made by .Charles Preuss, who ac- companied Fremont, and probably the sketches were made by him also. 102 HASTINGS, LANSFORD W. The Emigrants' Guide, To Oregon And California, Con- taining Scenes And Incidents Of A Party Of Oregon Emi- 64^ THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES grants ; A Description Of Oregon ; Scenes And Incidents Of A Party Of California Emigrants ; And A Description Of California; With A Description Of The Different Routes To Those Countries ; And All Necessary Information Rela- tive To The Equipment, Supplies, And The Method Of Traveling. By Lansford W. Hastings, Leader of the Ore- gon and California Emigrants of 1842. Cincinnati : Published By George Conclin, . . . 1845. 8 Title, 3-4 preface, 5-152 pp. I think it was issued in P. P. W. but I have never seen it so. It was also issued by Conclin in 1847 in 160 pp. with a plate and again by him in 1849 in 168 pp. with a frontispiece of an Eagle. It also probably appeared with 1848 on the title page. The 1849 edition is the same as the first edition to page 152 except that it bears a new title "A New History of Oregon And California ..." Pages 153-156 contain an account of California written by R. Semple; 157-160 The Oregon Treaty; and 161-168 the Gold Region of California which comprises Mason's letters. The party left Independence May 15, 1842 and Hastings was elected Captain and Lovejoy 2nd Capt. Fitzpatrick guided the party from Ft. Laramie to the Green River. Meek acted as guide to Ft. Hall for the advance party with the wagons. Arrived at the settlement in Lower Oregon October 5. This account occupies pp. 5-22, then follows an account of Oregon pp. 23-46. Hastings left Oregon May 30, 1843, for California. Pages 64-69 contain an account of the trip. Then follows a description of California, pp. 69-133. Pages 134-142 contain an account of the different routes, and pp. 143-152 a sketch of the equipment, supplies needed, method of traveling, Indians, etc., etc. 103 KEARNY, S. W. Report of a summer campaign to the Rockv Mountains, etc., in 1845. Headquarters 1st Regiment Dragoons, St. Louis, Mo, September 15, 1845. Signed S. W. Kearny, Colonel 1st Dragoons. Pages 210-220 of Sen. Ex. Doc. No. 1, 29th Cong., 1st Session. Map: Map Of The Route Pursued By The Late Expedition under the command of Col. S. W. Kearny, U. S. 1st Dra- goons. By W. B. Franklin, Lieut. Corps. Top. Eng. . . . 1845. Smith & McClelland Sc. Wash. Pages 214-217 contain Journals (abstracts) kept by Lt. Turner, adjutant, and Lt. Franklin, Top. Eng., during this expedition. The expedition left Leavenworth May 1st; went up the North Fork of the Platte to Ft. Laramie, and then over South Pass to Green TO OREGON AND CALIFORNIA, CONTAINING SCENES AND INCIDENTS OF A PARTY OF OREGON EMIGRANTS; ; A DESCRIPTION OF OREGON; SCENES AND INCIDENTS OF A PARTY OF CALlFO&'tlA : EMIGRANTS; AND A DESCRIPTION OF CALIFORNIA; WITH A DESCRIPTION OF THE DIFFERENT ROUTES TO THOSE COUNTRIES; j AND ALL NECESSARY INFORMATION RELATIVE TO THE EaUIPMENT, SUPPLIES, AND THE METHOD OF TRAVELING. BY LANS FORD W. CASTINGS, Leador of the Oregon and California "Emigrant* of 1842, CINCINNATI: PUBLISHED BY GEORGE CONCLIN, STEREOTYPED BY 8HEPARD * CO. 1645. THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 65 River returning via foothills in Colorado to Bent's Fort, arriving at Ft. Leavenworth August 24th. Fitzpatrick was the guide. Pages 217-220 are occupied by a report of E. V. Sumner, Capt. 1st Dragoons, of a trip from Ft. Atkinson May 7th, to Traverse des Sioux and Devil's lake. His object was to stop the annual hunt of the Red River halfbreeds into U. S. territory. Niles Reg., Oct. 25, 1845, has an article, "Sketches of the Great West," from the Union, as a letter from Capt. Cooke of the Regi- ment giving a long and very interesting account of the expedition. Kearny's report was published also in Niles Register, Jan. 10, 1846. For other references to this expediton see Niles Register, 1845, May 10, June 14, July 12, August 2, and Sept. 6. Boston Atlas, October 25 (copied in N. Y. Weekly Tribune, November 1), has an account by one of the party. St. Louis Rep., September 1 (N. Y. Weekly Tribune, September 20), another account. 104 ST. JOHN, PERCY B. The Trapper's Bride : A Tale Of The Rocky Mountains. With The Rose Of Ouisconsin. By Percy B. St. John. Second Edition. London : Hayward And Adam . . . 1845. 12 Half tit., tit., leaf ded. and adv., half title, pp. 1-71 Trapper's Bride ; new half title, pp. 75-166, the Rose of Ouisconsin. This is probably the first edition in book form, the stories having evidently appeared in some magazine. In the advertise- ment St. John says he had lived scime years in the backwoods of Texas. This is a tale of Fort Bent. 105 WILKES, GEORGE The History Of Oregon, Geographical And Political, With An Examination Of The Project Of A National Rail- road, From The Atlantic To The Pacific Ocean. By George Wilkes. Also An Account Of The Characteristics And Present Condition Of The Oregon Territory, By A Mem- ber Of The Recently Organized Oregon Legislature. Accompanied By A Map. New- York. William H. Colyer . . . 1845. (Cover title; regular title follows): The History Of Oregon, Geographical And Political. By George Wilkes. Embracing An Analysis Of The Old Spanish Claims, The British Pretensions, The United States Title ; An Account Of The Present Condition And Char- acter Of The Country, And A Thorough Examination Of The Proiect Of A National Railroad, From The Atlantic To The Pacific Ocean. To Which Is Added A Journal Of 66 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES The Events Of The Celebrated Emigrating Expedition Of 1843 ; Containing An Account Of The Route From Missouri To Astoria, A Table Of Distances, And The Physical And Political Description Of The Territory, And Its Settlements, By A Member Of The Recently Organized Oregon Legis- lature. The Whole Concluding With An Appendix, Con- taining The Treaties, Diplomatic Correspondence, And Ne- gotiations Between Spain, Russia, Great Britain, And The United States, In Relation To The North West Coast. New York: William H. Colyer, . . . 1845. 8 Title; pp. 3-4 of preface; 5-46, History of Oregon; 47- 62, Wilkes' Proposal for a National Railroad; 63-114, Travels across the Great Western Prairies and through Oregon; 115-127, Appendix; verso 127, errata; map. Map: Map has no title but embraces from 44 to about 55 north latitude and 110 to 132 longitude. In a note to the preface Wilkes says the map is taken from an English publication on the Oregon question. The account of the 1843 expedition is by Peter Burnett and is taken from letters by him published in the New York Herald, with slight changes only, Dec. 28, 1844, Jan. 5, 6, 18, 1845. See also Niles Register, Nov. 2, 1844, and St. Louis Reporter, Aug. 23, 1845, for a letter by him dated Nov. 10, 1843. M. McCarver's let- ters on same expedition, Ohio Statesman, Sept. 11, 1844, N. Y. Herald, June 3, 1844, N. Y. Tribune, Aug. 5, 1844, also Niles Register, April 19, 1844, from Peoria Register. Doctored and republished in London as: An Account And History Of The Oregon Territory ; To- gether With A Journal Of An Emigrating Party Across The Western Prairies Of America, And To The Mouth Of The Columbia River. London: Printed And Published By William Lott . . . 1846. 16 Tit., 160 pp. (160 marked 169). P. P. W. with same title. The Burnett Journal appears in an abridged form except where praise of the H. B. Co. appears. In place of Wilkes' Proposal for a Nat'l R. R. appears a chapter, "The Capabilities and Prospects of Oregon By a Three Years' Resident" [an Englishman]. The Introductory History is entirely distinct from Wilkes and written to support the British pretentions. A few of Wilkes' documents were reprinted in the appendix. The copy I saw in the N. Y. Hist. Soc. had no map, although I have seen it described as having one. 106 THT- HISTORY OF OREGON, GEOGRAPHICAL AND POLITICAL. BY GEORGE WILKES. XMBRACING AN ANALYSIS OF THE OLD SPANISH CLAIMS, THK BRITISH PRETEN- SIONS, THE UNITED STATES TITLE ; AN ACCOUNT OF THE PRESENT CON- DITION AND CHARACTER OF THE COUNTRY, AND A THOROUGH EXAMIN- ATION OF THE PROJECT OF A NATIONAL RAIL ROAD FROM THE ATLANTIC TO THE PACIFIC TO WHICH IS ADDED A JOURNAL OF THE EVENTS OF THE CELEBRATED EMIGRA* TING EXPEDITION OF 1841 ; CONTAINING AN ACCOUNT OF THE ROUTE FROM MISSOLTU TO ASTORIA, A TABLE OF DISTANCES, AND THE PHYSICAL AND POLITICAL DESCRIPTION OF THE TERRITORY, AND 1T9 SETTLE- MENTS, BY A MEM1ER OF THE RECENTLY ORGANISED OREGON LEGISLATURE. 7HE WHOLE CONCLUDING WITH AN APPENDIX, CONTAINING THE TREATIES, DIPLOMATIC CORRESPONDENCE, AND NEGOTIATIONS BETWEEN SPAIN, RUSSIA, GREAT BRITAIN, AND THE UNITED STATES, IN RE- LATION TO THE NORTH WEST COAST. NE W YORK: WILLIAM H. COLYER, No. 5 HAGUE-STREET. 1846. THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 67 ABERT, J. W. Message From The President Of The United States, In Compliance With A Resolution Of The Senate, Communi- cating a report of an expedition led by Lieutenant Abert, on the upper Arkansas and through the country of the Caman- che Indians, in the fall of the year 1845. June 16, 1846, Read and referred. July 11, ordered printed. Journal of Lieutenant J. W. Abert, from Bent's Fort to St. Louis, in 1845. [Washington: 1846.1 29th Cong., 1st Sess. Senate Doc. 438. 8 75 pp. Map, 11 plates of scenery and 1 of a Day's March (Colored plates in my copy). Map: Map showing the Route pursued by the Exploring Ex- pedition to New Mexico And The Southern Rocky Moun- tains Made under the orders of Capt. J. C. Fremont, U. S. Topographical Engineers, and conducted by Lieut. J. W. Abert assisted by Lieut. W. G. Peck, U. S. T. E. during the year 1845. Abert's report begins Aug. 9, 1845, for the Survey of Purgatory Creek, Canadian and False Washita acting on orders received from Capt. Fremont. Started Aug. 12th with Fitzpatrick as guide, who had just returned from South Pass, where he had guided Col. Kearny and the Dragoons. Went West to Raton Mountains and thence down the Canadian. Refers to a trip of a Mr. Stan- ley, probably from Gregg, made in 1825. Returned through the Creek Nation in the Indian Territory and arrived at Ft. Gibson Oct. 21st. Contains beautiful colored plates. Abert made the first astron- omical observations through this unknown country and therefore his map is of great importance. 107 JAMES, THOMAS Three Years Among The Indians And Mexicans. By Gen. Thomas James, Of Monroe County, Illinois. Waterloo, 111. Printed At The Office Of The "War Eagle." 1846. 8 130 pp. James gives an account of his experiences on the Upper Mis- souri, 1809-10, his expedition to Santa Fe in 1821-2, and his ex- periences on the prairies in 1823-4. The only copies I know of are in possession of the N. Y. State Library, Albany, and the Missouri Historical Society, St. Louis. Reprinted in 1916 by the Mo. Hist. Society, with notes by Walter B. Douglas. The notes give location of various later printed journals, etc. 68 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES Journal of J. B. Trudeau among the Arikara Indians in 1795, Am. Hist. Review, Vol. 19, First Part; Mo. Hist. Soc. Coll. Vol. IV, No. 1, Second Part; Bradley's Journal Mont. Hist. Soc. Cont. II, p. 152; Capt. Wm. Becknell's Journal, Mo. Hist. Soc. Coll. Vol. II, No. 6; Col. Marmaduke's Journal Mo. Hist. Review, VI, Columbia, 1911. For another early trip to Santa Fe (in 1822) see Journal of Jacob Fowler, edited with notes by Elliot Coues, N. Y., 1898. Also the appendix to the reprint of James. 108 JOHNSON, OVERTON, AND WINTER, WM. H. Route Across The Rocky Mountains, With A Description Of Oregon And California ; Their Geographical Features, Theor Resources, Soil, Climate, Productions, Etc., Etc. By Overton Johnson And Wm. H. Winter, Of The Emigration Of 1843. Lafayette, Ind : John B. Semans, Printer. 1846. 8 Title, 2 leaves of preface, 1 leaf of contents, pages 9- 152 of text. The appendix, pp. 141-152 contains instructions, itinerary, etc. A very rare book, not seen by Bancroft. The preface states that the route to California, descriptive of that country, and the return to Ft. Hall are from the notes of Winter. The party left Independence in the latter part of May (25th) and arrived at Oregon City Nov. 13th. Johnson left Oregon City to return, 19th of April, 1845. Refers to Colonel Kearny's trip to the South Pass that year with 200 Dragoons. Reached Westport Aug 29th. 109 [SAGE, RUFUS B.] Scenes In The Rocky Mountains, And In Oregon, Cali- fornia, New Mexico, Texas, And The Grand Prairies ; Or Notes By The Way, During An Excursion Of Three Years, With A Description Of The Countries Passed Through, Including Their Geography, Geology, Resources, Present Condition, And The Different Nations Inhabiting Them. By A New Englander. Philadelphia : Published By Carey & Hart. 1846. 12 XII, 13-303 pp. Map. Map: Map of Oregon, California, New Mexico, N. W. Texas, and the proposed Territory of Ne-Bras-Ka. By Rufus B. Sage, 1846. F. Michelin's lith., N. Y. Sage arrived in Westport in May, 1841, too late to accompany a party to Oregon, but finally left Sept. 2nd with one of the ROUTE ACROSS TUB ROCKY MOUNTAINS, WITH A DESCRIPTION OF OREGON AKD CALIFORNIA; TBSIft GEOGRAPHICAL FEATURES, TtEIR RESOURCES. SOIL, CLIMATE, PRODUCTIONS, fcc., tc. BY OVERTOH JOHNSON AKD W. H. \VI3fTEB, Of THE tMJGTIQN Of ISO. LAFAYETTE, IND: JOHN B. SEMAN8, PRINT CR. 1846. c K .N i: > ROCKY MOUNTAINS, OREGON, CALIFORNIA, NEW MEXICO, TEXAS THE GRAND P NOTES BY THE WAY, DURING AN EXCURSION OF THREE YEARS, WITH A DESCRIPTION OF THE COWRIES PASSED THROUGH, INCLUDING THEIR GEOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY, RESOfRCES, PRESENT CONDITION, AND THE DIFFERENT NATIONS INHABITING THEM. BY A NEW ENGLANDER. PHILADELPHIA : PUBLISHED BY CAREY & HART. 1840. ROU E WITH A DESCRIPTION OF WATERING-PLACES, CROSSINGS, DANGEROUS INDIANS, BY J. M. SHIVELY. WASHINGTON, D.C WM. GREEK, PRINTER. 1846. THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 69 return fur trade parties. Returned to Independence July 21, 1842. Started out again in early August for Ft. Lancaster and thence to the Arkansas and while on Fountain Creek was passed by Fitzpatrick and Van Dusen on their way to the States. Stopped at the Pueblo and Taos and made an excursion to Uintah River with Roubideau. After a short stay, continued to Ft. Hall and arrived there Nov. 9th, returned in December by North Park and Middle Park on the Platte River and wintered on the Platte below Cherry Creek. He says Captain Warfield, a Texan, came to Ft. Lancaster for recruits for some expedition. Sage found the Texans on the Arkansas River below the old Fort. He finally joined Warfield between the Cimaron and the Arkansas. This was the Snively expedition of which he gives a long account, including the sur- render to Cooke. He then returned to the Platte. He met Fre- mont at Fort Lancaster in July, 1843. On the 17th of March, 1844, he started from Ft. Lancaster for the U. S. via Bent's Fort, thence down to Van Buren, Arkansas, which he reached July 4th. The second edition, revised and published by Carey & Hart, in 1847, contains the name of the author on the title page, but the map was apparently not issued with it, and, in fact, very few copies of the 1846 edition are found with the map. 110 SHIVELY, J. M. Route And Distances To Oregon And California, With A Description Of Watering-Places, Crossings, Dangerous Indians, Etc., Etc. By J. M. Shively. Washington, D. C. Wm. Greer, Printer. 1846. 8 15 pp. P. P. W. with the same title. Shively was an Oregon pioneer and described the route from personal experience. At the end Shively says: In Preparation by the Author a Concise Description of the Oregon and California Countries, climate, soil, natural productions, together with a map of the same. Query: Ever published? Shively left Oregon April 19, 1845, and arrived at Indepen- dence just before August 14th. Niles Register, Aug. 30, 1845, page 416. He afterward returned to Oregon in the government service. Copy in Library of Congress, and in the New York Histori- cal Society. Ill [STEWART, WILLIAM DRUMMOND] Altowan ; Or, Incidents Of Life And Adventure In The Rocky Mountains. By An Amateur Traveller. Edited By J". Watson Webb. In Two Volumes. Harper & Brothers, Publishers . . . New York. 1846. 12 Title, XXIX, 25-255; 240 pp. Mr. Webb in the introduction gives some of his own personal experiences in the army, including a trip from Chicago to Ft. 70 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES Armstrong on the Mississippi in the winter of 1821-2. He also says the book itself was written by a half-pay officer of the British army who first came to New York in 1832, and then went to St. Louis and with General Ashley to the Rendezvous. He then remained in the mountains, went to the Pacific, returned to the mountains and after Z l / 2 years in the mountains returned to St. Louis. After spending the winter of 1836-7 on Long Island with Webb, he returned to the mountains, where he spent two more summers and a winter. Then he went to Scotland, but re- turned again in 1842. This of course indicates nobody but Stew- art as the author, nevertheless I see no resemblance between the style in which these tales are written and that of "Edward Warren" undoubtedly written by Stewart. A. J. Miller accompanied Stewart on the 1837 expedition. Stewart, according to Rose, returned to the river in the fall of 1837 and returned to the mountains in the summer of 1838. Rose returned with him in the fall, arriving about November. See Journal and Enquirer, N. Y., May 7, 1839, announcing opening of an exhibit of pictures at the Apollo Gallery, painted at New Or- leans by Miller, from sketches made in the Rocky Mountains, the property of a baronet who had spent nearly seven years in the mountains, and announcing a full description the following day but this did not appear on the 8th. The N. Y. Commercial Ad- vertiser, May 14, 1839, says the paintings, 18 in all, belonged to Stewart who was shortly leaving for England. Exhibit adver- tised May 15-23. Four of these paintjngs by Miller were in the summer of 1919 in the possession of a dealer in Edinburgh. Mr. Harry Walters has in his possession at Baltimore four large portfolios filled with sketches by Miller of events, scenery, etc., made on his expedition with Stewart. 112 BARNUM, JAMES H. The Traveller's Guide, Or The Life of James H. Barnum. Written By Himself. Gt. Harrington : 1847. 8 52 pp. Green paper covers with same title. This entertaining and very little known work of travel and ad- venture is confined to wanderings about the Mississippi Valley. Barnum makes one or two remarks about a journey to Oregon, but I think this journey only existed in his imagination, as there is absolutely nothing in the book to bear out any such claim. 113 BLANCHET, F. N. Memoire Presente' A La S. Congregation De La Propa- gande Sur Le Territoire De L'Oregon, Par Mgr. F. N Blanchet, Eveque De Drasa. (In "Rapport Sur Les Mis- sions Du Diocese De Quebec Et Autres Que En Ont Ci- Devant Fait Partie. Juillet 1847, No. 7"). Quebec . . . 1847. This report occupies pp. 3-24 of this number and contains a condensed account of the evangelization of both Californias and THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 71 Oregon, together with a brief account of the early colonization and voyages, both by land and sea. This is followed by some extracts of letters from Demers and Bolduc from Oregon City and Willamette. Demers speaks of Warre and Vavassour, pick- ing out a site for a fortification on Cape Disappointment. 114 THE CONQUEST OF SANTA FE And Subjugation Of New Mexico, By The Military Forces Of The United States ; With Documents, Embracing The Opinions Of The Honourable Thomas H. Benton, Gen. Sam Houston, And Others, In Reference To Annexation ; And A History of Colonel Doniphan's Campaign in Chihuahua. By A Cap- tain Of Volunteers. Philadelphia: H. Packer & Co. ... 1847. 8 48 pp. including cover title and title. Cover title same except omitting paragraph beginning "With Documents." The Captain of Volunteers worked with the scissors only, mostly on government documents, but a few interesting ones from newspapers and other sources are included. I understand there were several issues of this with differences. 115 COYNER, DAVID H. The Lost Trappers ; A Collection Of Interesting Scenes And Events In The Rocky Mountains ; Together With A Short Description Of California: Also, Some Account Of The Fur Trade, Especially As Carried On About The Sources Of The Missouri, Yellow Stone, And On The Waters Of The Columbia, In The Rocky Mountains. By David H. Coyner. Cincinnati: J. A. & U. P. James . . . 1847. 12 XV, 17-255 pp. This contains an account of the trip of Capt. Ezekiel Williams to the Mountains in 1807 to return the Mandan Chief. Also the further adventures of Williams, Workman and Spencer. At the end is a lot of information about Astor's Co. and Oregon; none original. There has been much speculation regarding the authenticity of the adventures related in this book and especially because the account of the return of the Mandan Chief is untrue. For the true story of Williams see Mo. Hist. Soc. Coll. Vol. IV No. 2. 116 CUTTS, JAMES MADISON The Conquest Of California And New Mexico, By The Forces Of The United States, In The Years 1846 & 1847. 72 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES By James Madison Cutts. With Engravings, Plans Of Battle, Etc. Philadelphia: Published By Carey & Hart. 1847. 12 Eng. port, of Kearny, eng. title with port, of Fre- mont, 264 pp., map and 3 plans included in the pagination. This contains Capt. Johnston's notes afterward published with the Emory Report, also some communications from Kearny in California, together with a short account of the return of Kearny and his party June to August, 1847, over the mountains, from the notes of an officer, (Swords), one of the party. The book was published in the fall after the return of the Doniphan regiment to St. Louis. 117 EDWARDS, FRANK S. A Campaign In New Mexico With Colonel Doniphan. By Frank S. Edwards, A Volunteer. With A Map Of The Route, And A Table Of The Distances Traversed. Philadelphia: Carey And Hart. 1847. 12 XVI, inc. title & half title, 17-184 pp. Map. [Table of Distances pp. 180-184]. Map: Map showing Col. A. W. Doniphan's Route through the States of New Mexico, Chihuahua and Coahuila. (Eng. by Thos. Sinclair, Phila. : Copy, by Carey & Hart). This is the most entertaining account of the expedition. The London edition of 1848 in IV, 134 pp., 12 is the com- monest. 118 FITZPATRICK, THOMAS Letter by Thomas Fitzpatrick dated Bent's Fork, Arkan- sas River, Sept. 18, 1847. 30th Cong. 1 Session, Sen. Ex. Doc. 1, App. to the Report of the Commissioner of Indian Affairs, pp. 238-249. A very valuable and interesting report to the Indian Commis- sioner in which he recounts his experiences with Capt. Love's party from June 10th, the attack on Hayden's train and his meet- ing with the Cheyenne and Arapahoe chiefs. He wanted a com- pany of 250 riflemen to handle the Indians. See Schoolcraft's Archives, Vol. 1, page 257 for an article by Fitzpatrick on the Comanche Indians. In the same volume will be found an article by R. S. Neighbors on the Comanches of Texas. March 1, 1847, John S. Robb, under the pseudonym of "Soli- taire," published in the St. Louis Reveille (Vol. Ill, No. 34), an account of the life and adventures of Fitzpatrick. 119 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 73 HUGHES, JOHN T. Doniphan's Expedition [Vignette] By John T. Hughes. Of The First Regiment Of Missouri Cavalry. Illustrated. Cincinnati: Published By U. P. James. . . . (Cover title, regular title follows): Doniphan's Expedition ; Containing An Account Of The Conquest Of New Mexico ; General Kearney's Overland Expedition To California ; Doniphan's Campaign Against The Navajos; His Unparalleled March Upon Chihuahua And Durango; And The Operations Of General Price At Santa Fe : With A Sketch Of The Life Of Col. Doniphan. Illustrated With Plans Of Battle-Fields And Fine Engrav- ings. By John T. Hughes, A. B., Of The First Regiment Of Missouri Cavalry. Cincinnati: U. P. James . . . [1847]. 8 Tit., leaf of preface, leaf of contents, 9-144 pp. Front, the Volunteer. 111. in text. Reprinted by James in 1848 in pp. XII, 407 with steel portraits of Price and Doniphan, and a map. Map: A New Map of Mexico, California and Oregon. Pub. by J. A. and U. P. James. Cin. 1848. Woodcut of "The Volunteer" and 3 plans included in the pagination. Doniphan's Report of the march from El Paso to Chihuahua published in Niles Reg. May 15, 1847, in full, and a letter from him in same, July 3, 1847. This last number also contains list of casualties after leaving Chihuahua. News from the expedition will be found in Niles Reg., Vol. 71, pp. 241, 401 and Vol. 72, pp. 71, 102, 192, 224, 252, 266, 316. 120 PALMER, JOEL Journal Of Travels Over The Rocky Mountains, To The Mouth Of The Columbia River ; Made During The Years 1845 And 1846. By Joel Palmer. Cincinnati : J. A. & U. P. James . . . 1847. (Cover title, regular title follows): Journal Of Travels Over The Rocky Mountains, To The Mouth Of The Columbia River; Made During The Years 1845 And 1846: Containing Minute Descriptions Of The Valleys Of The Willamette, Umpqua, And Clamet ; A General Description Of Oregon Territory; Its Inhabitants, Climate, Soil, Productions, Etc., Etc. ; A List Of Neces- sary Outfits For Emigrants ; And A Table of Distances 74 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES from Camp to Camp on the Route. Also ; A Letter from the Rev. H. H. Spalding, resident Missionary, for the last ten years, among the Nez Perce Tribe of Indians, on the Koos-koos-kee River ; The Organic Laws of Oregon Ter- ritory ; Tables of about 300 words of the Chinook Jargon, and about 200 Words of the Nez Perce Language ; a De- scription of Mount Hood ; Incidents of Travel, etc., etc. By Joel Palmer. Cincinnati : J. A. & U. P. James, Walnut Street, Between Fourth And Fifth. 1847. 12 Title, leaf of ded. to "Pioneers of the West," leaf of pub. adv., leaf of contents, pages [9] to 189. Slip of correc- tions. All the copies that I have seen contain the same material, pages 9 to 189, but the preliminaries vary. Some copies in the original wrappers contain only one leaf, some two, but the final form is as above. Apparently when the book was first put out, it contained only one preliminary leaf which was the leaf of publisher's advertisement. This on the back was marked "IV." To this was added in later copies leaf of contents and the leaf of ded. last. I have seen one copy in which this last leaf had no paging on it whatever. Some years ago a copy turned up with the 7 of 1847 on the title page put in with a pen. It had the appearance of having originally been a 6 so it is pos- sible some copies exist with 1846 on the title page. Palmer's home was in Laurel, Indiana, and he wrote this after his return, July 23, 1846. Thwaites says it did not come from the press till late in the spring of 1847. For Palmer's return trip, see Niles Reg., Aug. 1, 1846, (from St. Louis Rep., July 18). Thwaites pronounces this book the best account of the Oregon trail, so full that it could be and was, used as a "Guide" by the following emigrants. 121 RICHARDSON, WILLIAM H. Journal Of William H. Richardson, A Private Soldier In Col. Doniphan's Command. Baltimore : Printed By Jos. Robinson. 1847. 12 84 pp. P. P. W. with the same title but imprint Baltimore : Joseph Robinson. 1847. This edition is very scarce, the book being usually known with the New York, 1848, imprint. 12 96 pp., 3 plates. 122 ROBB, JOHN S. Great American Prize Romance. Kaam ; Or, Daylight. The Arapahoe Half-Breed, A Tale Of The Rocky Moun- . tains. By John S. Robb, Esq. . . . JOURNAL OF TRAVELS ROCKY MOUNTAINS, Murcrc DEscurrioxs or TH VALLEYS OF THE WILLAMETTE, UMPQUA, AND CLAMET ; A GE.NKRAL DnCUTTION OF OREGON TERRITORY; ITS INHABITANTS, CLIMATE, SOIL, PRODUCTIONS, ETC., KTC. } A LIST OF NECESSARY OUTFITS FOR EMIGRANTS; ' AM) A Cable of Dfstanccs from Camp to Camp on tfce Uute. ALSO; A Letter from the Rev. H. H. Spalclinjr, resident Missionary, for the last ten years, among the Nez prrci Tribe or Indians, on the Kooi-koos-kee Hirer; The Organic Laws of Oregon Territory ; Tablet of about 300 word* of the Chinook Jargon, and about 200 Words of the Nez Peree Language ; a Description of Mount Hood ; Incidents of Travel, &.. 4c. BT JOEL PALMKR. CINCINNATI: J. A. dt U. P. JAMES, WALNUT STREET, BETWEEN FOURTH AND FIFTH. 1847. JOURNAL OF WILLIAM H. RICHARDSON, A PRIVATE .SOLDIER IN COL. DONIPHAFS COMMAND. BALTIMORE : PRINTED CV .Fo.S. ROBINSON. 1847, THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 75 Boston : "Star Spangled Banner" Office . . . 1847. 8 42 pp. incl. title and cover with same title, except imprint Jones, Publisher [Boston]. 1847. A note on the title page says a premium of $150 was paid for this lurid tale by the Dollar Newspaper of Philadelphia. 123 RUXTON, GEORGE F. Adventures In Mexico And The Rocky Mountains. By George F. Ruxton, Esq., Member Of The Royal Geograph- ical Society, The Ethnological Society, Etc., Etc. London : John Murray . . . 1847. 8 VIII, 332 pp. Ruxton left Southampton, Eng., July 2, 1845, and left Mexico City Sept. 14th, 1846, and traveled via Queretaro, Silao, Leon, Lagos, Aguascalientes, Zacatecas to Durango, arriving there Oc- tober 4th and left the 10th for Chihuahua. He met Lieut. Abert at Valverde and proceeded to Santa Fe with him. Arrived at Santa Fe December 22nd. Spent the winter at the Pueblo on the Arkansas and in March went to Manitou. Mentions going to the river with Garrard, but not by name. Garrard, in Wah-To-Yah, mentions meeting Ruxton in Buffalo in August, 1848, on his return to the mountains from England, and says he died shortly after in St. Louis. A remarkable journey by a remarkable man, told in a most interesting manner. Nothing seems to be known of the object of Ruxton's trip to Mexico. 124 SIMPSON, SIR GEORGE Narrative Of A Journey Round The World, During The Years 1841 And 1842. By Sir George Simpson, Governor In-Chief Of The Hudson's Bay Company's Territories In North America. In Two Volumes. London : Henry Colburn, Publisher. 1847. 8 XI (1), 438 pp., fold, map., port. Simpson; VII, 469 pp. Map: Map Showing the Author's Route, (J. Netherclift & Son, Lithog.) Embraces his trip across the Hudson's Bay territory to the Pacific. 125 SMET, P. J. De Oregon Missions And Travels Over The Rocky Moun- tains, In 1845-46. By Father P. J. De Smet, Of the Society of Jesus. 76 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES New-York: Published By Edward Dunigan MDCCCXLVII. 12 Half tit, eng. tit., printed tit., pp. (2) [XI1-XII, 13- 408 (4), map and 13 plates (tinted). Plates after drawings by F. Point. Introduction reprinted from the Catholic Almanac. Map: Oregon Territory. 1846. Translated, probably by de Smet himself, or, at least prepared by him, and, with new material and new maps and plates, as fol- lows: Missions De L'Oregon Et Voyages Aux Mantagnes- Rocheuses, Aux Sources De la Colombie, de 1'Athabasca et du Sascatschawin ; pendant 1'annee 1845-46. Par Le Pere P.-J. De Smet, de la Compagnie de Jesus . . . Gand. Chez V e . Vander Schelden. [Cover title]. 12 Eng. title, pp. (4) IX, (3) [91-389, 3 folded maps and 15 plates (those of the N. Y. edition except the portrait of Insula, with 3 new ones added and one other changed). Maps: Nouvelle Carte du Territoire de L'Oregon, dressee par le R. P. De Smet, de la Compagnie de Jesus, 1846. Nouvelle Carte Des Sources Du Fleuve Colombie, dres- see par le R. P. De Smet, etc. 1846. Nouvelle Carte Des Sources De La Riviere Tete-Plate, dressee par le R. P. De Smet, etc. 1846. All lith. by Vander Schelden as well as the plates. Also a translation with same plates as N. Y. ed., Traduit de 1'Anglais, Par M. Bourlez, Paris, Libraire De Poussielgue- Rusand, . . . 1848. 12 half titl., eng. and printed titles, pp. II, 7-408, 13 tinted plates, no map. Printed covers, with same title. Contains a letter by F. Joset and one by F. Accolti, not in the Eng. ed., also Origin Des Americains, 376-98. The plates have French titles, otherwise appear to be the American originals. In this volume De Smet details various trips through eastern Washington and a trip via the source of the Columbia to the Athabasca, the Assiniboine Country and the Fort of the Moun- tains, arriving at Ft. Augusta about Jan. 1, 1846. He returned via Boat Encampment and Colville, thence to Vancouver. Left in July for the Upper Mission and arrived at St. Mary's in August. August 16th left for Ft. Lewis and on the 28th of Sep- tember went down the Missouri River to St. Louis, arriving at Westport October 28th, passing the Mormon hosts below Council Bluffs where he met Brigham Young. I have in my possession the manuscript from which this book was printed, including De Smet's original manuscript map. Much THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 77 consists of printed clippings from which it appears that a por- tion of these letters had previously appeared in print in some Catholic newspaper, or probably the Catholic almanac. 126 ABERT, J. W. Report Of The Secretary Of War, Communicating In Answer to a resolution of the Senate, a report and map of the examination of New Mexico, made by Lieutenant J. W. Abert, of the topographical corps. Feb. 10, 1848. Ord- ered printed. [Washington, 18481. 30 Cong., 1st Sess. Senate' Ex. Doc. 23. 8 132 pp., 21 plates of scenery and portraits and 3 of fossils, map. Map: Map of the Territory of New Mexico, made by order of Brig. Gen. S. W. Kearny, under instruction from Lieut. W. H. Emory, U. S. T. E., By Lieuts. J. W. Abert and W. G. Peck, U. S. T. E. 1846-7. C. B. Graham lith. Wash. (Scale 10 miles to the inch). The map bears a notation that it is connected with the map of Senate Doc. 438, 29 Cong., 2 Sess. Evidently this is the first edition of this report, the plates being bound together at the back, having been finished after the report had been printed and sewed. The plates were lithographed by C. B. Graham. This also appeared in the House of Rep. edition of Emory with the same plates re-engraved and a somewhat improved map. J. M. Stanley accompanied this expedition and I suspect made the sketches from which the plates were made. For Abert's return to Missouri, see Niles Reg., March 20. 1847. 127 ALLEN, A. J. Ten Years In Oregon. Travels And Adventures Of Doctor E. White And Lady West Of The Rocky Moun- tains ; With Incidents Of Two Sea Voyages Via. Sandwich Islands Around Cape Horn ; Containing Also A Brief History Of The Missions And Settlements Of The Country Origin Of The Provisional Government Number And Customs Of The Indians Incidents Witnessed While Traversing And Residing In The Territory Description Of The Soil, Production And Climate Of The Country. Compiled By Miss A. J. Allen. Ithaca, N. Y. : Mack, Andrus, & Co., Printers. 1848. 12 Title (V)-XVI, 17-399 pp., port. Doctor and Mrs. White. 78 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES A second edition of this was published in 1850 by the same publishers in 430 pp. White, after a trip out and back to N. Y. by water, started from Independence May 14, 1842, with Medorem Crawford and L. W. Hastings. At Ft. Laramie secured Fitzpatrick as guide to Ft. Hall. July 12, 1845, started back again, C. Saxton in the party. Speaks of meeting near Ft. Hall a Dr. Burke, collecting botanical and mineralogical specimens for the British Government. White's party reached Independence Nov. 15. (See Niles Reg., Dec. 6, 1845, for a short account of the return trip). On the 17th the Independence Express published an extra (reprinted in N. Y. Weekly Tribune, Dec. 6th) with a long account of this trip. White, besides making a claim for robbery by the Pawnees while on his return, immediately set up a propaganda in favor of Oregon. He published in the Washington Union six letters on the subject (reprinted in N. Y. Weekly Tribune, Dec. 20 and 27, 1845), and later two more letters in the Tribune of Feb. 21, 1846, dated Feb. 2 and 9, also probably from the Union. He brought the Oregon Memorial which was presented to the Senate Dec. 8th by Benton and to the House by Ingersoll. Charles Saxton returned with White. He addressed a letter from Cincinnati, Dec. 1, to the Ohio Statesman (Niles Reg., Dec. 20, 1845). The N. Y. Weekly Tribune, March 14, 1846, has an account of a lecture in N. Y. City, March 8, by Saxton largely devoted to abuse of the Hudson's Bay Co. After their return, both White and Saxton published books, both of excessive rarity: The Oregonian; Or History of the Ore- gon Territory; etc., By Charles Saxton. Washington: Oregon City . . . 1846. 12 VI, 7-48, and leaf for certificate and copy- right. Title calls for a map, but the copy in the Wisconsin Hist. Soc., from which this collation is taken, apparently has none. A Concise View of Oregon Territory, etc., By Elijah White, Wash., 1846, 8 72 (1) pp. This is nothing but a reprint of White's letters to the departments in Washington from Oregon, previously printed in the Govt. reports. 128 BRYANT, EDWIN What I Saw In California: Being The Journal Of A Tour, By The Emigrant Route And South Pass Of The Rocky Mountains, Across The Continent Of North Amer- ica, The Great Desert Basin, And Through California, In The Years 1846, 1847. ... By Edwin Bryant, Late Alcalde Of St. Francisco. New York: D. Appleton & Co. ... MDCCCXLVIII. 12 455 pp. Bryant left Independence May 5, 1846, arrived Sutter's Fort September 5th with Colonel Russell's party, and returned over- land via the Truckee with Col. Kearny's party in June, 1847. 129 CLAYTON, W. The Latter-Day Saints' Emigrants' Guide : Being A THE LATTER-DAY S AUNTS' EMIGRANTS' GUIDE: TABLE OF DISTANCES, SHOWING ALL THE SPRINGS, CREEKS, RIVERS, HILLS, MOUNTAINS, CAMPING.PLACES, AND ALL OTHER NOTABLE PLACES, ;! , FROM COUNCIL BLUFFS, ! ' ' ' ' < r TO THE VALLEY OF THE GREAT SALT LAKE. LATITUDES, LONGITUDES AND ALTITUDES OF THE PROMINENT POINTS ON THE TOGETHER \VJT1I REMARKS ON THE NATURE OF THE LANP TIMBER. Gin.-.-;. &e, THK WHOLE KCU-TE HAVING BF.F.S f\|-.F.HI.IY MTv'VFFP IV A RO\DOMF.- TtK, AND THK niSTANCE TU<'M 1 -T, IN ENGLISH MILES, ACCtU ATll.V sh...W.S. BY W. CLAYTON. ST. LOUIS: MO. REPUBLICAN STEAM POWEll FREs.^ CHAMBERS &. KXAPP 1548. THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 79 Table Of Distances, Showing All The Springs, Creeks, Rivers, Hills, Mountains, Camping Places, And All Other Notable Places, From Council Bluffs, To The Valley Of The Great Salt Lake. Also, The Latitudes, Longitudes And Altitudes Of The Prominent Points On The Route. Together With Remarks On The Nature Of The Land, Timber, Grass, Etc. The Whole Route Having Been Carefully Measured By A Roadometer, And The Distance From Point To Point, In English Miles, Accurately Shown. By W. Clayton. St. Louis : Mo. Republican Steam Power Press Cham- bers & Knapp. 1848. 12 Title; 3-4 Preface; 5-21 Guide; 22-4 Notes. Preface dated St. Louis, Mo., 13th March, 1848. Clayton had evidently been over the road and made the guide from personal experience. I have not seen any other copy than mine of this guide, writ- ten by a Mormon who went out to Salt Lake with the advanced Mormon emigration and invented an odometer to measure the distance. Afterward Clayton was a very prominent citizen of Utah. 130 EMORY, W. H. Notes Of A Military Reconnaissance, From Fort Leaven- worth, In Missouri, To San Diego, In California, Including Parts Of The Arkansas, Del Norte, And Gila Rivers. By W. H. Emory, Brevet Major, Corps Topographical Engi- neers. Made In 1846-7, With The Advanced Guard Of The "Army Of The West." Washington : Wendell And Van Benthuysen, Printers. 1848. (30 Cong. 1st Sess. Senate Ex. 7). 8 416 pp. 26 plates of scenery and portraits. 3 plans, 14 plates botany. Map in pocket. Map: Military Reconnaissance of the Arkansas ; Rio del Norte and Rio Gila, By W. H. Emory, Lieut., Top. Eng., . . . Constructed under the orders of Col. J. J. Abert, Ch. Corps, Top. Eng., 1847. Drawn by Joseph Welch. C. B. Graham, Lith., Wash. The House of Representatives also printed this report with the same title and with additions. It occurs as Ex. Doc. No. 41, 30 Cong. 1st Sess. It contains 614 pp., 64 plates, 3 plans, 2 small folding maps besides the large map in the pocket, which is the same as the one in the Senate edition. 80 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES Contents : Title letter and sub-title, pp. 1-6; Report of Emory dated Sept. 1, 1847, pp. 7-14; Journal from Bent's Fort to the Pacific, pp. 15-126; Appendix I: Some ethnographical notes by A. Gallatin and letter to Gallatin by Emory, pp. 127-134; 3 plans, 26 plates scenery; Appendix 2: Botany by John Torrey, with 14 plates, pp. 135-159; Appendix 3-5; tables, pp. 160-385; Appendix 6: J. W. Abert's notes, from Ft. Leavenworth to Bent's Fort, pp. 386-414; Appendix 7, Cooke's Detour, pp. 415-416; Report of Lieut. J. W. Abert of His Examination of New Mexico In the Years 1846-47, pp. 417-546, 21 plr.tes of scenery, 3 of fossils, map of New Mex. by J. W. Abert and W. G. Peck; Notes concerning fossils by J. W. Bailey, pp. 547-8 ; Report of Lieut. Col. P. St. George Cooke of his march from Santa Fe, New Mexico, to San Diego, Upper California, pp. 549-563, map (Sketch of the Route) ; Journal of Captain A. R. Johnston, First Dragoons, pp. 565-614. The Senate edition contains Emory's and Lieutenant Abert's reports in full but the Cooke report was limited to two pages. The plates of scenery in the Senate edition in the Emory narrative were after sketches by J. M. Stanley, the well known artist, and were lithographed by E. Weber & Co., Baltimore, the botany plates by G. & W. Endicott, New York. In the House edition for some reason, all the plates appear as lithographed by C. B. Graham, Washington. Emory's Journal from Ft. Bent Aug. 3 to Sept. 7 just before departure from Santa Fe to California was printed in Niles Reg- ister, Vol. 71, pp. 138, 154, 174 (Oct. and Nov., 1846) reprinted from the Wash. Union. The diary differs somewhat from that published in this book, having many more details of a personal character and therefore more interesting, but in the main is the same. Niles Register for last half of 1846 and first half of 1847 contains many scattered notices of New Mexico and the cam- paign there. Niles Register for June 12, 1847 contains an ex- tract of letter from Stanley on the ruins in the Gila Valley. See also Niles Register, May 29, 1847, for Lieut. Peck's return trip from Santa Fe with Lieuts. Talbot and Beale, Kit Carson and Robert E. Russell from California. See also same number for a letter from Emory dated Panama, March 15 (on his return) in regard to the Kearny-Stockton dispute. 131 FREMONT, JOHN CHARLES Geographical Memoir Upon Upper California, In Illus- tration Of His Map Of Oregon And California, By John Charles Fremont : Addressed To The Senate Of The United States. Washington: Wendell And Van Benthuysen, . . . 1848. 30 Cong. 1 Sess. Sen. Misc. Doc. 148. .Sketches of the Great West, JOURNAL OF Stye Santa- ft (forpe&ition, UNDER COL. DOX1PHAN, WHICH LEFT ST. LOUIS IX JUNE, 184J. KEPT BV JACOB S. ROBINSON, Of Portsmouth, N. H. a Member of the Expedition. PORTSMOUTH JOUBNAL PRESS. 1848. THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 81 8 67 pp., map. P. P. W. with same title. Map: Map of Oregon and Upper California from the Surveys of John Charles Fremont, etc., drawn by Charles Preuss. Scale of one to 3,000,000. I have seen many copies in the original wrappers, only one with the map. I found it once sewed in with Sen. Ex. Doc. 23 of the same Congress. A letter from Fremont, dated S. F., Jan. 24, 1846, giving a short description of his journey to California, was published in Niles Reg., May 16, 1846 (page 161). (Appears to have been ad- dressed to his wife). 132 HOLMES, CAPTAIN REUBEN The Five Scalps, a Mountain Story by the late Capt. R. Holmes, U. S. Army. St. Louis Reveille, July 17, 24, 1848, and first published in the St. Louis Beacon in 1828. Capt. Holmes, while stationed at Council Bluffs in 1823-26, be- came acquainted with Edward Rose and obtained from him the facts concerning his career which are embodied in this story, "Five Scalps" being one of Rose's Indian names. (Information from Miss Drumm, librarian of the Mo. Hist Soc.) For a later account of Rose see Montana Hist. Soc., Cont., Vol. VIII, p. 156, for an article by Lieut. Bradley. 133 ROBINSON, JACOB S. Sketches of the Great West. A Journal Of The Santa- Fe Expedition, Kept By Jacob S. Robinson. Portsmouth: Published by Wm. B. Lowd. 1848. (Cover title, regular title as follows): Sketches of the Great West. A Journal Of The Santa- Fe Expedition, Under Col. Doniphan, Which Left St. Louis In June, 1846. Kept By Jacob S. Robinson Of Portsmouth, N. H. a Member of the Expedition. Portsmouth Journal Press. 1848. 18 Title; leaf of introduction; pp. 5-71. Robinson went on the Navajo expedition of which he gives a very interesting account, as well as of the journey from Ft. Leavenworth to Santa Fe. 134 SCHMOLDER, CAPITAIN B. Neuer praktischer Wegweiser fiir Auswanderer nach Nord-Amerika in drei Abtheilungen mit Karten, Planen 82 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES und Ansichten. Erste Abtheilung enthalt : Oregon und Californien und Allgemeines iiber das Mississippi-und Mis- souri-Thai, ferner: Anweisungen mit Zeitgewinn die besten und billigsten Landereien und Pachtungen von Farman, wie auch verschiedene Gewerbszweige in Stadten ausfindig zu machen, Klima, Boden, Prodkute, Agrikultur-und Handelsverhaltnisse, Kosten-Ueberschlag der vortheilhaf- testen Reise-Routen zu Wasser und zu Land nach alien neuen Staaten und Gebieten bis an die West-Kiiste. Von Capitain B. Schmolder, Landereien-Agent der vereingten Staaten von Nord-Amerika. Mainz. 1848. 8 Port. Sutter facing title ; title ; leaf introduction dated Mainz, December, 1847 and signed by Schmoelder; leaf contents ; 120 pp. ; 3 other plates, plan and map. I have not seen the edition with 1848 on the title page, but my copy of 1849 has exactly the same title except for the dif- ference in date, (1849). The above collation is taken from my copy, so, also is the list of maps and plates which follows: Map: Map Die Vereingten Staaten von Nord-America und Mexico. . . . M. Landrath Capt. B. Schmolder. . . . Plates : View of San Francisco harbor, page 17; Buffalo Chase on the Platte, page 51 ; View Fort Helvetia, page 73; Plan of Sutterville, page 79. The map was drawn and lithographed in Mainz after Schmoeld- er's notes. From a note at the top of this map the work was circulated in America by German newspapers, but Schmoelder already had agents in San Francisco Franksen and Wosselhof. Schmoelder went overland from the Missouri, probaly in 1845- 46, and seems to have worked up a colonization scheme with Sutter. He evidently returned to Germany before December, 1847, (date of the introduction), and published this book to boost his colonization scheme. It seems likely that the gold discovery killed the plan. Some time after the discovery of gold, probably about January, 1849, this book was made the basis of an "Emigrant's Guide To California, Describing Its Geography, Agricultural and Commer- cial Resources. Containing A Well-Arranged List of the Com- modities Most Desirable For Exporting To That Country, etc., etc., Together With A Valuable Map, etc., and an Authentic Sketch of San Francisco, etc. By A Traveller Recently Returned From California" (i. e. Schmoelder). London: Pelham Richardson (n. d.). Front, map 65 pp., XII app., 1 index. All of this except the introduction and the appendix and the part beginning on page 60, "How to reach California," is a translation from Schmoelder. THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 83 The most interesting part of Schmoelder's book, the trip to Oregon and California, pp. 45-57, the scheme for founding a trad- ing station in San Francisco, pp. 89-96, and the route from Santa Fe to California and his scheme for a communal settlement, pp. 96-102 were not translated. Pp. 102-120 gives routes, distances, etc., etc. The translated portions consist of a description of Cali- fornia. The account of Capt. Schmoelder says he had a land grant of 50 square stunden (2 l / 2 miles square) from the sea coast northwest. 135 SWORDS, THOMAS A letter from Thomas Swords, quartermaster, dated Washington City, October 8, 1847. Occupies pp. 226-236 of Ex. Doc. I of H. R. 30 Cong. 1 Sess. (1848). Swords accompanied Kearny on his march to California and also on his return, and this letter is devoted to a description of the journey out and back, with a short notice of his trip to the Sandwich Islands for supplies. The last few pages contain a discussion of the various routes to California, and page 236 a table of distances from Monterey to Ft. Leavenworth via the Truckee River and Ft. Hall. 135-A WARRE, H. Sketches In North America And The Oregon Territory. By Captain H. Warre, (A. D. C. to the late Commander of the Forces). Lithographed, Printed and Published by Dickinson & Co., 114 New Bond Street. [1848]. [London]. 4 Title, leaf ded., 5 pp. text, 20 views on 16 plates, map. Map shows author's route across the continent by the Hud- son's Bay Co.'s brigade route, although from Edmonton they went far south and crossed to Kootenay Lake, probably by what is now known as the Crow's Nest Pass. Lieut. Vavassour accompanied Warre, who was no doubt sent out by the Government to obtain some information regarding Oregon. The party left Montreal May 5, 1845, reaching Van- couver Aug. 25. After visiting, during the winter, the Willamette country, Vancouver's Island and the Puget Sound, the party left on return March 25 and proceeding rapidly via Boat Encamp- ment, arrived at Montreal July 20 and Liverpool August 12. The plates were issued in two forms, black and tinted, and it is possible some were even issued colored by hand, but it is more likely that the colored copies which exist were colored by the purchasers, a common practice at that time. From references in correspondence of the times it seems these officers were sent out by the British government with the inten- tion of fortifying the mouth of the Columbia River. See reports 84 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES of documents regarding their mission in Washington Hist. Quar- terly for April, 1912. 136 WEBBER, CHARLES W. Old Hicks The Guide; Or, Adventures In The Camanche Country In Search Of A Gold Mine. By Charles W. Web- ber. New York: Harper & Bros. 1848. 2 Vols,, usually bound in one. 12 356 pp. This is a wonderful love story embellished with adventures among the Indians on the western borders of Texas. The last part of the book is devoted to a search for the famous Gold Mountain which the author places somewhere between the north Canadian River and the Guadalupe Mountains. 137 WISLIZENUS, [R] A. Memoir Of A Tour To Northern Mexico, Connected With Col. Doniphan's Expedition, In 1846 And 1847. By A. Wislizenus, M. D. [With A Scientific Appendix And Three Maps]. Washington. Tippin & Streeter, Printers. 1848. 30 Cong. 1 Sess. Sen. Misc. Doc. 26. 8 86 pp. of text, Botanical Appendix by Dr. George Engleman pp. 87-116; Meteorological Tables pp. 117-33; Geol. Sketch and Misc., pp. 135-141 ; three maps. Maps: [Profile of his route]. Geological Sketch. Map of a Tour from Independence to Santa Fe, Chihua- hua, Monterey and Matamoros By A. Wislizenus in 1846 and 1847. Lith. by E. Weber & Co., Baltimore. My copy has a special title A Tour in Northern Mexico Connected With Colonel Doniphan's Expedition in 1846-47. By A. Wislizenus. 1848 Tippin and Streeter Washington. Started from Independence May 14, 1846, on a private trip and reached Chihuahua Aug. 24. Went with Speyer's train. After an exile of six months at Cusihuiriachic he joined Doniphan and continued with him on the march back. 138 YOUNG, BRIGHAM General Epistle From The Council Of The Twelve Apostles, To The Church Of Jesus Christ Of Latter Day Saints Abroad, Dispersed Throughout The Earth, Greet- ing: Beloved Brethren: THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 85 8 8 pp. Signed at end Brigham Young, President. Willard Richards, Clerk n. p. n. d. but at the end occurs the following: Written at Winter Quarters, Omaha Nation, west bank of Missouri River, near Council Bluffs, North America, and Signed December 23rd, 1847, in behalf of the Quorum of the Twelve Apostles. It was probably printed in Liverpool in 1848 by the Mormon press there. The pamphlet contains an account of the journey of the pio- neer party which left Nauvoo in February, 1846, the enlistment of the Mormon battalion in July, the building of Winter Quar- ters, and finally the journey of the 143 pioneers from April 14, 1847 to arrival in Salt Lake Valley, and the founding of the City. Young and most of the pioneers returned to the Missouri in October, arriving at Winter Quarters October 31st. The rest of the pamphlet is devoted to an appeal to the Saints to rendezvous at the Missouri by the first of May, 1848, and further directions to those in Great Britain to proceed via New Orleans. On page 6 Young says they have a printing press with them, and it is possible that this Epistle was printed on that press, but I do not think likely. It must not be forgotten that Salt Lake was then in Califor- nia, and Young refers to what is now California as Western Cali- fornia. 138-A BENNETT, EMERSON The Prairie Flower; Or, Adventures In The Far West. By Emerson Bennett. Author Of The "Bandits Of The Osage," "The Renegade," "Mike Fink," "Kate Clarendon," Etc., Etc., ... Stratton & Barnard : Cincinnati And St. Louis. 1849. 8 Title and half title, pp. 9-128, to which are attached two leaves of publishers' advertisements, one of which reads as follows : "The Prairie Flower etc. This work is just issued, and was originally written for the "Great West." Its unpre- cedented popularity and the solicitation of numerous liter- ary friends has induced us to publish it in the cheap pub- lication form. It embraces the travels of a party of young men from an eastern city across the Rocky Mountains, thence to California, with a close examination of what has since proved to be gold, together with many exciting scenes incident to such a daring adventure. Price 25 cents." The verso of title page has the copyright notice dated 1848, and entered by Robinson & Jones who were the publish- ers of the "Great West." From this and the prospectus of the "Great West" for 1849, one of the advertisements at the end, 86 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES it appears that the story was first published in the "Great West" in 1848. The note to the introduction of the "New Edition, revised and corrected by the author" and published by U. P. James without date, but probably in 1850, says this first appeared in 1849, and although a large edition was printed, the edition was exhausted in three months. Sidney W. Moss, who went out with the Hastings party in 1842, said he wrote the story and gave it to Overton Johnson, who went back in 1844, but that Bennett got hold of it and published it as his own. Lang, in "History of the Willamette Valley," tells a story about this having been read by the author at meetings of a literary society in Oregon City in the winter of 1842-3. 139 BENNETT, EMERSON Leni-Leoti ; Or, Adventures In .The Far West. By Emerson Bennett. Author. . . . Published By Stratton & Barnard. Cincinnati & St. Louis. Printed At "The Great West" Office. 1849. 8 Title, pp. 11-117. Copyright 1849 by E. Penrose Jones, on verso of title page. Probably had a half title. This a sequel to the Prairie Flower and containing the adven- tures to 1844 was probably Bennett's own work, and seems to have appeared in the "Great West" for 1849, although the pros- pectus does not forecast its appearance. 140 BLANCHET, F. N. Mission De Walla-Walla. (Published in "Rapport Sur Les Missions Du Diocese De Quebec Avril 1849. No. 8." pp. 1-33. Quebec: 1849). This contains a short account of the journey of Bishop Blan- chet in 1847 from Westport to Oregon, together with the account by Brouillet of the Whitman massacre. This account contains copies of correspondence with Colonel Gilliam, Governor Aber- nathy and letters of Blanchet regarding the massacre. This ac- count of Brouillet was taken from the Melanges Religieux, and the accounts of the journey are extracts from the same journal. 141 COOKE, P. ST. GEORGE Report From The Secretary Of War, Communicating, In Compliance with a Resolution of the Senate of the 21st of February, 1849, a copy of the official journal of Lieutenant Colonel Philip St. George Cooke from Santa Fe to San Diego, etc. March 19, 1849. Read and ordered to be printed. THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 87 [Washington, 1849]. 30th Cong. Special Session, Senate, Doc. 2. 8 85 pp. This is the first publication in full of this journal, short ex- tracts only being appended to Emory's Reconnaisance in 1847. Col. Cooke commanded the Mormon Battalion on this march. The History of the Mormon Battalion and this march was written -by Sergeant Daniel Tyler, one of them "A Concise His- tory of the Mormon Battalion In the Mexican War, 1846-1847. By Sergeant Daniel Tyler. 1881." [Probably at Salt Lake]. 8 VIII. 9-376 pp. 142 CREUZBAUR, ROBERT Route From The Gulf of Mexico and the Lower Missis- sippi Valley To California And The Pacific Ocean, Illus- trated By A General Map And Sectional Maps: With Directions To Travellers. Compiled By Robert Creuzbaur, 1849. Authorities : 1. Fremont's Report of his Exploring Expedition in 1843-'44. 2. Emory's Notes of a Military Reconnaissance in 1846- '47. 3. Cook's Report of his march with wagons, from Santa Fe to the Pacific. 4. Ford's Report of his exploring Expedition in com- pany with Major Neighbors (Indian Agent.) from Austin, Texas,-to El Paso del Norte, in 1849. 5. The Records of the General Land Office of the State of Texas. And others. Published By H. Long & Brother, New York. Robert Creuzbaur, Austin, Texas. 1849. 16 40 pp. plus one adv., 5 maps. Maps: No. 1 General Map. No. 2 Ford's Route from Austin to El Paso. No. 3 Sketch of Part of the March and Wagon road of Lt. Col. Cooke in 1846-47. No. 4 Copied from W. H. Emory's Map of 1847. No. 5 Copied from Fremont's Maps of 1845-8. Contains 1 large and 4 other small maps numbered. The large map is important and rare, one of the smaller ones being new and the other three being copies from Emory, etc. Cloth cover with title, Guide To California And The Pacific Ocean, etc., etc. Maps 2-5 show the route from Austin, Texas, through to Nueva Helvetia via El Paso, the Gila and Los Angeles. 88 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES Of the text the only part of any value is the letter of Ford, dated Austin, June 18, 1849, addressed to the editor of the Texas Democrat, and giving a condensed report on the route from Aus- tin to El Paso, obtained on an expedition made by Ford with Major Neighbors in 1849. The rest of the text is compiled from Fremont, Emory and Cooke and the Records of the General Land Office of the State of Texas. A complete copy in the Library of the University of Texas. 143 DEMERS, MODESTE Mission De Vancouver. Lettre de Monseigneur de Van- couver a un pretre de 1'Archeveche. (In "Rapport Sur Les Missions Du Diocese de Quebec. Avril 1849. No. 8." Quebec: . . . 1849). This contains an account by Demers of his journey from Van- couver Island to St. Paul from March 20, 1846, to August 15, passing by the H. B. Co.'s route through Ft. Jasper, Ft. Carleton and Red River. 144 M'LEAN, JOHN Notes Of A Twenty-Five Years' Service In The Hudson's Bay Territory. By John M'Lean. In Two Volumes. London : Richard Bentley, New Burlington Street. . . . 1849. 12 XII (including tit. & hlf. tit), 13-308; VII, 9-328 pp. In Vol. I, after services in Central Canada, he was sent to New Caledonia via Winnipeg and the Saskatchewan and put in charge of Ft. George. In Vol. II he returned via Norway House to Labrador, thence later to Ft. Simpson. Apparently M'Lean was never in Oregon except for a short trip to Ft. Colville and Okanagan. M'Lean entered the services of the company in the winter of 1820-1. 145 PARKMAN, FRANCIS The California And Oregon Trail : Being Sketches Of Prairie And Rocky Mountain Life. . . . By Francis Park- man, Jr. New York: Geo. P. Putnam. . . . 1849. 12 Front.; eng. tit.; title; preface dated Boston, Feb. 15, 1849; pp. 7-8 contents; pp. 9-448 text. Also issued in 2 parts. Originally published in the Knickerbocker Magazine, N. Y., 1848, Vols. 31 and 32. Left St. Louis with Quincy A. Shaw April 28, 1846, and West- port some time later, going as far as Ft. Laramie, traveling with THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 89 three Englishmen. On the return from Ft. Bent, passed the Mor- mon Battalion. The Englishmen went on to Oregon and returned to New York via the Sandwich Islands and Panama. The plains were full of white men and Indians in the summer of 1846, and Parkman had plenty of company. He mentions find- ing Bissonette encamped 100 miles south of Ft. Laramie with a half-breed family, possibly Long's Bissonette. 146 PRATT, ORSON Interesting Items Concerning the Journeying of the Latter-Day Saints from the City of Nauvoo, until their location in the Valley of the Great Salt Lake. (In Millenial Star, Vols. XI and XII, Liverpool, 1849-50). Extracted from the private journal of Orson Pratt. 147 ROSS, ALEXANDER Adventures Of The First Settlers On The Oregon Or Columbia River : Being A Narrative Of The Expedition Fitted Out By John Jacob Astor, To Establish The "Pacific Fur Company" ; With An Account Of Some Indian Tribes On The Coast Of The Pacific. By Alexander Ross, One of the Adventurers. London : Smith, Elder & Co. ... 1849. 8 Pp. XV (1), 352. Map. Map: Map Of The Columbia to Illustrate Ross's Adventures. George & Co., Lithog. Ross gives a detailed account of the overland expeditions of Hunt and Stuart, pp. 169-184 and 227-243. 148 RUXTON, GEORGE FREDERICK Life In The Far West By George Frederick Ruxton Author Of "Travels In Mexico," Etc. William Blackwood And Sons, Edinburgh And London. M. D. CCC. XLIX. 12 XVI, 312 pp. First printed in Blackwood's Magazine Nos. 63 and 64. (1848). I have not seen a copy in book form with 1848 on the title page, although I believe it was first published as a book in that year. Ruxton went to England in 1847, wrote his first book and also this series of sketches. In these sketches occurs an account of Walker's expedition to California in 1833-4, possibly told him by Mark Head, who was one of the party, probably of the indepen- dent trappers to which Leonard belonged. This account is some- 90 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES what fanciful. It plainly states that the party returned by the Spanish trail as no doubt a part of the party did. The preface contains a sketch of Capt. Ruxton who died in St. Louis in September, 1848, on his way to the Rocky Mts. on a second trip, having outlined a trip to Colorado, South Park and then to Salt Lake. 149 THORNTON, J. QUINN Oregon And California In 1848: By J. Quinn Thornton, Late Judge Of The Supreme Court Of Oregon, And Cor- responding Member Of The American Institute. With An Appendix, Including Recent And Authentic Information On The Subject Of The Gold Mines Of California, And Other Valuable Matter Of Interest To The Emigrant, Etc. With Illustrations and a Map. In Two Volumes. New York : Harper & Bros. . . . 1849. 12 IX (1), 13-393 pp., fold, map, 6 plates; title, VII-IX (3), 13-379, 6 plates. Map: Map of California, Oregon, Texas, etc. J. H. Colton, N. Y. 1849. (Harper and Brothers). With Col. Russell, leader, left Westport May 12, 1846, with the California Donner party behind them. The Donners, however, caught up on Soldier Creek. Arrived Ft. Hall August 7. Here they met Jesse Applegate, who had come out from Oregon on his new road which road the company now took. On Ogden's River Ex-Gov. Boggs left the party and went to California. Arrived at Forest Grove, Oregon, Nov. 29, after very harrowing experi- ences. Vol. II contains a long account of the Donner party, with full accounts of the various relief expeditions. On page 17 of Vol. II, Thornton, in speaking of Hall J. Kelley's emigration scheme which had been abandoned, says that John Ball and Calvin Tib- bits, who went out in 1832, were members of Kelley's society. 150 WARE, JOSEPH E. The Emigrants' Guide To California, Containing Every Point Of Information For The Emigrant Including Routes, Distances, Water, Grass, Timber, Crossing Of Rivers, Passes, Altitudes, With A Large Map Of Routes, And Profile Of Country, Etc., With Full Directions For Testing And Assaying Gold And Other Ores. By Joseph E. Ware. (Vignette). Published By J. Halsall, ... St. Louis, Mo. On verso of title St. Louis, Mo. Printed at the Union Office: 1849. 16 Title, leaf dedication to Benton, leaf int., pp. 7-56. Map 47>^xl5 inches on very thin paper. THE EMIGRANTS' GUIDE TO CALIFORNIA, CONTAINING EVKRY POINT OF INFORMATION FOR THE EMIGRANT-INCLUDING ROUTES, DISTANCES, WATER, GIIASS, TIMBER, CROSSING OF RIVERS, PASSES, ALTITUDES, WITH A LAUGE MAP OF ROUTES, AND PROFILE OF COUNTRY, &C., WITH FULL DIRECTIONS FOR TESTING AND ASSAYING GOLD AND OTHER ORES. BY JOSEPH E. WARE. PUBLISHED BY J. HALSALL, No. 124 MAIN STREET, ST. LOUIS, MO. CALIFORNIA A TRIP ACROSS THE PLAINS, IN THE SPRING OF 1850. BEING A DAILY RECORD OF INCIDENTS OF THE TKlt' OVER TI PLAINS, THE DESERT, AND THE MOUNTAINS, SKETUIKS or THE COUNTRY, DISTANCES FROM CAMP TO ('AMI'. ETC.. AND CONTAINING VALUABLE INFORMATION TO EMIGRANTS. AS TO WHERE THEY WILL FIND WOOD, WATEK, AND <:R.\ss AT ALMOST EVERY STEP OF THE JOURNEY. BY JAMES ABBEY. NEW ALBANY, IND.: PUBLISHED BY KENT & NORMAN, AND J. R. NTNEMACHKR. 1850. THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 91 Map: Map of the Route To California, Compiled From Accu- rate Observations and Surveys by Government. Engraved By Joseph E. Ware, No. 31 Locust St., St. Louis. (Copy- right secured according to law). At the top is a Profile of the Route from the Mouth of the Kansas to San Francisco. On verso of title: We are authorized by Major S. P. Sub- lette, the celebrated mountaineer, to say that the "Emigrant's Guide to California" is accurate and complete in its description, routes, etc. The route described was via the South Pass, Sublette Cut-off, Salt Lake City and the Humboldt River. I had a copy of this with a Colton 1849, map in it, but I finally located the proper map in a copy belonging to N. Y. Hist. Soc. 151 WEBBER, CHARLES W. The Gold Mines Of The Gila. A Sequel To Old Hicks The Guide. By Charles W. Webber. Vol. I. New York: Dewitt & Davenport, Publishers. . . . 1849. 12 Title, 3 leaves of dedication, preface and contents, pp. 1-134; new title, leaf of contents, pp. 135-263. This lurid tale of Texas life on the border was written with a distinct object of getting up what the author calls the Centralia Exploring Expedition to California via the valleys of the Pecos, the Gila and the Colorado of the West. Webber, who had been a member of the Rangers in Texas, had heard numerous tales about the existence of a gold and quicksilver region north of the Gila River, and he wanted to get up an expedition to explore what he calls the unknown and unconquered land. Pages 188 to the end of this book contain extracts from nearly all the authors known to him who had written on New Mexico and who had anything to say about mines. He also quotes from the New Orleans Picayune an ar- ticle by Mr. Peebles on the Corpus Christi route to California via El Paso. Webber finally got up this expedition, but owing to the prev- alence of cholera on the lower Rio Grande River, and finally the loss of the horses at Corpus Christi, it was abandoned. J. W. Audubon, who was a friend of Webber's, was to have been one of the party, but owing to the delays he went on with Colonel Webb's expedition, and Webber himself never got to California. 152 ABBEY, JAMES California. A Trip Across The Plains, In The Spring Of 1850, Being A Daily Record Of Incidents Of The Trip Over The Plains, The Desert, And The Mountains, Sketches Of The Country, Distances From Camp To Camp, Etc., And Containing Valuable Information To Emigrants, 92 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES As To Where They Will Find Wood, Water, And Grass At Almost Every Step Of The Journey. By James Abbey. Published By Jno. R. Nunmacher, City Bookstore, Kent & Norman, Ledger Buildings, New Albany, Ind. C. Hagan & Co., Louisville ; Wm. H. Moore & Co., Cin- cinnati ; and Lippincott, Grambo & Co., Philadelphia. 1850. (Cover title, regular title as follows): The regular title is the same with the exception of the imprint New Albany, Ind. : Published By Kent & Nor- man And J. R. Nunemacher. 1850. 12 Title, leaf of introduction, 5-64 pp. This rather circumstantial diary, or at least the first part of it previously appeared in the "New Albany Ledger." The party left St. Louis, Mo. April 13th, and arrived at Weayers- ville, California, August 19th. They traveled by the ordinary route via Ft. Laramie and the South Pass and Salt Lake. 153 BESCHKE, WM. The Dreadful Sufferings And Thrilling Adventures Of An Overland Party Of Emigrants To California : Their Terrible Conflicts ! With Savage Tribes Of Indians ! ! And Mexican Bands Of Robbers ! ! ! With Marriage, Funeral, And Other Interesting Ceremonies And Customs Of Indian Life In The Far West. Compiled From The Journal Of Mr. George Adam, One Of The Adventurers, By Prof. Wm. Beschke. St. Louis, Mo. : Published By Barclay & Co. 1850. (Cover title, regular title same, except slight change in punctuation). 8 Front., title, plate, VI-X pp., plate (both sides), 13-71 pp. with cut on the back of p. 71, also on back cover. This has all the appearance of being a romance. 154 CARLETON, [JAMES HENRY] The Overland Route To California. Major Carleton's Tables of Distances. (In "Stryker's Am. Reg. and Magazine for July, 1850," pp. 246-52). In a letter from Ft. Leavenworth, Feb. 1, 1850 to the editors of the Intelligencer. The routes described are from Ft. Leavenworth to El Paso via Santa Fe, Ft. Leavenworth to Ft. Laramie, Ft. Laramie to Ft. Pierre. Carleton says the information is from Col. Aeneas Mackay and Capt. Alexander B. Dyer. 155 A REPORT, IS T B E P O II M OF A J O f U N A L, TO THE QUARTERMASTER- GENERAL, TO OREGON, FROM MAY 10 TO OCTOBER 5, 1849. BY MAJOR 0. CROSS, ; \KT--tor "-TV.-; UNITED STATES ARMT. PHILADELPHIA: C. SHERMAN, PRINTER. 1850. THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 93 CROSS, OSBORNE A Report, In The Form Of A Journal, To The Quarter- master-General, Of The March Of The Regiment Of Mounted Riflemen To Oregon, From May 10 To October 5, 1849. By Major O. Cross, Quartermaster United States Army. Philadelphia : C. Sherman, Printer. 1850. 8 Tit., leaf of list of 111., 5-228; map, 37 plates. Map: Map of North America, by J. Calvin Smith, [with small map of the Gold Regions of California as inset]. Contains the same plates published by the Government in its publication of this march, in the Report of the Quartermaster General for 1850. As this well printed copy seems to be the only one known; Query: Did Cross have it printed for his own use? The list calls for 35 plates, but there are 36, and one extra of the Dalles. Same extra plate occurs in the Government report. This report occupies pages 126-240 of Senate Ex. Doc. No. 1, 31 Cong., 2nd Session and has 36 plates, although the list only calls for 35. . 156 CULBERTSON, THADDEUS A. Journal Of An Expedition To The Mauvaises Terres And The Upper Missouri In 1850. By Thaddeus A. Culbertson. Smith. Inst. Ann. Report, 1850, App. IV, pp. 84-145. Also found in 32 Cong. Special Session, Sen. Ex. Doc. 1. Started from Ft. Pierre May 7. Gives a very interesting ac- count of the forts and Indians on the Missouri River. For a long account of Culbertson and, in fact, the history of the Upper Missouri country, see Lieut. James H. Bradley's "Af- fairs At Fort Benton" in Contributions to the Historical Society of Montana, Vol. III. 157 GARRARD, LEWIS H. Wah-To-Yah, And The Taos Trail ; Or Prairie Travel and Scalp Dances, With A Look At Los Rancheros From Muleback And The Rocky Mountain Campfire. By Lewis H. Garrard. Cincinnati : Published By H. W. Derby & Co. ; New York. A. S. Barnes & Co. 1850. 12 VI (2), 349 pp. Garrard left camp near Westport Sept. 12, 1846, with a Santa Fe train under St. Vrain and went to Ft. William. Gives an ac- count of the Taos massacre and the subsequent trials of the prisoners at which he was present. Met Jim Beckworth and 94 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES gives some account of him. Also met Carson and Beale on their way east. Mr. Ruxton also joined the party on the Purgatoire on their return to St. Louis in the summer of 1847. In a footnote on page 299 he tells of meeting Ruxton again in Buffalo in Aug., 1848. Ruxton admitted being the author of "Life in the Far West," then in course of publication in Blackvvood's Magazine. Ruxton was on his way to the mountains and left the same day but died in St. Louis. 158 JOHNSTONE, J. E., AND OTHERS Reports Of The Secretary Of War, With Reconnaissances Of Routes From San Antonio To El Paso, By Brevet Lt. Col. J. E. Johnston ; Lieutenant W. F. Smith ; Lieutenant F. T. Bryan; Lieutenant N. H. Michler; And Captain S. G. French, Of Q'rmaster's Dep't. Also, The Report Of Capt. R. B. Marcy's Route From Fort Smith To Santa Fe ; And The Report Of Lieut. J. H. Simpson Of An Expedition Into The Navajo Country ; And The Report Of Lieutenant W. H. C. Whiting's Reconnaissances Of The Western Frontier Of Texas. July 24, 1850. Ordered Printed. Washington: Printed At The Union Office. 1850. (31st Cong., 1st Sess. Sen. Ex. Doc. 64). 8 Title, Letters, Anderson & Abert, pp. 3-4; Smith's Report, pp. 4-7, 13-14; Michler's Report, pp. 7-13, 29-39; Bryan's Report, pp. 14-25; French's Report, pp. 40-54; Simpson's Report, pp. 55-168, map ; Marcy's Report, pp. 169-233; Whiting's Report, pp. 235-250; map, 72 plates (nos. 2, 21 and 39 never published). Maps: Map Reconnaissances of routes from San Antonio to El Paso of Johnston, [etc.] including Whiting's, 1849. Map of the Route pursued by Lieut. Col. Washington in the expedition against the Navajos. By J. H. Simpson, assisted by E. M. Kern. The plates belong to the Simpson Report and were made from sketches by R. H. and E. M. Kern, mostly by the latter, and were lithographed by P. S. Duval, Philadelphia. 159 KANE, THOMAS The Mormons. A Discourse Delivered Before The His- torical Society Of Pennsylvania : March 26, 1850. By Thomas L. Kane. Philadelphia: King & Baird. . . . 1850. 8 84 pp. An account of the Mormon migration to Utah in 1846-7. 160 McXEIL'S TRAVELS In 1HJ9, TO, THROUGH AND FROM THE IN CALIFORNIA. B Y ,s A M U T. I, M c N E I L , A M;1.MAKI.K. COLUMBUS: S < : O T T \ tt \ * i ' O M , PRINT K R 1850. THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 95 McNEIL, SAMUEL McNeil's Travels In 1849, To, Through And From The Gold Regions, In California. By Samuel McNeil, A Shoe- maker. Columbus : Scott & Bascom, Printers, 1850. 8 40 pp. McNeil gives a short account of his journey across Mexico from Brazos via Monterey, Parras, Durango to Mazatlan. He left New Orleans Feb. 28, 1849 and arrived at San Francisco, May 30. 161 RAE, JOHN Narrative Of An Expedition To The Shores Of The Arctic Sea In 1846 And 1847. By John Rae, Hudson Bay Company's Service, Commander Of The Expedition. With Maps. London: T. & W. Boone. 1850. 8 Pp. VIII, 247 (1) 2 maps. Maps: Discoveries of the Hon. ble Hudson's Bay Co's. Arctic Expedition to the North of Repulse Bay : Conducted by John Rae, Esq. 1846-1847. The Discoveries made by the Hon. bl e Hudson's Bay Co's. Arctic Expeditions between the years 1837-1855. Rae passed over the Ft. William Norway House trail, in 1845. 162 ROBINSON, J. H. Kosato, The Blackfoot Renegade. By J. H. Robinson, Author Of "Silver Knife," Etc. Boston: Published At The Yankee Notion Office. . . . 1850. 8 48 pp. P. P. W. with same title except imprint is, Boston : Published By Hotchkiss & Co. . . . The "Kosato" occupies the first 38 pp. and is followed by "Clemence De La Faille," by Thomas Williams, Esq. 163 SALAZAR YLARREGUI, JOSE Datos De Los Trabajos Astronomicos Y Topograficos Dispuestos En Forma De Diario. Practicados Durante El Ano De 1849 Y Principios De 1850 Por La Comision De Limites Mexicana En La Linea Que Divide Esta Republica 96 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES De La De Los Estados-Unidos, For El Geometra De Dicha Comision, Jose Salazar Ylarregui, . . . Mexico. Imprenta De Juan R. Navarro. . . . 1850. 8 Title, V, 7-123 pp. 2 maps. Pp. 7-16, Introduction; 17-38, Resumen (of the work) ; 39-123, Tables and Astron- omical Data. Maps: Piano de la parte austral del puerto de S. Diego, etc., Afio de 1850. Piano de la Confluencia de los rios Gila Y Colorado . . . Afio de 1850. A very rare book, even in Mexico. 164 SAWYER, LORENZO Way Sketches. Containing Incidents of travel across the Plains from St. Joseph, to California. These sketches appeared in the Family Visitor of Cleveland, probably copied from the Ohio Statesman, during the fall of 1850 and winter of 1850-1. They were written by Lorenzo Sawyer, afterward Chief Justice of the Supreme Court of California, in the form of a day by day journal and form one of the most readable of all the overland narratives of gold rush days that I have read. 165 SIMPSON, [J. H.] Report From The Secretary Of War, Communicating, In Compliance with a resolution of the Senate, the report and map of the route from Fort Smith, Arkansas, to Santa Fe, New Mexico, made by Lieutenant Simpson. Jan. 14, 1850. Ordered printed. 31st Cong. 1st Sess. Senate, Ex. Doc. 12. 8 25 pp. 4 maps. Maps: Map of route pursued by U. S. Troops from Fort Smith, Arkansas, to Santa Fe, New Mexico, via South Side of Canadian River in the year 1849. Lt. Simpson, assisted by E. M. Kern and Mr. Champlin. Map No. 2 Showing A Continuation of Details by Simp- son. Map No. 3 Showing A Continuation of Details by Simp- son. Map No. 4 Showing A Continuation from Tuciimcari Creek to Santa Fe. A JOURNAL OF THE OVERLAND ROUTE AND THE GOLD MINES, BY LORENZO D. ALDRIOH, LATE OF LAiVSIMBUIWIi, KEA'SSUAL'R CO. N. Y. LAXsixcin Rr.fi, N. y. Sa. KIRKPATUICK, IM.'INTKH; 'Jli'v . ;'E STHCK'C. THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 97 Simpson's report is dated Santa Fe, Aug. 13, 1849. Capt. R. B. Marcy was in command of 25 of the First Dragoons, 50 of the Fifth Infantry. See Johnston's Reconnaisance for Marcy's ac- count of this expedition. 166 THURSTON, SAMUEL R. Geographical Statistics. Oregon, Its Climate, Soil Pro- duction, Etc. (In "Stryker's American Register and Maga_- zine for July, 1850," pp. 210-226, from the National Intelli- gencer). This contains a description of the overland route from St. Joseph from Thurston's own experience, together with a state- ment of the necessary outfit. 167 ALDRICH, LORENZO D. A Journal Of The Overland Route To California ! And The Gold Mines, By Lorenzo D. Aldrich, Late Of Lansing- burgh, Rensselaer Co. N. Y. Lansingburgh, N. Y. Alexr. Kirkpatrick, Printer; . . . 1851. 8 Title, leaf of preface, pp. 5-46. (Imperfect, lacking one or two leaves at end). Stevens, in 1872, had a copy of this rare book, but did not give collation and I have not located a copy to ascertain whether the book should have 48 or 50 pages. Left Albany April 18th, Ft. Smith May 23rd, Santa Fe July 31st and then via the Rio Grande Mountains, Santa Cruz, Tucson and the Gila, arriving at San Diego December 3rd. 168 BLANCHET, F. N. Voyage De L'Eveque De Walla-Walla. (In "Rapport Sur Les Missions Du Diocese De Quebec, . . . Mars, 1851. No. 9," pp. 1-28 and map. Quebec, . . . 1851). Map: Trace De La Route De Westport, Etat De Missouri, A Walla Walla, Oregon. Lithographed by Lakeland, Mont- real. This journey by Bishop Blanchet began at Montreal April 3, 1849. The Bishop proceeded by way of Pittsburgh to St. Louis and thence by steamer to Kansas Landing. The party left West- port May 8 with Wiggins as guide and proceeded by the ordi- nary Oregon road, arriving at Walla Walla Sept. 5. 169 98 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES KELLER, GEORGE A Trip Across The Plains, And Life in California. (Cover title, regular title follows): A Trip Across The Plains, And Life In California ; Em- bracing A Description Of The Overland Route ; Its Natural Curiosities, Rivers, Lakes, Springs, Mountains, Indian Tribes, Etc., Etc.; The Gold Mines Of California: Its Climate, Soil, Productions, Animals, Etc., With Sketches Of Indian, Mexican and Californian Character : To which is Added, A Guide Of The Route From The Missouri River To The Pacific Ocean. By Geo. Keller, Physician To The Wayne County Company. [Masillon, 1851]. 8 Cover title, regular title on the verso of which is to be found, White's Press Massillon, 1851. Pages [III] to VI contain the names and residences of each member of the Wayne County Company; pp. [7]-45 "A Trip Across The Plains, Etc. ; pp. 47-55" "A Guide To California" ; pp. 57-8 "Contents." The Company left St. Joe April 10th, and traveled the usual route to the Platte and up that river to Ft. Laramie, thence over the South Pass and via Soda Springs to Ft. Hall. From there they crossed over to the Humboldt River and finally reached California by way of Lawson's Cut-off, coming out on Pit River, and finally reaching a place near Lawson's ranch July 4th. The party had Ware's Guide with them but Keller was not impressed with its accuracy. The only copy of this journal which I have seen is in the Huntington Library and formerly in Mr. MacDonald's collec- tion. 170 KELLY, WILLIAM An Excursion To California Over The Prairie, Rocky Mountains, And Great Sierra Nevada. With A Stroll Through The Diggings And Ranches Of That Country. By William Kelly, J. P. In Two Volumes. London: Chapman And Hall, . . . MDCCCLI. 8 X, 342 pp. ; VIII, 334 pp. Kelly started from Westport April 6th, 1849, with Col. Rus- sell's party, and landed on Webber Creek, near Pleasant Valley, July 26th. 171 McCALL, COLONEL GEORGE A. Report Of The Secretary Of War, Communicating In compliance with a resolution of the Senate, Colonel McCall's reports in relation to New Mexico. Feb. 11, 1851. Ordered printed. A TRIP ACROSS THE PLAINS, AND LIFE IN CALIFORNIA; EHBRACXNO A DESCRIPTION OF THE OVERLAND ROUTE; Its Natural Curiosities, RIVERS, LAKES, SPRINGS, MOUNTAINS, INDIAN TRIBES, kc. fcc. ; TPIBIIB (SKQ)IL>ID> MENIES OF CALIFORNIA: Its Climate, Soil, Productions, Animals, &c., fJf Indian, Mexican and Calif orn tan Character : 2TO UJfjf Cf) 10 31UftCiJ, A GUIDE OF THE ROUTE fKOM THE M1SSOUU RIVER TO THE PACIFIC OlER BY GEO. KELLER, rUVIIClAN TO THE WAYSE COPNTT COKA*V- JOURNAL OP THE SUFFERINGS AND HARDSHIPS CAPT. PARKER H. FRENCH'S OVERLAND EXPEDITION TO CALIFORNIA, WHICH Left New York City, May 13th, 1850, AND Arrived at San Francisco, Dec. 14. BY WILLIAM MILES. COPV RIGHT SECURED. CHAMBERSBUROi Printed at the Valley feplrlt Office. 1851. THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 99 31st Cong. 2nd Sess. (Sen.) Ex. Doc. 26. 8 23 pp. McCall's report is dated Santa Fe, July 15, 1850, and gives a very good description of the territory. 172 MILES, WILLIAM Journal Of The Sufferings And Hardships Of Capt. Parker H. French's Overland Expedition To California, Which Left New York City, May 13th, 1850, By Way Of New Orleans, Lavacca And San Antonio, Texas, El Paso, On The Rio Grande, The River Gila To San Diego On The Pacific, And Landed at San Francisco, December 14. By Wm. Miles, of Carlisle, Pa. Copyright Secured. Chambersburg, Pa. 1851. (Cover title on green paper wrappers). Regular Title same to May 13th, 1850, then: And Ar- rived at San Francisco, Dec. 14. By William Miles. Copy- right Secured. Chambersburg: Printed at the Valley Spirit Office. 1851. 8 Title, leaf of preface, (on verso Journal begins), pp. 5-24. The preface, written at Carlisle, Pa., is signed by Wesley Miles, a brother, acting on the suggestion contained in a letter dated San Francisco, Dec. 20th. Charles Cardinell, whose name appears as one of the enlisted men in Miles' account, published in the California Chronicle, (S. F.) Jan. 21, Feb. 5 and 16, 1856, extracts from his dairy of more dreadful sufferings still. Recently reprinted from the copy now in my possession. 173 RICHARDSON, SIR JOHN Arctic Searching Expedition : A Journal Of A Boat- Voyage Through Rupert's Land And The Arctic Sea, In Search Of The Discovery Ships Under Command Of Sir John Franklin. With An Appendix On The Physical Geography Of North America. By Sir John Richardson, C. B. F. R. S. . . . In Two Volumes. Vol. I Published By Authority. London: Longman, Brown. . . . 1851. 8 Pp. VIII, 413 ; VII, 426. 10 col. plates, map. Plates lithographed by M. & N. Hanhart after sketches by A. H. Murray (9) and E. N. Kendall (1). Map: British North America. S. Hall, sculp. London, Long- man & Co. 100 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES Dr. Rae and Sir John Richardson made this journey in 1848-49. crossing the Hudson's Bay Territory to the Athabasca and Great Slaves Lake by the usual route. Appendix No. 1 is devoted to the Physical Geography of the Country. . 174 SLATER, N. Fruits of Mormonism, Or A Fair And Candid Statement Of Facts Illustrative Of Mormon Principles, Mormon Policy, And Mormon Character, By More Than Forty Eye- Witnesses, Compiled By N. Slater, A. M. Coloma, Cal., Harmon & Springer. 1851. 12 Title, 93 (1) pp. Slater came by Salt Lake in the fall of 1850 and spent the winter in Salt Lake City. When the party which had spent the winter there reached Carson Valley in the spring, there was a meeting and 200 signed a set of resolutions and later a number drew up a memorial to Congress, both of which are printed by Slater, setting forth bitter complaints against the Mormons and charging them with treason, murder, larceny and all kinds of crime. Urged Congress to abolish Territorial government in Utah and establish a military government. The book, which is rare, is made up of accounts of these crimes. 175 STREET, FRANKLIN California In 1850, Compared With What It Was In 1849, With A Glimpse At Its Future Destiny. Also A Concise Description Of The Overland Route, From the Missouri River, by the South Pass, to Sacramento City, including A Table Of Distances, From point to point. With notes on the facilities along the route for Constructing A Railroad. And Also A Brief Notice Of The Water Routf, By The Isthmts Of Panama. By Franklin Street. Cincinnati : R. E. Edwards & Co. . . . Louisville. . . . 1851. 12 Front., title, 5-88 pp. P. P. Wrappers with same title, except Route is properly spelled. This embodies a guide from the Missouri River to California via the Central Emigrant route and the book was so used. Copy in Lib. Congress. 176 AUDUBON, J. W. Illustrated Notes Of An Expedition Through Mexico And California, By J. W. Audubon. CALIFOKiNIA IN l*.0, ! ONPAIIKD WITH W l<* r M \\ >^ is I~T>. v\ ii ii A ..MM I-M , > I I N I I' I 1'IIK !(- I IN , MM! t CONCISE I) KSC it I I'T 10 N OV IvRhAN I) KUUTE, III.- \l, .nun Ulii-l, |, s II,. .-, S;irr:iiiifiiiii Cn\ , iiii-liiili A TA 1JLI-; OK I) 1ST A NCKS, KICIIII |iiMllt 111 |ii|Ml. \\'ilh IKIII-- on lln- liiflllllr^ .tiling Ilir n Ii in \MKHTI.\li A U \IUM\H. \M> Al >(l \ HIMKK MM UK HI- Till! \\\ii:i: liill IT, ' . I HI IM MM I - (II I- VN \M V I! V T i; A N K I. I \ ST liKK 1 ! CINCINNATI: i: i:nu \I;K,- \ I'D.. MI \\ i:sr m, ST., x -.r; -1.1 .-T . i.m VMI SUI.H ll\ I! \(.I,K\ . I III I M \S ,V I <)., I 1,1 M \IN -.1 .. I IV 1851, OVERLAND ROUTE TO CALIFORNIA, DKSCiaPTION OP Til.: HOITE, VIA COUNCIL BLUFFS, IOWA; KEEPING THE XORTH SIDE OF THE I'LATTF. Rir- EB, FOR THE WHOLE "K THE M-TAM 1! LYIXG NEAR THAT STREAM ; TIIE.NC& OVEtt THE SOUTH PASS, T1A TUE i.EEAT 8TBLETTE AND BEAR RIVER CUT-OFFS, AND THE T U. f C K I E uivr.i: KIIAIJ, OVER THK SIERRA NEVADA, TO SACRAMENTO VALLEY. By Andrew Child, of \Vinconitin. MILW A U KEE : DAILT SETTtXEL STEAM TOWEC FRE3i% 1852. THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 101 New-York: Published by J. W. Audubon, 34 Liberty- Street. 1852. 4 Title, leaf of preface, pp. 1-48, 4 colored plates engraved on stone by C. Gildemeister, printed by Nagel & Weingartner. Plates : The plates of great beauty are as follows : Fourth of July Camp, The Night Watch, Canon of Jesus Maria, Mexican Village of Jesus Maria. There is a copy in N. Y. Pub. Lib. which formerly belonged to Evert Duyckink, also with colored plates. It has a front wrap- per in brown paper with the above title except it bears the in- scription No. 1, Price $1.00 plain, $1.50 colored, and at bottom H. Ludwig, Printer, No. 53 Vesey St. The party of nearly 100 left N. Y. Feb. 8, 1849, Col. Webb in command, with Audubon as second. They went by the Ohio and Mississippi to New Orleans, by steamer, to Brazos and thence overland by Saltillo, Parras, Mapimi, Parral to Jesus Maria where Part I ends. They were detained on the Rio Grande a long time by the cholera which carried off a number of the party. No more than this number was published, at least no more has survived, but the journal was kept in his family and in 1906 it was published in Cleveland, edited by F. H. Hodder. Part I was reprinted in Tarrytown in 1915 by W. Abbatt in 83 pp. and with the four plates, much reduced, from the copy now in my posses- sion. 177 CHILD, ANDREW Overland Route To California, Description Of The Route, Via Council Bluffs, Iowa; Keeping The North Side Of The Platte River, For The Whole Of The Distance, Lying Near That Stream ; Thence Over the South Pass, Via The Great Sublette And Bear River Cut-Offs, And The Truckie River Road, Over The Sierra Nevada, To Sacramento Valley. By Andrew Child, of Wisconsin. Milwaukee: Daily Sentinel Steam Power Press. 1852. (At end): Pub. by Cyrus Field. Printed bds. with label : New Guide For The Overland Route To California. By Andrew Child. 1852. 24 Title, Preface III-VIII, 9-61 pp. Child sent this from Nevada City, with a letter published as Preface, dated Dec. 10, 1850, in which he says the route is copied from a daily journal kept by him on the road. States that the 1849 emigration suffered from lack of a reliable guide book. 178 CLARKE, A. B. Travels In Mexico And California : Comprising a Journal 102 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES of a Tour from Brazos Santiago, through Central Mexico, by way of Monterey, Chihuahua, the country of the Apaches, and the River Gila, to the Mining Districts of California. By A. B. Clarke. Boston : Wright & Hasty's Steam Press, 3 Water Street. 1852. (Cover title, regular title as follows): Travels In Mexico And California : Comprising A Jour- nal Of A Tour From Brazos Santiago, Through Central Mexico, By Way Of Monterey, Chihuahua, The Country Of The Apaches, And The River Gila, To The Mining Districts Of California. By A. B. Clarke. Boston : Wright & Hasty, Printers, No. 3 Water Street. 1852. 12 Title, leaf of Note, pp. 5-138. Preface dated Westfield, July 2, 1852. Clarke left N. Y. Jan. 29, 1849, as a member of the Hampden Mining Company of 46 persons. Left Brazos, Santiago, Feb. 21st, Monterey March 16th, Chihuahua April 15th, Janos April 28th, Santa Cruz May 25th, Tucson May 30th, then via the Gila. Men- tions meeting Dr. Field of North Adams who had been with Fan- nin's party in Texas, the author of "Three Years in Texas," and thence traveled with him as messmate. June 20th reached the Colorado, thence to Los Angeles, arriving there July 9th, thence overland via Santa Barbara, San Luis Obispo and San Juan. Re- turned in March, 1851. 179 COKE, HENRY J. A Ride Over The Rocky Mountains To Oregon And California With A Glance At Some Of The Tropical Islands, Including The West Indies And The Sandwich Isles. By The Hon. Henry J. Coke. . . . London : Richard Bentley. . . . 1852. 8 X, 388, (2) pp. Portrait Coke. Coke left England Dec. 18, 1849, passed to the West Indies and Cuba and thence to Charleston. Left St. Louis May 28, 1850, by river to St. Joe which they left June 3rd, following the River to Council Bluffs. July 25th at Ft. Laramie. Passed Kit Carson on his way east on the Sweetwater. Arrived at the Dalles Oct. 12th. Nov. 14th embarked for the Sandwich Islands. Most of the book is devoted to Coke's diary of his experiences crossing the plains. 180 GRAHAM, J. D. Report Of The Secretary Of War, Communicating, In_ Compliance with a resolution of the Senate, the report of THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 103 Lieutenant Colonel Graham on the subject of the boundary line between the United States and Mexico. Ordered printed Aug. 31, 1852. 32 Cong. 1 Sess. Senate Ex. Doc. 121. 8 250 pp., 2 maps and barometric profile. Maps: Mexican Boundary, Sketch A. Mexican Boundary, Sketch B. Extract from the Treaty Map of Disturnell of 1847. Barometric Profile of the Route from San Antonio . . . to the Copper Mines of Santa Rita in 1851. Graham's report is dated Washington, June 18, 1852, and is largely filled with his troubles with Bartlett. Contains, however, much interesting information about southern New Mexico, with several partial journals of his various trips, including also Whip- pie's reports on his survey of the Gila River. 181 GUNNISON, J. W. The Mormons, Or, Latter-Day Saints, In The Valley Of The Great Salt Lake : A History Of Their Rise And Pro- gress, Peculiar Doctrines, Present Condition, And Pros- pects, Derived From Personal Observation, During A Residence Among Them. By Lieut. J. W. Gunnison, Of The Topographical Engineers. Philadelphia : Lippincott, Grambo & Co. 1852. 12 IX, 13-168 pp; plate (Nauvoo). This book contains a slight sketch of Jim Bridger and his de- scription of the Yellowstone Park, page 151, but is mainly de- voted to the Mormon doctrine and history. 182 HORN, HOSEA B. Horn's Overland Guide, From The U. S. Indian Sub- Agency, Council Bluffs, On The Missouri River, To The City Of Sacramento, In California ; Containing A Table of Distances, And Showing All The Rivers . . . With a Complete and Accurate Map. By Hosea B. Horn. New York: Published By J. H. Colton. . . . 1852. 16 IV, (2), 7-83 (1) pp., 18 of adv. Fold. map. Map: Map To Illustrate Horn's Overland Guide To California And Oregon. Pub. By J. H. Colton. . . . 1852. Really only 67 pages of Guide; the rest advertisements. This 104 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES and Child's, published the same year, are the first real guides, ex- cept Ware's, founded on the traveled routes that appeared. Horn says Clayton's Guide to Salt Lake was the only previous one of any value. 183 INGALLS, E. S. Journal of a Trip to California by the Overland Route across the Plains in 1850-51. Waukegan, (Ills.) : Tobey & Co. 1852. 8 51 pp. and 3 of advertisements. The only copy I have seen was one sold at the Hubbard sale at Merwin's, May 5th, 1914, probably bought by him at a Libbie sale some years previously. 184 MONTAIGNES, FRANCOIS DES [PSEUD] The Plains, Being a Collection of Veracious Memoranda, taken during the Expedition of Exploration in the year 1845, from the Western Settlements of Missouri to the Mexican Border, and from Bent's Fort on the Arkansas to Fort Gibson via South Fork of Canadian North Mexico and North Western Texas. By Francois Des Montaignes of St. Louis. (In The Western Journal & Civilian, Vol. 9, No. 1 to Vol. 10, No. 6 St. Louis, 1852-53, and Vol. XV., No. 4, March, 1856). An amusing account of Fremont's expedition from the stand- point of an amateur. He says Fremont forbade anyone to keep a journal or memoranda. Chapter 6 refers to the killing of James White of Independence at Point of Rivers by Apaches and the captivity of Mrs. White. Miss Drumm of the Mo. Hist. Soc. tells me that they never have been able to discover the real name of the author. 185 SIMPSON, JAMES H. Journal Of A Military Reconnaissance, From Santa Fe, New Mexico, To The Navajo Country, Made With The Troops Under Command of Brevet Lieutenant Colonel John M. Washington, Chief Of Ninth Military Department, And Governor Of New Mexico, In 1849. By James H. Simpson, A. M., First Lieutenant Corps Of Topographical Engineers. Philadelphia: Lippincott, Grambo And Co. . . . 1852. 8 140 pp., map, 72 plates, of which 34 are colored. Plates by R. H. Kern and lithographed by P. S. Duval's Steam Lith. Press, Philadelphia. THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 105 Some of the plates of scenery are after sketches by E. M. Kern. Plates Nos. 2, 21 and 39 were not published either in the Govt. ed. of 1850 or in this. Plates 66 and 67 which were long sheets in the Govt. ed. are cut here into 2 and 3 respectively. Plate 65, which was a large folding plate in the Govt. ed., is reduced in this to less than half size and plates 66 and 67 to half the original size. 186 STANSBURY, HOWARD An Expedition To The Valley Of The Great Salt Lake Of Utah: Including A Description Of Its Geography, Natural History, And Minerals, And An Analysis Of Its Waters: With An Authentic Account of the Mormon Settlement. Illustrated By Numerous Beautiful Plates, From Drawings Taken On The Spot. Also, A Reconnais- sance Of A New Route Through The Rocky Mountains, And Two Large And Accurate Maps Of That Region. By- Howard Stansbury, Captain Corps Topographical Engi- neers, United States Army. Philadelphia : Lippincott, Grambo & Co. 1852. 8 487 pp. Contents : Pages 1-267, Report (34 plates of scenery and La Hon- tan's map); pp. 269-294, Appendix A: Table of Distances; pp. 295-303, Appendix B : Table Lat. & Long. ; pp. 305-379, Appendix C: Zoology by S. F. Baird (10 plates); pp. 381- 397, Appendix D: Botany by John Torrey (9 plates); pp. 399-414, Appendix E: Geol. & Paleon., James Hall (4 plates); pp. 415-421, Appendix F: Analysis Water by L. D. Gale; pp. 423-478, Appendix G: Meteorological Obs. ; pp. 479-487, Index. 2 Maps in Separate case. Drawings from views made by F. C. Grist, and engraved by Ackerman. Maps drawn by J. W. Gunnison and Chas. Preuss and engraved by Acker- man. Maps: Map of Great Salt Lake and adjacent country. Map of Reconnaissance between Salt Lake Valley and Ft. Leavenworth. The expedition left Leavenworth May 31, 1849, with J. W. Gun- nison as assistant. Albert Carrington, a Mormon, was also en- gaged in Salt Lake as assistant. All the scientific portions were written in the east from specimens. 106 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES This was issued in 1852 by the government as Sen. Ex. Doc. 2, 32d Cong. Spec. Sess., March, 1851, printed by Lippincott, Grambo & Co., Phila., in fact exactly the same book with only a different title, preceded by the usual government document title. The title of this edition reads: Exploration And Survey Of The Valley Of The Great Salt Lake Of Utah, Including A Reconnaissance Of A New Route Through The Rocky Moun- tains. By [then the same as the other]. 187 BREWERTON, GEORGE D. A Ride With Kit Carson Through The Great American Desert And The Rocky Mountains. By George D. Brewer- ton. (In Harper's New Monthly Magazine: Aug., 1853). Incidents Of Travel In New Mexico by G. Douglass Brewerton, (ibid. April, 1854). In The Buffalo Country, (ibid., Sept., 1862). These three articles, published at intervals, detail Brewerton's journey from San Francisco via Los Angeles to Santa Fe and Independence in the summer of 1848. The party left Los An- geles May 4th and proceeded by the Mohave and the old Spanish trail to Taos. Parts of this were reprinted in Van Tramp's Rocky Mountain Adventures, but I do not think were ever compiled in book form, although forming one of the most interesting accounts of all overland expeditions. Brewerton in the first number gives an account of Aubry's famous ride from Santa Fe to Independence, having met him on his return. He also gives an account of the death of Bill Wil- liams. 188 LAFLECHE, RICHER Lettre de M. Richer Lafleche, Missionaire, a un de ses amis. Saint Francois de la Prairie du Cheval-Blanc, le 4 Septembre, 1851. (Published in "Rapport Sur Les Missions Du Diocese de Quebec, Mars. 1853. No. 10," pp. 44-70. Quebec: . . . 1853). This report contains a most entertaining account of an excur- sion which Father Lafleche made in the summer of 1851 with the Red River half-breeds on the annual buffalo hunt to the Grand- Couteau. 189 LEROUX, ANTOINE Extracts From A Letter By Antoine Leroux To The Missouri Democrat In 1853. Western Journal and Civilian for April, 1853. Leroux describes and advocates the central route, that is, Fre- THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 107 mont's and Benton's. Leroux was, perhaps, after Carson, the most famous guide in the Southwest during the fifties. Joseph Tasse in "Les Canadiens de L'Ouest," Montreal, 1878, gives a consider- able account of Leroux, but taken almost entirely from Govern- ment reports and Mollhausen's book. Aparently Tasse neither mentions the date of his birth or his death. 190 MARCY, RANDOLPH B. Exploration Of The Red River Of Louisiana, In The Year 1852: By Randolph B. Marcy, Captain Fifth Infantry U. S. Army ; Assisted By George B. McClellan, Brevet Captain U. S. Engineers. With Reports On The Natural History Of The Country, And Numerous Illustrations. Washington : Robt. Armstrong, Public Printer. 1853. (32 Cong., 2nd Sess. Sen. Ex. Doc. 54). 8 XV, 320 pp., 2 maps in separate volume; 12 plates of scenery (4 tinted), lith. by Ackerman ; 10 geological sec- tions by Dr. Geo. G. Shumard ; 6 plates fossils ; 18 plates reptiles; 19 plates botany (No. 18 not published). Contents : Journal, pp. 10-82; Remarks, 83-108; Pacific Rwy., 109- 117. Appendix A & B, Tables 119-152; Appendix C, Min- erology by C. U. Shepard, 153-9; Appendix D, Geology, Ed. Hitchcock and Geo. G. Shumard, 161-195 ; Appendix E, Palaentology, B. F. Shumard, 197-211; Appendix F, Zoo- logy (various), 213-275; Appendix G, Botany, John Torrey, 277-304; Appendix H, Ethnology, Marcy and Prof. Turner, 305-311; Index 313-320. Maps: Map- of the country between the frontiers of Arkansas and New Mexico ; embracing the section explored in 1849, '50, '51 and '52, by Captain R. B. Marcy, etc. Map of the country embraced within the basin of the Upper Red River, explored in 1852 by Capt. R. B. Marcy, etc. J. R. Suydam of N. Y., a civilian friend of Marcy, accompan- ied the expedition. Dr. Geo. G. Shumard was surgeon. The plates do not show by whom drawn. In 1866 Marcy published Thirty Years Of Army Life On The Border. By Colonel R. B. Marcy, . . . New York: Harper & Brothers, . . . 1866. 8 XVI, 17-442 pp. 13 plates. Marcy knew the plains, and all his books are filled with most interesting and valuable information. 191 108 THE PLAINS AND. THE ROCKIES PALLISER, JOHN Solitary Rambles And Adventures Of A Hunter In The Prairies. By John Palliser, Esq. With Illustrations. London : John Murray, . . . 1853. 8 Half title, front., eng. and printed titles, [VJ-XIV, (2), 326 pp., 6 other plates. Palliser left England 1847 and N. Y. March 25th. Crossed the mountains and took the steamer for New Orleans. On Sept. 2nd left Independence with Mr. Kipp's party of the American Fur Co., thence overland to Ft. Pierre, thence to Ft. Union. After a visit to Ft. Berthold in the spring, returned to Ft. Union. Hunted the Yellowstone and again returned to Ft. Union. In the fall descended the river, and after a stay at Ft. Berthold went to St. Louis in the Steamer Martha, thence to New Orleans and home. 192 PERRY, J. A. Thrilling Adventures Of A New Englander. Travels, Scenes And Sufferings, In Cuba, Mexico, & California. Illustrated With Engravings. By Elder J. A. Perry. Boston: Redding & Co., . . . 1853. Printed At The Yankee Privateer Office. Cover title with vignette of miners washing gold ; regular title, same wording except, "And" for "&" but with vignette of a ship, and printers omitted. 8 Title, leaf preface, pp. 5-96; illus. in text. Left New York Feb. 3, 1849, for Vera Cruz via Havana. Trav- eled via Jalapa, Perote, Mexico, Queretaro, Celaya, Guadalajara, Tepic, San Bias, S. F. to Mormon Island. A very interesting account of the journey through Mexico with a few pages at the end descriptive of life at the mines. 193 SITGREAVES, L. Report Of An Expedition Down The Zuni And Colorado Rivers, By Captain L. Sitgreaves, Corps Topographical Engineers. Accompanied By Maps, Sketches, Views, And Illustrations. Washington : Robert Armstrong, 1853. (32 Con., 2d Sess. Senate, Ex. Doc. 59). 8 198 pp., map. 23 plates of scenery ; 6 plates of Mam- mals ; 5 plates of Birds (no No. 2) ; 21 plates of Reptiles; 3 plates of Fishes; 21 plates of Plants (1 over list). Map: Reconnaissance of the Zuni, Little Colorado, and Colorado THRILLING ADVENTURES OP A NEW ENGUNDER. TRAVELS, SCENES AND SUFFERINGS CUBA, MEXICO AND CALIFORNIA, ILLUSTRATED WITH ENGRAVINGS BY ELDER J. A. PERRY. BOSTON: REDDING & Co., 8 STATE STREET. 1853. THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 109 Rivers, made in 1851, under the direction of J. J. Abert, etc. Drawn by R. H. Kern. 1852. The scenery plates were drawn by Kern and engraved by Ack- erman. Many of the plates of animals, birds, etc., are also after sketches by Kern. Party organized in Santa Fe and besides Sitgreaves consisted of J. G. Parke, Dr. S. W. Woodhouse, R. H. Kern and Antoine Leroux as guide; Major H. L. Kendrick in command of the es- cort. Expedition left Santo Domingo August 1, 1851, and stopped at Zuni from September 1st to 24th. Diary from Sept. 24th to Nov. 9th. Party arrived at Fort Yuma Nov. 30th. 194 SMET, PIERRE JEAN DE Voyage Au Grand-Desert En 1851. Par Le R. P. Pierre De Smet, Missionaire de la Compagnie de Jesus. Bruxelles, Imprimerie De J. Vandereydt, . . . 1853. 18 Pp. 36; 71. 2 parts in one volume. Second part has a title similar to the first, with the addition of the words Lettres inedites. Extracted from "Collection de precis historiques," par Ed. Terwecoren, S. J. Contains the Voyage au Grand Desert reprinted in Cinquante Nouvelles Lettres. In a list of De Smet's Works in the Cinquante Nouvelle.s Let- tres this is given with the same imprint. 18 436 pp. Not seen. 195 TRAITS OF AMERICAN-INDIAN LIFE AND CHAR- ACTER. By A Fur Trader. London : Smith, Elder And Co., . . . 1853. 12 XIV, (2), 218 pp. Disconnected sketches about one of the principal Hudson Bay traders in Oregon, said to be by Peter Skeene Ogden. The story of Jed. A. Smith's travels in Oregon in 1828 is related. Father Morice, in his history of the Northern Interior of Brit- ish Columbia, 3rd eti. 1905, has a long appendix on the author- ship of this, and denies emphatically that Ogden wrote it, al- though it contains a number of Ogden's adventures. He concludes that the book was written by Duncan Finlayson. The publishers informed Father Morice that the book was received from the Hudson Bay Co. on account of Finlayson and was edited by Mr. Rich. 196 WILSON, JANE ADELINE CAPTIVITY A Thrilling Narrative of the Sufferings of Mrs. Jane Adeline Wilson, during her captivity among the Camanche Indians. Rochester : D. M. Dewey, Arcade Hall, n. d. but prob- ably 1853. 110 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 12 23 (1) pp., 1 full page illustration besides another on the front wrapper. 195A AUBRY, F. X. Aubry's Journey from California to New Mexico. Notes By F. X. Aubry. In Western Journal & Civilian : St. Louis. 1854. Vol. XI, pp. 84-96. This contains a journal of Aubry from Tejon Pass July 10th, 1853, to Sept. 10th, day of arrival at Albuquerque, by way of Central Arizona and Zuni. I have the following note of what seems to refer to the same journey, but have not seen it: Notes on a route from near Tejon Pass through Western New Mexico and the Colorado to Santa Fe in the fall of 1853. Wash., 1854, about 12 pp. (Possibly part of some government document). Joseph Tasse in his "Les Canadiens De L'Ouest," Montreal, 1878, Vol. II, gives a long account of Aubry, with a portrait. In the appendix will be found a French version of the above journal and also "Second Voyage De La Californie Au Nouveau-Mexique." This embraces a journal of a trip leaving San Jose 6th of July, 1854, but is only partial, containing July 22nd to Aug. 16th, in- clusive. 197 BARTLETT, JOHN RUSSELL Personal Narrative Of Explorations And Incidents In Texas, New Mexico, California, Sonora And Chihuahua, Connected With The United States And Mexican Boundary Commission, During The Years 1850, '51, '52 And '53. By John Russell Bartlett, United States Commissioner During That Period. In Two Volumes, With Map And Illustra- tions. New York: D. Appleton & Co. ... MDCCCLIV. 8 Half Title, pp. XXII, 506; half title, XVII, 624. Map: General Map Showing the Countries Explored and Sur- veyed By The United States and Mexican Boundary Com- mission In the Years 1850, 51, 52 & 53. Under the direction of John R. Bartlett, U. S. Commissioner. D. McLellan, Printer. The Front, in Vol. I belongs in Vol. II and in Vol. II there is a lith. of Tucson in place of one of the 2 Geyser plates, called for in list. The woodcuts, pp. 98 and 254, in Vol. I are usually found in Vol. II. Vol. I has Front, 6 other lith., 5 full page woodcuts; Vol. II 9 colored lith., 24 woodcuts (full page). Plates lithographed by Sarony. THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 111 Bartlett's Despatches, Correspondence, etc., are to be found in 32 Cong. 1 Sess. Sen. Ex. Doc. 119. Washington, 1852, in 515 pp. with 7 maps. Also a Letter to A. H. H. Stuart, Sec'y- of Inte- rior, Special Sess., 1853, Senate Ex. Doc. 6, Wash., 1853, 173 pp. Also Report on the Subject of the Boundary Line, 32 Cong. 2 Sess., Sen. Ex. Doc. 41; Wash., 1852, 31 (1) pp., 5 maps. This expedition left Indianola Sept. 5, 1850, with A. W. Whip- pie, Dr. T. H. Webb, Secretary, Mr. Thurber, Botanist, J. C. Cre- mony, Interpreter. Arrived El Paso Nov. 13th. Major Bryan of the Topographical Corps traveled this road by the Hueco Tanks in the summer of 1849, i. e., the road by Fredericksburg and Delaware Creek. This is a very interesting book of travels in the Southwest, as Bartlett went everywhere from Mazatlan to San Francisco and spent about three years on a regular junket. Mr. Bartlett's troubles with Colonel Graham were thoroughly ventilated. Also Mr. Emory, Col. Graham's successor and ulti- mately Mr. Bartlett's, also, had his troubles with Bartlett. Dr. J. M. Bigelow, Dr. C. C. Parry, J. H. Clark and Arthur Schott were also at times associated with the commission. Mr. Henry C. Pratt was the artist; he came out with Graham in the summer of 1851 as draughtsman and artist. Bartlett says Pratt made the sketches, but in spite of this, all the lithographs but three were marked J. R. B., only one of the 3 by Pratt, another by R. Hillyard and one with no name. Some of the woodcuts are by Lappan, Baker & Zabriskie, none of whose names appear on the roster. 198 BEALE, E. F., AND HEAP, GWINN HARRIS Central Route To The Pacific, From The Valley Of The Mississippi To California : Journal Of the Expedition Of E. F. Beale, Superintendent Of Indian Affairs In California, And Gwinn Harris Heap, From Missouri To California, In 1853. By Gwinn Harris Heap. Philadelphia : Lippincott, Grambo & Co., . . . 1854. 8 136 pp., incl. title and half title, 13 tinted lithograph plates, map. Plates after sketches by Mr. Heap. Map: Map Of The Central Routes From The Valley of The Mississippi to California, Compiled and Drawn By G. H. Heap, Engraved By P. S. Duval & Co., Phila. Left Westport May 15, 1853. Went by Ft. Massachusetts, the Rio Grande Valley and the Uncompahgre to the Grand. Returned to Taos for supplies and then continued via Las Vegas, Utah. Quotes an extract from Rev. J. W. Brier, who published an account of his trip from Salt Lake via Owens Lake and Walk- er's Pass, in the Christian Advocate of San Francisco. 199 112 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES BELISLE, D. W. The American Family Robinson ; Or, The Adventures of a Family Lost In The Great Desert Of The West. By D. W. Belisle. With Illustrations. Willis P. Hazard. . . . Philadelphia, 1854. 12 VIII, 9-360 pp., 4 plates after Charles Bodmer. In the seventies it rivaled Robinson Crusoe in the affections of boys and immense numbers of the later Porter & Coates editions were sold. 200 BENTON, T. H. Letter From Col. Benton To The People Of Missouri. Central National Highway From The Mississippi River To The Pacific. 8 24 pp. Running title only, dated at end Wash., March 4, 1853. In this Benton refers to Fremont's winter trip of 1848-9. Re- prints Fremont's letter to the Phila. Railroad Convention April 1850, also Leroux's statement made to Benton, dated March 1, 1853, in which he states he joined Ashley & Henry in 1820 and in 1822 went to New Mexico, married and lived there ever since in Taos. For about 15 years trapped beaver, generally in the waters of the Colorado. Had made four trips to California as guide. 201 DELANO, A. Life On The Plains And Among The Diggings ; Being Scenes And Adventures Of An Overland Journey To Cali- fornia: With Particular Incidents Of The Route, Mistakes And Sufferings Of The Emigrants, The Indian Tribes, The Present And The Future Of The Great West. By A. Delano. Auburn And Buffalo: Miller, Orton & Mulligan. 1854. 12 Front. XI, 13-384 pp., 3 other plates. Left St. Joe about April 20, 1849, arriving at Feather River Sept 9th. This is one of the most interesting of all California books, having been written in 1852. Delano came originally from Auburn, New York, but was living at Ottawa, Illinois, when the gold boom broke out. He became a well known and prosperous banker in Grass Valley, where he finally made his home and became locally famous as "Old Block," the writer of many characteristic mining stories, illustrated by the noted California artist, Charles Nahl. 202 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 113 FREMONT, J. C. Central Railroad Route To The Pacific. Letter Of J. C. Fremont To The Editors Of The National Intelligencer, Communicating Some general results of a recent winter expedition across the Rocky Mountains, for the survey of a route for a railroad to the Pacific. Dec. 27, 1854. Ordered Printed. 33 Cong. 2nd Sess. H. R. Mis. Doc. 8. 8 7 pp. This route followed his 1848 expedition as far as the San Luis Valley, Colorado, then up this river, the Sah-watch and over the Coochatope Pass, thence to the Colorado River and over the Wahsatch Mountains to Parowan and Cedar City and thence West to the Sierra Nevadas. As this was in March and the moun- tains were covered with snow, Fremont went south to a low pass and crossed over to the headwaters of Kern River. Speaks of having passed the southern route from Cedar City via the Rio Virgen and the Cajon Pass, both in 1849 and 1851. Read Carvalho's book for this expedition where you get the real truth about this trip in the winter of 1853-4. 203 NOBLES, WM. H. Speech Of The Hon. Wm. H. Nobles, Together With Other Documents, Relative To An Emigrant Route To California And Oregon, Through Minnesota Territory. Printed by order of the Council. Saint Paul : Olmstead & Brown, . . . 1854. 8 13 pp. Nobles was the advocate of the Nobles Pass route into Hum- boldt County, having been over the route; in 1852 was advocat- ing the route in Shasta County, California. 204 [RICHARDS, R.] The California Crusoe ; Or, The Lost Treasure Found. A Tale of Mormonism. [By R. Richards.] London : John Henry Parker. . . . New York : Stanford And Swords. MDCCCLIV. 18 IV, 162 pp., 1 plate. Gives an account of the Saints' journey to Salt Lake, leaving Nauvoo Feb. 3, 1846. Richards remained at Nauvoo until May. Fled from Salt Lake as an apostate and went to California. 205 STEELE, JOHN Steele's Guide To California. (Cover title, regular title as follows): 114 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES The Traveler's Companion Through The Great Interior. A Guide For The Road To California, By The South Pass In The Rocky Mountains, And Sublett's And Headpath's Cut Offs; Being A Much Better And Nearer Road Than The One Formerly Traveled By The Emigrants. Contain- ing A Correct Description Of The Road, With The Dis- tances By Actual Measurement, Entering California By Crossing The Great Sierra Nevada, At The Headwaters Of The Yiiba River. By John Steele. Galena : Power Press Of H. H. Houghton & Co. . . . 1854. 16 V, [6J-54 pages. The copyright notice is on the verso of the title and the following three pages contain an introduction. The author of this little guide went to California overland in the summer of 1850 as a young man not yet of age with a party from the lead mining district around Galena. The journey lasted six months and the route was the ordinary one taken later by parties that did not go through Salt Lake, but instead through Soda Springs; they went down the Humboldt and up the Truckee River past Donner Lake, over the Summit to one of the branches of the Yuba, finally landing in Nevada City in September. Steele remained in California mining gold until the summer of 1853. He was moderately successful and returned to complete his education. After service during the Civil War he became a Methodist preacher, and in 1901, while living in Lodi, Wiscon- sin, published two pamphlets "Across The Plains In 1850" and "In Camp And Cabin," both practically extracts from the journal which he kept during his trip across the plains and in California. The guide which he published shortly after his return to Galena, in 1854 is compiled from his journal reflecting conditions as they existed in the summer of 1850, and not those of 1854. Steele re- turned from California by steamer and did not realize the improve- ments which had taken place on the overland road since 1850. Starting at Mormon Winter Quarters near Omaha, he measured 1971 miles to Nevada City, against Horn's distance of 2011 miles from the River to Sacramento or 1958 miles to Weaverville, Horn's route being over the Summit at Tahoe Lake to the head- waters of the south fork of American River, which after Steele's time was the usual route, although Placerville instead of Weaver- ville was the usual terminus. I have not seen any other copy of this little guide recently obtained from the widow of the Author who writes that she knows of no other copy. 205-A [STEWART, WM. DRUMMOND] Edward Warren. London : G. Walker, 26 Maddox Street. 1854. THE TRAVELER'S COMPANION THRO COM THE GREAT INTERIOR. A GUIDE KOR THK ROAD TO CALIFORNIA, V THK SOUTH PASS IX TIIK ROCKY >IOI \ T A I >S, Axn SUBLEIT'S AND HEADPATH'S CUT OFFS; TRAVKI.KII BY Till: KM Ki II ANTS. KTAimilU A rORHKCT DKKCRnTIOX OP THK ROAD, WITH THE DISTANCE HV ACTI-AI. MF.A.1CRKMKMT, EMTr.RIXO CAIJFORKIA DY CHOM1NU THK GREAT BIKRRA NEVADA. AT THK II I. A n W A T E R 8 O F T H E Y i; B A RI V E R. BY JOHN STBP.LE. , > GALENA : n PBEM OF H. H. HOUGHTON ISM, THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 115 8 Title, II, 3-724 pp. Some copies are divided into two volumes by having a new title page, the same as the first, except Vol. II, inserted between pages 370 and 371. This book, remarkable both for interest and rarity, was private- ly printed by an out-of-the-way printer and badly printed at that. My copy, bound in vellum, contains many corrections made with a pen and is a presentation copy from Stewart himself. It is a Mid-Victorian novel, the scenes of which are laid in London and the Rocky Mountains in the 30's. Many of Stewart's personal ex- periences are related. About one-half is devoted to the hero's adventures in the Rocky Mountains, in which he introduces the well-known mountain characters of the Thirties. The footnotes are few, some are valuable. He speaks of himself in the third per- son by name in a note to page 162, in which he says Captain Stewart brought out an ounce balled rifle in 1833 and a double barreled rifle and fowling piece in 1837, the first in the mountains. His first year was, as he says, the year Campbell's Company so completely beat Fontenelle. At Capt. Bonneville's Trading Camp on Horse Creek also, another year, with the Whitman first party out. Copies in the Lib. Cong., Mo. Hist. Soc. and the collection of Mr. Charles Sheldon. 206 WALTER, GEORGE History Of Kanzas, Also Information Regarding Routes, Laws, Etc., Etc., By George Walter, Agent And Master Of Emigration For The N. Y. Kanzas League. For Sale At The Office Of The N. Y. Kanzas League. [N. Y. 1854]. 12 59 pp. Map. P. P. W. with same title. Map: Map of the Great Central Route Between the Atlantic and the Mississippi, 1854. Lith. by Endicott & Co., N. Y. This map shows the projected routes to the South Pass and the Central Route via the Arkansas. It may be that this George Walter was the noted plainsman and trapper, as he says he had passed several years in the vici- nity of Kansas, whatever that may mean, but he gives an ex- tremely condensed summary of the territory. 207 [WEBB, T. W.] Organization, Objects, And Plan Of Operations, Of The Emigrant Aid Company : Also A Description of Kansas. For The Information Of Emigrants. Boston : Mudge & Son, . . . 1854. 8 24 pp. Pages 9-19 contain "Notes Of A Trip Up Kansas River, In- cluding Observations On The Soil, Climate, Scenery, Etc." By Geo. S. Park. 116 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES This is an extremely interesting account of a trip by a small steamer, the "Excel," up Kansas River to Fort Riley and forty miles up the Smoky Hill in June, 1854. I think this must have been the first steamer to ascend the river to Riley. The pam- phlet was written by the secretary, Thos. W. Webb. 208 BOYNTON, C. B. AND MASON, T. B. A Journey Through Kansas ; With Sketches Of Nebraska : Describing The Country, Climate, Soil, Mineral, Manufac- turing, And Other Resources. The Results Of A Tour Made In The Autumn Of 1854. By Rev. C. B. Boynton And T. B. Mason, Committee From The "Kansas League" Of Cincinnati. With a New and Authentic Map, from Official Sources. Cincinnati : Moore, Wilstach, Keys & Co., . . . 1855. 12 X. 216 pp. Map. Map: Map of Kansas with portions of Nebraska, etc. Re- drawn, ... by H. V. Boynton, Eng. by Middleton, Wal- lace & Co., Cine. 209 CARLETON, JAMES HENRY Diary Of An Excursion To The Ruins Of Abo, Quarra, and Gran Quivira, in New Mexico, Under the Command of Major James Henry Carleton, U. S. A. Ninth annual report of Smith. Inst, Wash., 1855 ; pp. 296-316. The excursion was made from Albuquerque Dec. 14-24, 1853. 210 GRAY, A. B. Report Of The Secretary Of The Interior, In Compliance With A resolution of the Senate, of Jan. 22, communicating a report and map of A. B. Gray, relative to the Mexican boundary, (Feb. 8, 1855). [Washington, 1855.] 33rd Cong., 2 Sess. Sen. Ex. Doc. 55. 8 50 pp., sheet errata, 2 maps. Maps: That Part of Disturnell's Treaty Map in the Vicinity of the Rio Grande and Southern Boundary of New Mexico. Map of That Portion of the Boundary between the United States and Mexico From the Pacific Coast To The Junction THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 117 of the Gila and Colorado Rivers. Surveyed Under the Direction of Hon. John B. Weller, U. S. Commissioner, . . . Both maps lith. by Ackerman, N. Y. Letter dated Feb. 8th and Gray's report dated Washington, May 1853. Pages 1-35, Gray's remarks, consist largely of his defense in his troubles with Bartlett; pp. 35-50, copies of letters and page 46, copy of report of Committee in the Senate, Aug. 20, 1852. 211 GRAY, A. B. Texas Western Railroad. Survey Of Route, Its Cost And Probable Revenue, In Connection With The Pacific Rail- way ; Nature of Country, Climate, Mineral and Agricultural Resources, Etc. [By A. B. Gray]. Cincinnati, Ohio : Porter, Thrall & Chapman. . . . 1855. 8 108 pp., slip errata. Cover has the title, Pacific Railway, And Texas Western Railroad Charter. First edition without maps or plates. Printed during the sum- mer. 212 INGALLS, RUFUS Report of the Quartermaster General. (Attached to Report of Secretary of War, pages 152-168 and map. 34 Cong., 1st Sess. House, Ex. Doc. I, Part II). Map: [Showing the routes from Salt Lake City west]. I have not seen this map. This contains a report by Rufus Ingalls of the Quartermaster's Department of a trip with Colonel Steptoe from Ft. Leaven- worth to Salt Lake, June 1st to August 31st, 1854. In 1855 Colonel Steptoe went on to California by the emigrant route but Ingalls with a detachment of cavalry left the command at Lassen's Meadows on the Humboldt June 14, 1855, and proceeded by way of Goose Lake on Fremont trail, and then through Applegate Pass to Fort Lane. Detailed in two letters to the Quartermaster General. 213 JOURNEY FROM NEW ORLEANS TO CALIFORNIA. (In Chambers Journal of Popular Literature, . . . Lon- don: Dec. 1,8, 15,22, 29, 1855). This seems to be an entirely veracious narrative of a journey by persons with fictitious names from New Orleans vja St. Louis, Kansas City and the overland trail to California in the summer of 1849. 214 118 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES LANGWORTHY, FRANKLIN Scenery Of The Plains, Mountains And Mines ; Or A Diary Kept Upon The Overland Route To California, By Way Of The Great Salt Lake : Travels In The Cities, Mines, And Agricultural Districts Embracing The Return By The Pacific Ocean And Central America, In the Years 1850, '51, '52 and '53. By Franklin Langworthy. . . . Ogdensburgh : Published By J. C. Sprague, . . . 1855. 12 VI, 7-324 pp. Left home April 1, 1850, crossed Iowa to Kanesville, left the Missouri River May 15th and traveled via the Platte, Ft. Lara- mie, to Salt Lake. After a short stay there, left, Aug. 29th via Humboldt and Carson Valley, and 21st Oct. reached Ringgold on Weaver Creek, near Weaverville. Diary occupies pages 7-180. Balance of the book is devoted to a description of California and life there and the return trip via Nicaragua. 215 LINFORTH, JAMES Route From Liverpool To Great Salt Lake Valley Illus- trated With Steel Engravings And Wood Cuts From Sketches Made By Frederick Piercy, Including Views of Nauvoo and the Ruins of the Temple, with a historical account of the City ; Views of Carthage Jail ; and Portraits and Memoirs of Joseph and Hyrum Smith ; their Mother, Lucy Smith ; Joseph and David Smith, Sons of the Prophet Joseph; President Brigham Young; Heber C. Kimball ; Willard Richards; Jedediah M. Grant; John Taylor; the late Chief Patriarch, Father John Smith ; and the present Chief Patriarch, John Smith, Son of Hyrum. Together With A Geographical and Historical Description of Utah, and a Map of the Overland Routes to that Territory, from the Missouri River. Also, An Authentic History Of The Latter-Day Saints' Emigration From Europe From The Commencement Up To The Close Of 1855, With Statistics. Edited By James Linforth. Liverpool : Published By Franklin D. Richards, . . . MDCCCLV. 4 VIII, 120 pp., map, 30 plates of portraits and scenery. Map: Utah and the Overland Routes to it from the Missouri River . . . by F. D. Richards ; Liverpool. 1855. Piercy wrote the narrative besides making the sketches. His visit to Salt Lake was made in 1853. His diary, while crossing the plains is very interesting but the chief merit of the book consists in the very beautiful engravings which it contains. For some reason or other, it is of very great rarity, few copies being known. 216 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 119 PACIFIC RAILROAD EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS In the early spring of 1853, Congress passed a bill auth- orizing the Government to send out various expeditions to the Pacific Coast with the object of selecting the best route for a railway. It was at first intended only to make a reconnais- ance of the southern route and the one through South Pass, but later the Secretary of War, Jefferson Davis, added the northern route. Davis made a report Dec. 1, 1853, explaining the routes to be examined and added copies of the instruc- tions to the various engineers selected. The actual routes reconnoitered were known as those of the 32nd, 35th, 38th and 47th parallels. The various expeditions were made during the years 1853 and 1854 and Davis presented his report, sum- marizing the results Feb. 27, 1855. This report, to which were added the various reports made by the engineers appeared as 33rd Cong., 1st Sess., House Ex. Doc. 129. and is usually bound in 3 volumes of reports and 1 volume of maps, no illustrations appearing in this edition. The whole report consists of: Report of the Secretary of War on the Several Pacific Explorations. Washington, 1855, 43 pp. (No map was issued with the first report, but there was issued later a large general map and profile). Examina- tion of reports by Humphreys & Warren ; Memorandum of Capt. Geo. B. McClellan ; Report of General Jessup ; Stevens' Report; Beckwith's two Reports; Whipple's Report; John Pope's Report ; Parke's Report ; Extract from Emory's Re- port ; Williamson's Report and later a report by F. W. Lander was printed and included as part of Doc. 129. The following eight items belong to this report : HUMPHREYS, A. A., AND WARREN, G. K. An Examination By Direction Of The Hon. Jefferson Davis, Secretary Of War, Of The Reports Of Explorations For Railroad Routes From The Mississippi To The Pacific, Made Under The Orders Of The War Department In 1853- 54. And Of The Explorations Made Previous To That Time, Which Have A Bearing Upon The Subject. By Capt. A. A. Humphreys & G. K. Warren, Corps Topographical Engineers. 120 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES Washington: Nicholson, 1855. (In 33rd Cong., 1st Sess., House Ex. Doc. 129). 8 116 (1) pp. Map. Map: Map of Routes for a Pacific Railroad, compiled to accom- pany the report of the Hon. Jefferson Davis, Secretary of War, in the offices of P. R. R. Survey, 1855. Lith. by J. Bien, N. Y. Scale, 1 to 6,000,000. [A note on this map, signed G. K. Warren, says it is only a hurried compilation to exhibit the relations of the different routes]. The examination of the routes gives a full resume of the re- sults of each expedition, but the report does not contain any account of previous explorations, except some notes from Wis- lizenus* Report on the Santa Fe road from Independence. This was reprinted in the 4 edition, Vol. I, pp. 35-111 of Davis, Re- port. The resume of previous explorations was printed in 1859 and forms the first part of Vol. XI of the 4 edition as: Memoir To Accompany The Map Of The Territory Of The United States From The Mississippi River To The Pacific Ocean, Giving A Brief Account Of Each Of The Exploring Expeditions Since A. D. 1800, With A Detailed Description Of The Method Adopted In Compiling The General Map. By Lieut. Gouverneur K. War- ren, Corps of Topographical Engineers, U. S. A. 1859. 4 115 pp., 117-120 Index. 4 maps (reduced copies). Map of Territory west of the Mississippi, from Winter- bottom's History of 1796. Rector and Roberdeau's map of the territory west of the Mississippi, 1818. Map of the territory west of the Mississippi from Finley's map of North America, published 1826. Captain Bonneville's map of the region of the Rocky Mountains and the Pacific, published in 1837 (in Irving's Capt. Bonneville). The large map, not ready when the Secretary's report was printed, in 1855, was finally issued with the 4 edition, Vol. XI, with the title: Map of the Territory Of The United States From The Mississippi To The Pacific Ocean Ordered By The Hon. Jefferson Davis, Secretary of War, To Accompany The Reports Of The Exploration For A Railroad Route, . . . Compiled . . . by Lieut. G. K. Warren, Topi. Engrs., under direction of Bvt. Maj. W. A. Emory ... in 1854 and of Capt. A. A. Humphreys . . . 1854-5-6-7. Eng. by Selmar Siebert (up to May 1, 1857). A large sheet of Profiles of the Main Routes Surveyed, Com- piled in 1855 by Warren & Abbott, 1856, also appeared in the 4 edition, Vol. XL In Vol. Ill Quarto Edition 36 pp. of extracts from Whipple's Report by Humphreys. 217 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 121 STEVENS, ISAAC I. Report Of Exploration Of A Route For The Pacific Rail- road Near The Forty-Seventh And Forty-Ninth Parallels, From St. Paul To Puget Sound. By I. I. Stevens, Governor Of Washington Territory. [Washington : Nicholson, 1855.] (In 33rd Cong., 1st Sess., House Ex. Doc. 129). 8 XII, 599 pp., XV Index. Map in 3 sheets, usually appearing as 3 maps, showing route and profile from St. Paul to the Pacific. Instructions to Stevens were given April 8, 1853, and the re- port is dated Wash., June 30, 1854. A brief report of progress was published as 33 Cong., 1st Sess. Sen. Ex. Doc. 29, with a map from St. Paul to Ft. Union. The report was reprinted in quarto, more complete, in Vol. I of the Series of Pacific R. R. Explorations in 1855 with same title. VII, 651 pp., 4 maps, 3 of route and 1 of profiles. No plates issued with this report. (Maps in Vol. XI). Governor Stevens had a distinguished party including Dr. George Suckley, Surgeon and Naturalist, J. M. Stanley, Artist, F. W. Lander, Lieut. John Mullan, Elwood Evans and Max Strobel. The party in the Western Division consisted of Capt. George B. McClellan, Dr. J. G. Cooper, George Gibbs, Lieut. Sylvester Mowry and others. A very interesting account of this expedition is to be found in the life of General Stevens by his son Hazard, who as a boy accompanied his father. On Feb. 7, 1859, Stevens presented his final report, rewriting the journals and adding the observations made during his various expeditions after 1854 in connection with the Indian treaties. It also contains the various scientific reports and a beautiful set of plates of scenery by J. M. Stanley. The Government published it in 1860 as Vol. XII-XIII of the Pacific R. R. Explorations, 36 Cong., 1st Sess. House, Ex. Doc. 56, Part I, 358 pp., app. A and B and index, 41 pp. There are 70 colored lithographs, of these 56 are by Stanley after his own sketches, one (No. 69), is a view of Mt. Rainier by him from sketch of Dr. Cooper, three by him from sketches of Gustavus Sohon, a member of the expe- dition, and nine by Gustavus Sohon, one plate (No. 69) has no name. One sheet of profiles, two maps. The plates were litho- graphed by Sarony, Major & Knapp, N. Y., and are fine examples. Pages 31-195 contain his report of the expedition in 1853. Pages 196-225, Narrative of the 1855 Exp., pp. 226-306, Geographical Memoir of very great value, [pp. 261-306, by Dr. J. G. Kohl;] pp. 307-331, Meteorology; pp. 332-351, Railroad Report and Estimate; pp. 352-358, Computation of Altitudes; 41 pp. Appendix A, Height and Distances, Appendix B, Meteorological Register, Index. Gustavus Sohon, who drew some of the sketches in the report, was a private soldier of the 4th Infantry who accompanied the expedition of Lieut. Mullan to the Bitter Root in 1854. Stevens says he had shown great taste as an artist as well as an ability to learn the Indian language. Stevens took him with him in 1855 to the Blackfoot Council. 122 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES Vol. XII, Book II usually marked Vol. XIII, contains the Scientific Reports. Part II, Botanical Report, J. G. Cooper, 1860, 76 pp., 6 plates. Part III, Zoological Report, 1860, Leconte, Suckley, Cooper & Gibbs, VIII, (2), 399 pp., 46 plates (2 insects, 5 mammals, 8 birds, 11 reptiles, 20 fishes; all the list calls for, but some different numbers from the list). The collation of plates in this edition agrees with Hasse except that she includes plate 43 of fishes, which Suckley & Cooper say was not published in this edition, nor does the list call for it. In 1860 this material was printed in New York by Bailliere Bros, as the "Natural History of Washington Territory and Ore- gon; Edited By Geo. Suckley, M. D., and J. G. Cooper, M. D., Naturalists of the Late N. P. Railroad Exploration, ... In Quarto. Some plates published in this were not included in the Government edition. 218 BECKWITH, E. G. Report Of Exploration Of A Route For The Pacific Rail- road, Near The 38th And 39th Parallels Of Latitude, From The Mouth Of The Kansas To Sevier River, In The Great Basin. By Lieut. E. G. Beckwith, Third Artillery. [Washington: Nicholson, 1855.] (In 33rd Cong., 1st Sess., House Ex. Doc. 129). 8 Title, Cont. 2 pp., 149 pp. Map (from Westport to Sacramento Valley) and sheet Profile (from Westport to Salt Lake Valley). Contents : Pp. 1-87, Journal; pp. 88-98, Summary; pp. 98-103, Note on Methods ; pp. 105-149, Barometric and Meteorological Observations. Report dated Washington, Nov. 25, 1854. This is a revised re- port, the first one having been sent by Beckwith from Salt Lake Feb. 1, 1854. The party set out June 23rd from the mouth of Kan- sas River, under command of Capt. J. W. Gunnison who was afterwards killed in Utah (Oct. 26th). Besides Gunnison, the party consisted of Beckwith, R. H. Kern, topographer and artist, Sheppart Homans, astronomer, Dr. James Schiel, surgeon and geologist, F. Creutzfeldt, botanist, J. A. Snyder, assistant topog- rapher. Escort under command of Capt. R. M. Morris and Lieut. L. S. Baker, John Moses, an Indian as guide and James San- ders, interpreter. The journal was kept by Beckwith. The party proceeded via Bent's Fort, Fort Massachusetts (at Taos they obtained Antoine Leroux as guide), up San Luis Valley, Sawatch Valley, Coochetopa Pass, the Uncompahgre Valley, to the Grand (Gunnison) River (Roubidou's old fort at the junction) and through Wahsatch Pass. Struck the old Spanish trail near Green River. Crossed the river at the ford and followed the trail a short distance. Later followed it through Wahsatch Pass over the mountains to near Seven Lakes and back to Cedar Springs. THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 123 Gunnison, Kern and Creutzfeldt were killed by Indians near there. The party arrived at Salt Lake Nov. 8th. Romans made a map from Kern's sketches but the map ac- companying the report was made from the same notes by F. W. Egloffstein in Washington. The report was reprinted in the 4 edition of the Pacific Railroad Report, Vol. II, 1855, 118 pp., to which were added: Appendix A, pp. 119-124, Letters from Gun- nison and Beckwith to Secretary of War during the expedition; Appendix B, pp. 125-128, Explanation of the map and illustrations;, map (in Vol. XI) in 4 sections, 13 colored lith. plates, 3 by Kern, 1 by Egloffstein and 9 by J. M. Stanley, after sketches by Kern. The profiles are on the same sheet as those of the other Beck- with expedition. The 1857 edition of Capt. Gunnison's book on the Mormons contains a letter from W. W. Drummond, dated Chicago, April 27, 1857, purporting to be a narrative of the death of Gunnison. A sketch of the portion between the 104th and 110th Meridian appeared in Report of Secretary of War, 29th Cong., 1st Sess. Sen. Ex. Doc. 29. 219 BECKWITH, E. G. Report Of Explorations For The Pacific Railroad, On The Line Of The Forty-First Parallel Of North Latitude. By Lt. E. G. Beckwith, Third Artillery. 1854. [Washington: Nicholson, 1855.] (In 33rd Cong., 1st Sess., House Ex. Doc. 129). 8 136 pp. Contents : Pages 5-67, Journal; 67-77, Summary; 77-81, Tables dis- tances; 82, Gepgraphical positions; 83-119, Meteorological data; 120-136, Geology by J. Schiel. This geological article covers both expeditions beginning at Westport, Mo. According to Warren's Memoir (Pacific Railroad Report, Vol. XI, p. 75) this report was accompanied by a preliminary map, but I conclude that only one map was published at the time cov- ering both the Beckwith expeditions. The only map covering these routes published in this edition covers the entire territory to the Pacific and was made by Egloffstein, as Beckwith states in his letter of transmittal to Secretary of War of Dec. 30, 1854. Apparently no profiles were made, as Warren does not mention them. This was reprinted in the quarto edition Pacific R. R. Surveys, Vol. II, in 132 pp., sheet errata, 4 plates of geology and 10 of betany and 13 fine engravings of scenery issued in Vol. XI. These plates were after sketches of F. W. Egloffstein. There were added to this edition, pp. 115-132, a Botanical Report on both ex- peditions by John Torrey and Asa Gray on plants collected by F. Creutzfeldt in the first expedition and J. A. Snyder in the second. Schiel's Geology, pp. 96-112. Map in four sections in Vol. XI of the 4 edition. The pro- files are combined with those of the other expedition on one sheet. 124 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES The party left Salt Lake April 4, 1854, for Fort Bridger and returned to Salt Lake by Weber River. Left Salt Lake May 5th, on orders from Secretary of War, to proceed to the coast. Went via Fish Springs, Valley of the Humboldt, over the Medelin Pass to Fort Reading. They also reconnoitered Noble Pass. Dr. Schiel accompanied the party and the same escort and others, except the ones killed. Egloffstein apparently joined the party at Salt Lake. S. F. Baird, Chas. Girard, and J. L. Leconte made a report on the Zoology of both the Beckwith expedition (Vol. X of the 4 edition) in 27 pp. plus 1 of Index, 3 plates mammals, 7 birds, 4 reptiles, 6 fishes, (article on insects omitted). According to Hasse only 4 of birds, although list calls for 5. My copy contains 7 which are all described, and no more. 220 WHIPPLE, A. W. Report Of Explorations For A Railway Route, Near The Thirty-Fifth Parallel Of Latitude, From The Mississippi River To The Pacific Ocean. By Lieut. A. W. Whipple, Corps Of Topographical Engineers. [Washington: Nicholson, 1855.] (In 33rd Cong., 1st Sess., House Ex. Doc. 129). 8 154 pp., VI Index, II Errata, 1 map in 2 sheets, sheet profiles (2). This report dated Washington, July 31, 1854, contains no jour- nal, but a condensed statement by Whipple in first 87 pages, Appendix A, pp. 87-100 tables, and Appendix B and C (tables), pp. 101-154. The party started from Napoleon, at the mouth of the Arkan- sas River, and proceeded via Little Rock, Fort Smith, crossed the Canadian, Cross Timbers, Anton Chico, past Tucumcari to Albu- querque, Central New Mexico, Mojave Villages, up the Mojave River, over the Cajon Pass to Los Angeles and concluded at San Pedro. The party consisted of Lieut. J. C. Ives, Asst.; A. H. Campbell, Asst. R. R. Engineer; Jules Marcou, geologist; H. B. Mollhausen, topg. and artist; Dr. C. B. R. Kennerly, doctor and naturalist; Dr. J. M. Bigelow, surgeon and botanist, and several assistants. There are chapters written by Campbell, Marcou, Kennerly and Bigelow. D. S. Stanley of the 2nd Dragoons commanded the escort. According to Whipple, L. Blodget jn Washington com- piled a climatological map from observations made during the survey, which accompanied the report but was not printed. Antoine Leroux was the guide from Albuquerque to the coast. As this route was to be the government route in case the terri- tory south of the Gila could not be obtained from the Mexican government, it received a large share of official attention. The report was republished in Vol. Ill of the 4 edition of the Pacific R. R. Surveys. The contents of the revised report follow: X, VII, (1) pp. Part I, Journal not previously printed, 136 pp., 10 plates of sce- nery (five by Mollhausen, 1 by Campbell, 3 by J. C. Tidbale, and 1 without name, probably by Mollhausen), colored and litho- THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 125 graphed by Sarony. Part II, Report of Topographical Features. Wash., 1856. 77 pp., 2 colored plates and 8 plates of diagrams (not previously published, probably by Campbell). Part III, Re- port on the Indian Tribes by Whipple, Thomas Ewbank, and Prof. W. W. Turner, 1855. Front, colored view of Colorado near Mojave Village, by Campbell, (probably belongs in Part II), 127 pp., 7 colored plates by Mollhausen. Part IV, Report of the Geology of the Route, by W. P. Blake, 1856. VII (1) pp., 2 sheets errata, general report (2), 164 pp., resume of a geological reconnaisance from Napoleon to Los Angeles, by Jules Marcou, pp. 165-175, 3 plates, (1 scenery, 2 fossils), 3 geological maps. In Vol. XI are the 2 general maps and sheet of profiles. Part V (Vol. IV), Botany of the Expedition, Wash., 1856, by Dr. J. M. Bige- low, John Torrey, Dr. Geo. Engelmann and W. S. Sullivant. VII, 193 pp., large sheet botanical profile (colored), by Dr. Bige- low. 24 sheets cataceae, 25 plates plants (No. X, should be XI), 10 plates mosses engraved by Ackerman. Part VI (in Vol. IV), Re- port on The Zoology of the Expedition. Washington, 1856. Field notes and explanation by C. B. R. Kennerly. 17 pp. Appendices Observations, 288 pp. Part VI, No. 2 (in Vol. X), Zoological Re- port. Washington, 1859. 64 pp. 6 plates mammals, 11 colored birds, 3 reptiles, 14 fishes. (All called for and described in list; No. XIII of mammals in place of VIII, probably misprint in the list). It will be seen that Marcou did not write the geological re- port. The reason for this he gives in his Geology of North America. Zurich, 1858. 4 VI (2), 144 pp., Geological map U. S., Geological map New Mexico, 7 plates, map of United States (copy of the one by Maclure, printed in Paris in 1811). In this Marcou reprints his preliminary report in the 8 edition with extensive notes: A Report on Pope's Exploration made at the request of Pope from observations, and a general description of fossils and geology in the West from his observations while with Lieut. Whipple. The book also contains an exhaustive his- tory of American geology with a bibliography. Mr. Mollhausen also published a book on this expedition after his return to Germany. 221 POPE, JOHN Report Of Exploration Of A Route For The Pacific Railroad, Near The Thirty-Second Parallel Of Latitude, From The Red River To The Rio Grande, By Brevet Cap- tain John Pope, Corps Of Topographical Engineers. [Washington: Nicholson, 1855.] (In 33rd Cong., 1st Sess., House Ex. Doc. 129). 8 324 pp. General map with profile on same sheet. Contents : Pages 1-4, Title and Contents; 5-65, Report by Pope; 66-122, Diary by J. H. Byrne; 123-4, Tables of Camps; 125-8, Letters by Jules Marcou with Geology; 129-31, Let- ters by Baird & Booth ; 132-306, Tables; 307-324, Catalogues of Plants by Dr. Torrey. Report dated Wash., Oct. 17, 1854. 126 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES The expedition left Dona Ana Feb. 12, 1854, consisting of Cap- tain Pope, Lieut. K. Garrard, assistant engineer, Capt. C. S. Tap- lin, mineralogist, Dr. W. S. Diffendorfer, surgeon and naturalist, John Byrne, computer, and Lieut. L. H. Marshall in command of the escort. Reached Preston, Texas, May 15. Byrne says they could obtain no one as guide who had been over the route. Reprinted in Vol. II of the 4 edition of the Pacific R. R. Sur- veys. IV, (2), 185 pp., 10 plates botany. (Report by Torrey & Gray, pp. 157-178, index 179-185). Geology of the route by W. P. Blake: leaf explanation, 44 pp., index 45-50; geological map and geological section. In Vol. XI, large map with profile at the bottom. No extended scientific reports on this expedition seem to have been made, at least none were printed. Probably what notes were made were used in the compilation of the general scientific reports on the whole explorations. 222 PARKE, JOHN G. Report Of Explorations For That Portion Of A Railway Route, Near The Thirty-Second Parallel Of Latitude, Lying Between Dona Ana, On The Rio Grande, And Pimas Vil- lages, On The Gila. By Lieut. Jno. G. Parke, U. S. A., Corps Topographical Engineers. [Washington: Nicholson, 1855.] (In 33rd Cong., 1st Sess., House Ex. Doc. 129). 8 53 pp. Map of survey and sheet of profiles. Contents : Pages 3-24, Journal ; 24-32, Barometric measurements ; 33-53, Extracts from Report of Lt. Col. Emory of a Military Reconnaisance made in 1846 and 1847. Party started from San Diego January 24, 1854, consisting of Parke, Henry Custer, assistant and topographer, Dr. A. Heer- mann, physician and naturalist, Lieut. George Stoneman, in com- mand of the escort. Went by Warner's Ranch to Fort Yuma and up the Gila. From the Pimas Villages to Tucson and thence over the southern route to Ft. Fillmore. Republished in the quarto edition, Pacific R. R. Surveys, Vol. II in 28 pp. and the Emory extract separately in 22 pages. No maps published in this edition with this report. Drs. Heermann and Hallowell submitted a report on birds and reptiles, printed in 1859 in Vol. X of the 4 edition in 24 pp. with 3 colored plates of birds and 1 of reptiles. Bird plates No. 1, IV, VI; reptiles No. II. According to Hasse, however, there should be 6 of birds, although the list only calls for 3, which are all that are described. In 1854 Parke made another survey from San Jose, Calif., via the coast route to Los Angeles. Started again from San Diego May 26th and followed the emigrant road to Ft. Yuma and went over most of the ground of the 1854 survey to Ft. Fillmore. No journal with this report, which occurs in the 4 edition, Vol. VII, THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 127 22 (2), 42 pp. (Part I), 8 colored plates of scenery by A. H. Campbell. (Lith. by A. Hoen, Baltimore, Wash., 1856). Part II, Geology by Dr. Thomas Antisell, 204 pp. Antisell's report to page 188; T. A. Conrad on palaeontology, 189-196; 10 plates fossils; Order of strata and explanations of plate, 197-204, 14 plates geological sections, (Colored) geological map San Francisco to Los Angeles, along route of Parke to accompany Thos. Antisell's Report, (Colored) geological plan and section from Rio Grande to Pimas Villages, route of Parke. Part III, Botany by John Torrey, Wash., 1856. 28 pp., 8 plates. Appendix A, Meteorology Remarks on meteorology by A. H. Campbell, 14 pp., 11 plates. Appendix B, Engineer Charles H. Poole's Re- 'port. pp. 15-28. Appendix C, pp. 29-30, trans, of a document from the Spanish archives. Appendix D, pp. 31-116, tables. 2 maps and sheet of profile (Vol. XI). This last report of Parke's was printed in 1857. 223 LANDER, FRED W. Synopsis Of A Report Of The Reconnaisance Of A Rail- road Route From Puget Sound Via South Pass To The Mississippi River. By Fred W. Lander, Civil Engineer. Washington, D. C., 1856. (In 33rd Cong., 1st Sess., House Ex. Doc. 129). Not seen, except in Vol. II of the Pacific R. R. Surveys 4 edition. 4 45 pp. This expedition was a volunteer enterprise of Lander who after going to the coast with the Stevens expedition evidently wished the government to pay his expenses back. He got the Washington legislature to endorse him and tried to get Congress to pay the bill. This report is stated to be revised since first transmitted to the War Department. It was first printed as a part of House Doc. 129, 33rd Cong., 1st Sess. Lander took 24 pages to expound his views of how best to construct a transcontinental railroad from both a financial and engineering standpoint; then follow pp. 25-28 as to why the northern route is not accepetable, and finally pp. 29-45 mentions briefly his movements, but on the whole in reading this which purports to be a reconnaisance, one gains the impression that Lander returned to the East by water. His maps were never published. I have never seen the original Lander report published in octavo as part of Doc. 129, the bound volume of documents con- taining it being missing in the public institutions here. Feb. 13, 1858 Lander addressed a letter to the Secretary of the Interior, enclosing a report on the "Practicability of Rail- roads Through The South Pass," published as a letter of the Secretary of the Interior, 35th Cong., 1st Sess. House Ex. Doc. No. 70. 8 20 pp. Lander also published, Remarks on the Con- struction of a First Class, Double Track Railway to the Pacific and the Difficulties attending its Solution, etc. Washington, 1854. 8 14 pp., including title. P. P. W. 224 128 ROSS, ALEXANDER The Fur Hunters Of The Far West; A Narrative Of Adventures In The Oregon And Rocky Mountains. By Alexander Ross, ... In 2 Volumes. London : Smith, Elder & Co., . . . 1855. 8 Pp. XV, 333; VIII, 262; port. Ross, plate and map. Map: Map Of The Oregon to illustrate Ross's Fur Hunters Of The Far West. Eng. by Ford & West. Ross was with the Astor Company but joined the Northwest Co. on the breaking up of the Astor enterprise. Left the Pacific in 1825 and went to Red River Settlement, having received the grant of 100 acres there from Gov. Simp- son. Gives a good account of his overland journey. In 1856 Ross Published: The Red River Settlement: Its Rise, Progress And Present State. With Some Account Of The Native Races And Its General History, To The Present Day. By Alex- ander Ross, . . . London: Smith, Elder & Co., . . . 1856. 8 Front. (Upper Ft. Garry) XVI, 416 pp. This brings the history down to about 1850. 225 RYERSON, JOHN Hudson's Bay ; Or, A Missionary Tour In The Territory Of The Hon. Hudson's Bay Company, By The Rev. John Ryerson, Co-Delegate, And Deputation To The Wesleyan Missions In Hudson's Bay : With Brief Missionary Mem- orials And Illustrations. Toronto : Published By G. R. Sanderson. . . . 1855. 18 XXIV, 190 pp. Port, of Ryerson and 9 other plates. Ryerson went in from Ft. William to Red River and thence to Norway House and Rossville, thence to York Factory on his way to England. Occupied the summer of 1854. 226 BONNER, T. D. The Life And Adventures Of James P. Beckwourth, Mountaineer, Scout, And Pioneer, And Chief Of The Crow Nation Of Indians. With Illustrations. Written From His Own Dictation, By T. D. Bonner. New York: Harper & Brothers, . . . 1856. 12 XII, 13-537 pp., port. Beckwourth, 12 other plates, included in the pagination. The essential truth of this narrative is corroborated by refer- -ehce to other writers who frequently mention Beckwourth and his exploits. He embarked on mountain life in 1822 with Ashley's THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 129 company. Party left St. Louis Oct. llth but this time he did not reach the mountains, having to return with Harris. Next May, however, he started again with Ashley, was on the Green River with him and returned with him via the Yellowstone in 1825. Found Major Pilcher in charge ot Ft. Lookout. Speaks of Stew- art visiting him with Harrison and Fitzpatrick and a Mr. Broth- erton. Relates an experience with Stewart, pp. 278-282. In 1840 went to New Mexico and began trading on his own account and in 1842 settled at Pueblo, which with some other fur trappers, he built. Claimed to have arrived in Los Angeles, Calif., in January, 1844, but returned to Pueblo in 1846. Afterward lived in California in Beckwourth Valley. Bancroft says he died in the North Platte country in 1867, aged about 70. 227 CARVALHO, S. N. Incidents Of Travel And Adventure In The Far West: With Col. Fremont's Last Expedition Across The Rocky Mountains: Including Three Months' Residence In Utah, And A Perilous Trip Across The Great American Desert, To The Pacific. By S. N. Carvalho, Artist To The Expedi- tion. New York : Derby &. Jackson. London : Sampson Low, Son & Co. 1856. 12 Title and half title, VII-XV, 17-380 pp. I think this should have a front, as all the American printed copies I have seen which bear date of 1857 have a plate. Went as artist with Fremont's expedition of 1853. Left N. Y. Sept. 5th and Westport about the 23rd. Traveled by Bent's Fort at Big Timber and arrived at Parowan, Salt Lake Valley Feb. 8th, having traveled principally over Beale's and Gunnison's track. At Parowan Carvalho and Egloffstein left Fremont, who contin- ued to California, May 5, 1854, via the southern route. Carvalho crossed Cajon Pass to San Bernardino, where he arrived June 9th and thence to Los Angeles. Carvalho was an artist, but I have not seen any sketches made by him on this expedition. 228 DAVIS, J. Mormonism Unveiled : Or A Peep into the Practices of the Latter Day Saints, By a deluded brother of the Sect, giving an account of his Journeyings to Utah in the Valley of the Salt Lake, in company with upwards of 200 and also his observations during his sojourn among them and his final escape and return to Old England. By J. Davis. Bristol, [Eng.l, 1855. 12 48 pp. Gives an account of his trip to Louisiana and across the plains to Utah. (Not seen). 230 130 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES FERRIS, MRS. B. G. The Mormons At Home ; With some Incidents of Travel From Missouri To California, 1852-3. In A Series Of Letters. By Mrs. B. G. Ferris (wife of the late U. S. Secretary for Utah). New York : Dix & Edwards, . . . 1856. 12 VIII, 299 pp. Left Independence Aug. 23, 1852, and arrived at Salt Lake be- fore Oct. 30th. May 5th, 1853, left for California via the Hum- boldt and Carson Valley and apparently Lassen Pass. 231 GRAY, A. B. Survey Of A Route For The Southern Pacific R. R., On The 32nd Parallel, By A. B. Gray, For The Texas Western R. R. Company. Cincinnati, 6: Wrightson & Co. . . . 1856. 8 110 pp. slip errata, 3 maps, 32 views of scenery. Maps: Preliminary Map to accompany Report of A. B. Gray of the Route of the Texas Western Railroad In Connection With The Line Of The Southern Pacific, 1856. Lith. by Middleton, Wallace & Co., Cine., who also lithographed the plates and the map of the World. The World, Illustrating the Courses of Trade. Port of San Diego. Lith. by J. Bien, N. Y. Plates after drawings by Chas. Schuchard, a Texan. They are very interesting. Gray's report is dated N. Y., Feb. 1855, but it was not printed until after May 10th (see R. R. Record, Oct. 18). The views of Ft. Yuma and ruins of Mission of Tumacacari and Calabazas appeared also in the Report of the Sonora Explor- ing and Mining Co., Cine., 1856. The mining company was backed by the same interests as the railroad, Major Heintzelman, Poston, Ehrenberg, Brunckow being the active operators of the mining operations and indeed the promoters thereof. (See the Sonora Co.'s report for 1856 for Charles D. Poston's account of his journey in the summer of 1856 from Ft. Thorn to Tubac). 232 GREENE, MAX The Kanzas Region : Forest, Prairie, Desert, Mountain, Vale, and River. Descriptions Of Scenery, Climate, W 7 ild Productions, Capabilities Of Soil, And Commercial Re- sources ; Interspersed With Incidents Of Travel, And Anec- dotes Illustrative Of The Character Of The Traders And THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 131 Red Men ; To Which Are Added Directions As To Routes, Outfit For The Pioneer, And Sketches Of Desirable Locali- ties For Present Settlement. By Max. Greene. New York : Fowler and Wells, . . . 1856. 12 VIII, 9-192 pp. 2 maps. Maps: [As front.] [Map of Kansas and adjacent regions] (no title). Marked: Aerography. J. H. Colton & Co., New York. East Kanzas (occupies pages 169-70 in the pagination). This well written book contains a very good account of the prairie and mountain region with many accounts of the author's own experiences from 1850 to 1855, as well as a history of the Santa Fe trade and descriptions of the Santa Fe trail. 233 MARCY, CAPT. R. B. Message Of The President Of The United States, Com- municating In Compliance with a resolution of the Senate of February 26, calling for a copy of the report and maps of Capt. Marcy of his explorations of the Big Witchita and head waters of the Brazos Rivers. March 25, 1856, Referred. 34 Cong. 1 Sess. Sen. Ex. Doc. 60. 8 48 pp. Map. Map: Map of the Country upon the Brazos and Big Witchita Rivers Explored in 1854 by Capt. R. B. Marcy. . . . Lith. By P. S. Duval. Marcy's report is dated New York City, January JS, 1855, and is largely devoted to the Comanche Indians and his dealings with them. Major Neighbors accompanied him. 234 MOFFETTE, JOSEPH F. The Territories Of Kansas And Nebraska : Being An Account Of Their Geography, Resources, And Settlements, Etc., Etc. By Joseph F. Moffette, Late Of Governor Stevens' Overland Expedition. Accompanied By Elaborate Maps. New York : J. H. Colton & Co., . . . 1856. 18 84 pp., 24 pp. adv., 2 maps. Maps: Nebraska and Kansas, Pub. By J. A. Colton & Co. . . . 1856. (Eastern part only showing counties). 132 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES [Another with same title showing territory and the Rocky Mountains.] Moffette gives a good description of the upper Missouri coun- try, no doubt from personal knowledge. 235 PARKER, W. B. Notes Taken During The Expedition Commanded By Capt. R; B. Marcy, U. S. A., Through Unexplored Texas, In the Summer and Fall of 1854. By W. B. Parker, At- tached to the Expedition. Philadelphia: Hayes & Zell, . . . 1856. 12 XII, 9-242 pp. Parker was a civilian friend of Marcy's and went for the ad- venture. The object of the expedition was to locate an Indian reserve in N. W. Texas for the Indians in the State of Texas. Party left Ft. Smith June 1st, Dr. G. G. Shumard of Ft. Smith accompanying them. They proceeded via Ft. Washita to the Little Wichita, and the headwaters of the Brazos, where the sur- vey was made on Clear Fork. Returned to Ft. Smith Oct 15th. 236 SONORA EXPLORING AND MINING CO. Report Of The Sonora Exploring and Mining Co., Made To The Stockholders, December, 1856. Cincinnati : Railroad Record Print. 1856. 8 43, (1) pp., 4 views, 4 maps. Maps: Tubac Headquarters Sonora Exploring & Mining Com- pany. Sketch Of Silver Regions around Tubac. Sketch Of Mineral Veins in the Santa Rita Range Of Mountains. Map Of The Mineral Regions on the proposed Southern Pacific Railroad through Gadsden Purchase. The company occupied as headquarters in Arizona the old pre- sidio of Tubac which had been occupied up to the transfer of the territory. Herman Ehrenberg, the engineer and surveyor of the company, was the most active explorer in the Southwest. He drew three of the above mentioned maps, the other being reduced from the western part of Gray's map attached to the "Survey of a Route for the Southern Pacific R. R." The report contains ex- tracts from C. D. Poston's report of a trip from El Paso to Tubac. Same September, 1857. Cincinnati: Railroad Record Print. 1857. 8 24 pp., 3 views, same general map as in the 1856 report. Same, Second Annual Report . . . Cine., 1858. 8 16 pp. Gives some account of the Crabb filibustering expedition. JOURNAL OP JOHN UDELL, KEl'T DURING A TRIP ACIluSS THE PLAINS, ro\TATN[N<; AN" ACCOUNT "F THK MASSACRE OF A PORTION OF HIS PARTY BY THE MOIIAVK INDIANS, TN.-l 1 ENTERED ACCORDING TO ACT OK CON' JEFFERSON : ASHTABULA SENTINEL STEAM 1'RESS PRINT. 1868. THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 133 Same, Third Annual Report, made in March, 1859. New-York: W. Minns & Co. 1859. 8 30 pp. Same, Fourth Annual Report . . . March. 1860. New-York. W. Minns & Co. 1860. 8 18 pp. Same, Report of Frederic Brunckow . . . also a letter from Herman Ehrenberg, etc. Cine.: Railroad Record . . . 1859. 8 Front., 47 pp. Small map of Arizona or the Gadsden Purchase, with the Position of its Silver mines . . . 1859. During these operations the first newspaper in Arizona, the Arizonian, was started at Tubac. In this pamphlet Brunckow, who was killed by the Apaches later, in 1859, gives an historical ac- count of his career and this mining enterprise, the first American mining enterprise in the Southwest. Elliott's History of Arizona gives a few details of Ehrenberg's career obtained from C. D. Poston, who' says Ehrenberg came with him to Arizona first in 1854 from Sonora. Bancroft, in his Pioneer Register to his History of California, says Ehrenberg went overland to Oregon in 1844. In 1847 he arrived at the Sand- wich Islands from California, and according to Bancroft came to California just before or during the gold rush in 1848. He was killed by an Indian at Dos Palos in the Mojave Desert in 1866. But little is known of his early career except that he took part in the Texas revolution in 1836 and wrote a book about it. See Raines' Bibl. of Texas for a note about him. He was a great map maker. I have several published by him in San Francisco before 1860. 237 UDELL, JOHN Incidents Of Travel To California, Across The Great Plains ; Together With The Return Trips Through Central America and Jamaica ; To Which Are Added Sketches Of The Author's Life. By John Udell. Jefferson, Ohio ; Printed For The Author, At The Sen- tinel Office. 1856. 12 VIII, 9-302 pp., 1 leaf errata. Port. Udell. Started May 1, 1850, from Davis Co., Iowa, and went by Coun- cil Bluffs, Ft. Laramie, Ft. Bridger, Salt Lake, Humboldt River, Carson Valley and arrived at Placerville August 29th. Went home in 1851 via the Nicaragua route. May 5, 1852, started again for California from Missouri. Crossed the Missouri at Trader's Point at the Plattsville Ferry. Went up the Platte, passed Ft. Laramie, Ft. Bridger, Salt Lake, the Humboldt, Carson Valley and arrived at Placerville Sept. 20. In 1853 returned via Panama. April 24, 1854, started again for California, from Missouri via Council Bluffs, followed practically the same road as the former trip and arrived at Placerville October 3rd. In 1855, returned to the States again. Udell was a Baptist clergyman, born June 22, 1775, in James St., New York City. The family kept moving West and finally landed in Ashtabula Co., Ohio, and Udell lived at Jefferson and after various moves landed in Missouri and then back to Ohio again. The book, besides a long account of his restless wanderings, contains articles on California, the Constitution of the U. S., 134 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES Central America, etc., Salt Lake and the Mormons and the Pacific Railroad. Udell made another trip in 1858-9 of which he published an extended account: Journal Of John Udell, Kept During A Trip Across The Plains, Containing An Account Of The Massacre Of A Portion Of His Party By The Mohave Indians, In 1859. [Entered According to Act of Congress]. Jefferson : Ashtabula Sentinel Steam Press Print. 1868. 8 47 pp. incl. title, and a portrait of Udell on verso of 47. P. P. W., with same title. This time he went by the Santa Fe Trail and was obliged to spend the winter of 1858-9 at Albuquerque. In the spring he went by Scale's road through the Mohave to Los Angeles. Very rare pamphlet. 238 UPHAM, CHARLES WENTWORTH Life Explorations And Public Services Of John Charles Fremont. By Charles Wentworth Upham. With Illus- trations. . . . Boston: Ticknor And Fields. MDCCCLVI. 12 Port. Fremont, title, V-VIII, 9-355 (1) pp. 13 other plates, including portrait of Carson. Pages 273-300 contain an account of Fremont's fourth expedi- tion, mostly contained in letters from Fremont: To Benton, Bent's Fort, Nov. 17, 1848; to Mrs. Fremont, Taos, Jan. 27, 1849; to Mrs. Fremont, Taos, Feb. 6, 1849; to Benton, Socorro, Feb. 24, 1849. Pages 327-332 contain a short account of the fifth expedition of 1853-4, including a letter from Fremont to Benton, dated Parawan (Utah) Feb. 9, 1854. Also a life by John Bigelow. New York, 1856. 8 X, 11-480. Port, of Fremont and 111. In the Century for March, 1891, will be found several articles on the Fremont explorations, including one entitled "Rough Times In Rough Places. A Personal Nar- rative of the terrible experiences of Fremont's fourth Expedition." This is made up of the records and diary of Micajah McGehee, a member of the expedition. The part printed records only the ex- periences of the party after entering the mountains Nov. 26, 1848. McGehee's Diary records the death of Bill Williams, in the spring of 1849, together with Dr. Kern. They had gone in search of a lot of property lost by the Fremont Expedition during the winter, and were killed by the Indians somewhere in the upper Rio Grande valley. Williams was a very remarkable man. The best account that I know of him is contained in "My Sixty Years On The Plains By W. T. Hamilton, New York. 1905." Hamilton started out with Williams on a trapping and trading expedition from Independence in 1842, and remained with him three years. He said that Williams had been on the plains for THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 135 fifteen years. They separated in the fall of 1845, Williams going to Santa Fe. On page 196 he says that afterwards the Utes told him that they had killed Williams by mistake in Apache Pass. 239 WARREN, G. K. Explorations In The Dacota Country, In The Year 1855. By Lieut. G. K. Warren, Topographical Engineer Of The "Sioux Expedition." Washington : A. O. P. Nicholson, Senate Printer. 1856. (34th Cong., 1st Sess. Senate Ex. Doc. 76). 8 Title, 79 pp., VI index and errata, 3 maps. Maps: Section of map compiled in P. R. R. office . . . designed to illustrate Lt. Warren's Report of Military Reconnaissance of the Dacota Country. Shows routes of Long, Nicolet, Fremont & Capt. Stansbury. Reconnaissances in the Dacota Country, By G. K. Warren. Sketch of the Blue Water Creek . . . made by Warren. No journal; only general description of the route. The Sioux expedition was under the orders of Gen. Harney, and took place in the summer of 1855. 240 BRYAN, F. T. [Exploration for a road from Ft. Riley to Bridger's Pass, in 1856]. Letter of Francis T. Bryan, St. Louis, Feb. 19, 1857. Report on the topography of the country between Lodge Pole Creek, Cache le Poudre, and the South Platte, in Con- nection with an exploration for a road from Fort Riley to Bridger's Pass. By John Lambert. St. Louis, March 21, 1857. Report of a Geological expedition from Fort Leavenworth to Bryan's Pass . . . By H. Englemann, geologist and min- ing engineer. The last two papers are attached to the report of Bryan's who was in charge of the party and together they formed Appendix H, pp. 455-520, of the Senate Ex. Doc. 2, Vol. II, 35 Cong., 1 Sess., or House Doc. 2, same pagination. This exploration occupied the summer of 1856 and Bryan's diary is printed. Map not published. Appendix L, p. 525, con- sists of a letter from Capt. John H. Dickerson, who located a road from Omaha to new Ft. Kearney. 241 CHANDLESS, WILLIAM A Visit To Salt Lake ; Being A Journey Across The 136 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES Plains And A Residence In The Mormon Settlements At Utah. By William Chandless. London : Smith, Elder & Co., . . . 1857. 12 XII, 346 pp. Map. Map: Map Showing The Author's Route. Standidge & Co., Lith., London. Left Atchison as wagon driver in July, 1855, via Ft. Bridger and arrived at Salt Lake about Nov. 1st. First 133 pp. devoted to the trip. Part II gives an account of Salt Lake and the Mormons. Jan., 1856, started for California via Fillmore, Cedar City, Las Vegas, San Bernardino and Los Angeles, arriving in San Fran- cisco by water Feb. 8th. A very entertaining book. 242 COOKE, P. ST. G. Scenes And Adventures In The Army: Or, Romance Of Military Life. By P. St. G. Cooke, Colonel Second Dragoons, U. S. A. Philadelphia: Lindsay & Blakiston. 1857. 12 XII, 13-432 pp. Cooke started his prairie life in 1829 as lieutenant in the expe- dition to the boundary to escort the Santa Fe traders. In 1831 he made a trip overland to the Platte and to the Missouri at Cabanne's a few miles below old Ft. Atkinson at Council Bluffs. Gives a long account of Hugh Glass's adventures. In 1843 was on a western trip to escort the caravan to Santa Fe. In 1845 (May 23rd), started from Ft. Leavenworth to escort the Oregon emigrants. Arrived at Ft. Laramie June 14th, Colonel Kearny in command. Crossed the South Pass and on July 1st started to return, Fitzpatrick as guide. July 8th met Walker on his way to California. Says he was married to a squaw or squaws, but of much natural ability. July 29th arrived at Bent's Fort and Aug. 24th at Ft. Leavenworth. The book ends with his arrival there. 242A DAVIS, W. W. H. El Gringo; Or, New Mexico And Her People. By W. W. H. Davis, Late United States Attorney. New York: Harper & Brothers, . . . 1857. 12 XII, 13-432 pp. Front.'; 12 other plates included in the pagination. Plates by Col. Eaton & F. A. Percy of El Paso. Davis left Independence Nov. 1st, 1853, by the Santa Fe trail. He also made an excursion into the Navajo country in the sum- THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 137 mer of 1855. Besides a sketch of the history of New Mexico and the first written by one who had access to the archives, it con- tains practically a diary of Davis' stay. 243 EMORY, WILLIAM H. United States And Mexican Boundary Survey. Report Of William H. Emory Major First Cavalry And U. S. Com- missioner Volume I. Washington : Cornelius Wendell, Printer. 1857. (34th Cong., 1st Sess. House Ex. Doc. 135). 4 XVI, 258 pp., 2 maps, meteorological chart, profile and geological section. Part II Geological Reports of Doctor C. C. Parry and Asst. Arthur Schott. Notes By W. H. Emory. Palaeon- tology and Geology of the Boundary, By James Hall of Albany, New York. Description of Cretaceous And Ter- tiary Fossils, By T. A. Conrad, Esq. VIII, 174 pp., 21 plates, eng. by J. E. Gavit & Dougal, map. Maps to Part I: Map showing magnetic observations. Map Of The U. S. And Their Territories Between the Mississippi and the Pacific Ocean and Part of Mexico. Compiled from Surveys made under the order of W. H. Emory, etc. By Thomas Jekyll, 1857-8. Plates to Part I : 12 colored lithographs by Sarony, Major & Knapp ; 9 steel engravings, from scenes by Arthur Schott, Weyss and Vaudricourt, engraved by James D. Smillie (contains an engraved view of Monument Mt., page 96, not given in list of plates) ; 66 outline sketches on 33 plates. Map to Part II : Map illustrating General Geological Features . . . West of the Mississippi River. . . . By James Hall, etc. Vol. II, in 2 parts, was published in Washington, 1859. Part I contains the Botany in 270 pp. with 61 plates, and the Cactacea in 78 pp. and 75 plates. An introductory, "View along the Gila, Cereus Giganteus," not numbered nor included in the description. Part II contains: Mammals, in 62 pp. with 27 plates; Birds in 32, (1) pp. with 25 colored plates; Reptiles, in 35 pp. with 41 plates; Ichthyology, in 85, II pp. with 41 plates. The reports of Lieut. N. Michler and Dr. C. C. Parry embrace most of the journal contained in this report as Emory does not give his own but confines himself to observations on the business of the Commission, the state of the country, Indians, etc. 244 138 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES FR6BEL, JULIUS Aus Amerika. Erfahrungen, Reisen und Studien von Julius Frobel, Erster Band. Leipzig Verlagsbuchhandlung von J. J. Weber. 1857. 8 XVI, 550; (1858) XVI, 615 (1) pp. Translated into English as : Seven Years' Travel In Central America, Northern Mexico, And The Far West Of The United States. By Julius Froebel. With Numerous Illustrations. London : Richard Bentley, Publisher in Ordinary to Her Majesty. M. DCCC. LIX. 8 XIV (2), 587 pp., 8 plates. This is one of the most interesting books of travel through the southwest. Froebel went out first to Chihuahua in 1852 by the Santa Fe trail. In 1853 he returned East but in August again went to Chihuahua. After another trip East in June of 1854, he went to California by way of Santa Cruz, Tucson, and down the Gila, arriving at Los Angeles September 6th. While in San Fran- cisco Froebel started a journal but it probably had a short life as Froebel returned to Germany before printing his book in 1857. 245 MOWRY, SYLVESTER Memoir Of The Proposed Territory Of Arizona. By Sylvester Mowry, U. S. A., Delegate Elect. Washington : Henry Polkinhorn, Printer. 1857. 8 30 pp. Map? P. P. W. with the same title. This memoir is sometimes catalogued with a map, but I see no evidence in it that any map was issued with it and conclude that where one occurs, it is inserted probably from one of the Sonora Exploring Co.'s pamphlets. This is the most important work dealing with, the conditions in Arizona after the Gadsden Treaty and before the Civil War. Pages 29-30 embody a petition from residents to Congress pray- ing for the erection of the Gadsden purchase into a territory. A very valuable memoir by Mowry on the Indian tribes of Arizona, dated Sept. 22, 1857, will be found on pp. 582-93 of the Report of the Secretary of the Interior, 35 Cong., 1 Sess. Sen. Ex. Doc. II. 246 STRATTON, R. B. Captivity of The Oatman Girls Being An Interesting Narrative of Life Among Apache and Mohave Indians : Containing Also An interesting account of the Massacre of the Oatman Family, by the Apache Indians, in 1851 ; the narrow escape of Lorenzo D. Oatman ; the Capture of Olive A. and Mary A. Oatman ; the Death by Starvation, of the LIFE AMONG THE INDIANS 1XTKHKSTIXG NARRATIVE in INKS; MS rh i'n li.v l.urcn/o \> and Olive A. Out man, II ily siirvi il c niPinlirr* nl' tin' liimlly, ') the author, S A X K 11 A N C I S C : WI1ITTOX, TOWM: ,v Clce; hikes, springs, creek.-, rivers, terries and lording places; mountains, canons, dc--rt<. alkali lagoon-, meadows, cniiipiii^ antl recruiting ]iluces; l.inK animals, insects and reptiles; natural phenomena and remarkable ccenery ; with ft Map of the Route, including the Salt Lake Country, AX AIM'KMMX. By W. W A D SW Oil Til. SAX FRANCISCO: W1IITTO.N, TO\VXK & <(>., TKIMKIIS AM) >;<>. 1M Clay Street, coiner ul' Sanwrine. 1858. THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 145 San Francisco : Published By Whitton, Towne & Co. . . . 1858. (Cover title, regular title as follows): The National Wagon Road Guide, From St. Joseph And Council Bluffs, On The Missouri River, Via South Pass of the Rocky Mountains, To California. Containing a minute description of the entire route, with all its branches and cut-offs ; distances from place to place ; lakes, springs, creeks, rivers, ferries and fording places ; mountains, canons, deserts, alkali lagoons, meadows, camping and recruiting places ; birds, animals, insects and reptiles ; natural phe- nomena and remarkable scenery ; with a Map of the Route, including the Salt Lake Country, With An Appendix. By W. Wadsworth. San Francisco : Whitton, Towne & Co., Printers And Publishers, No. 125 Clay Street, corner of Sansome. 1858. 12 Front., title, leaf table of contents, leaf of "Introduc- tory," 9-160 pp., map. I think there is no doubt but that a map was published with this guide, but the copy in the Bancroft Library lacks it as well as my own. There are some illustrations in the text evidently done by Charles Nahl. In the "Introductory" he explains, "In addition to our own careful personal observation of the entire overland route, we are enabled to give the line of location of the western section of the national wagon road, as located this year, 1857, by John Kirk, Esq., U. S. Commissioner, to whom and to Mr. F. A. Bishop, En- gineer of the Commission, we are under great obligation for this and other valuable information, relative to the country to the east of the Sierra Nevada Mountains including the valleys of Honey Lake, the Truckee, Washoe, and the Carson; thus giving to the work a character of reliability possessed by no other over- land guide." 261 WARREN, G. K. Preliminary report of Lieut. G. K. Warren, Topograph- ical Engineer, to Captain A. A. Humphreys, Topographical Engineer, in charge of Exploration and Surveys, War De- partment. Dated Wash., Nov. 24, 1858. Report of Sec'y. of War, 35 Cong., 2nd Sess. Sen. Ex. Doc. 1. 8 Pp. 620-747. 262 WOOD, J. C. Report To Hon. A. V. Brown, Postmaster General, On The Opening And Present Condition Of The United States 146 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES Overland Mail Route Between San Antonio, Texas, And San Diego, California, By J. C. Wood, Superintendent. 8 43 pp. With above caption title and no date nor place of imprint but probably printed in Washington in 1858. This is not a govern- ment report, but a vindication of Wood as agent for James E. Birch, the original contractor for a semi-monthly mail between San Antonio and San Diego. Wood organized the outfit and opened the route in person, the principal part of the document consisting of Wood's diary from June 12, 1857 to January 7, 1858. He left San Antonio July 29th and went through to California and back to San An- tonio reaching there January 17. In the meantime Birch had died, had failed to provide the necessary funds and Birch's widow had sold the contract to O. H. Kelton, and Kelton had sent out an agent, one Abner Barrows, to replace Wood. Wood's report was dated Washington, March, 1858. Pages 39-43 consist of a table of distances and Wood's itinerary. 262A BLAKISTON, CAPTAIN THOMAS Report on the Exploration of the Kootanie and Boundary Passes of the Rocky Mountains in 1858. By Captain Blak- iston, Royal Artillery. Occupies pp. 237-254 with map, of "Occasional Papers of the Royal Artillery Institution No. 12, May, 1859." Printed at the Royal Artillery Institution, Woolwich. Blakiston left Bow Fort Aug. 22, 1858. He was connected with the Palliser party. 263 BYERS, WILLIAM N., AND KELLOM, JOHN H. A Hand Book To The Gold Fields Of Nebraska And Kansas : Being A Complete Guide To The Gold Regions Of The North And South Platte, And Cherry Creek, Embrac- ing A Reliable Description Of The Country, Climate, Streams, Scenery, Etc. ; Different Routes From The Missis- sippi River To The Mines, The Best Camping Places On Each Route, And A Reliable Map Of The Same; And Valuable Information As Regards A Complete Outfit For The Journey : Containing Narratives of Trips to and from the Gold Region in the Years 1858-59. By William N. Byers, Late Government Surveyor, And Jno. H. Kellom, Supt. of Pub. Instruction of Nebraska. . . . Chicago: Published By D. B. Cooke & Co. ... 1859. 12 Map, leaf contents, title, leaf "To the Reader," pp. 5-113, 15 advt. Issued with printed covers, which I have not seen, either in January or February, 1859. As my copy lacks covers, there may A IL.VXD BOOK GOLD FIELDS NEBRASKA AM) KANSAS: COMPLETE ('.TIDE TO THE GOLD RKC.IONS OF THE NORTH AND SOUTH 1'LATTE, AND CTIEKKY CHEEK, Z M B B A C 1 N ' ; A RELIAHI.I. I'l.scinrrrox or TIII: on NTUY, CI.IM vn:, - i in. XM.S, SCENERY. n\'. : :>n n 1:1 M 1:01 i i;s i KUM TIII: Mi-*is*irn uivru TO Tin: MIM>, mi: 1:1. -i i \Mrix<; ri..vn s ,>\ i \cii i;oi TK, AND A in. i.i AKI.I: M \r or TIII-; s.uu; ; AND v \i.r u:u: I.M.IKM \TION \< i;r.<;Ai:i)s \COMI-I.ETE orii ir ) ou [in; Conta'miii* Narratives of Trips to and from the CulJ Koirion in the Years 1858-59. BY WM. N. B^ '/or, A .N D Jxo. II. KI:I,I.OM, Sup't of Pub. Lutrvction of N him from the blandilhlBMltl of Immp, Moiintaius to climl'. ;tii'l di-tant .-v;is to num." CHICAGO: PUBLISHKD i: V It. i:. (.'uOKK & CO. NEW YOKK ; D E R 1! Y AND -I A C K S O X . 1859. THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 147 have been more than 15 pages of advertisements at end. The Guide is by Byers who was afterward for many years owner of the Rocky Mountain News of Denver. There is a long letter from M. D. Downs describing his trip to the mines in Sept. and Oct., 1858. On page 43, Byers refers to Pike's Peak pamphlets recently issued at Lawrence, Kansas, and Pacific City, Iowa; also refers to Judge F. Street's California guide, published some years before [Cine. 1851]. The map is a single page affair entitled, Map of the Gold Regions, With the Routes Thereto. 264 CAMPBELL, ALBERT H. Pacific Wagon Roads. Letter From The Secretary Of The Interior, Transmitting A report upon the several wagon roads constructed under the direction of the Interior Department. Report by Albert H. Campbell, dated Feb. 19, 1859. [Washington: 1859.] 35th Cong., 2nd Sess. House Ex. Doc. 108. 8 125 pp. 6 maps. Maps: Map of the Fort Ridgeley & South Pass Road. Preliminary Map of the Central Section of the Ft. Kearny, South Pass & Honey Lake Road, by F. W. Lander. Map of the Western Division of the same, by F. A. Bishop. Map No. I of the El Paso-Ft. Yuma Road, by N. A. Hutton. Map No. II of the El Paso-Ft. Yuma Road, by N. A. Hutton. Map of the Wagon Road from Platte River to Running Water River, by Sites. Contains following reports from Supts. in the field: W. H. Nobles, Ft. Ridgeley & South Pass Road, including Re- port of Sam A. Medary, Engineer. F. W. Lander, Ft. Kearney, South Pass, Honey Lake Road. John Kirk, Western Div. Kearny, South Pass, Honey Lake Road. Francis A. Bishop, Eng. West. Div. Ft. Kearny, S. Pass Road. James B. Leach, Supt. El Paso & Ft. Yuma Road. N. H. Hutton, Eng. El Paso & Ft. Yuma Road. George L. Sites, Supt. Platte River, Dakota and 1'Eau qui Court Road. 265 GOLD MINES IN KANSAS A Complete Guide to the Gold Mines in Kansas and 148 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES Nebraska, with a Description of the Shortest and only All Railroad Route to Kansas, . . . Boston: George C. Rand and Avery. [1859]. 4 11 pp. Not seen. From Sabin 15054 who locates a copy in Harvard Library. 266 DAWSON, S. J. Report On The Exploration Of The Country Between Lake Superior and the Red River Settlement, And Between The Latter Place And The Assiniboine And Saskatchewan. By S. J. Dawson, Esquire, C. E. Printed by Order of the Legislative Assembly. Toronto: John Lovell, Printer. . . . 1859. 4 Title, 44 pp. (no pagination), 3 maps. Maps: Map Showing the Route by Road & Navigation for connecting the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans. Profile of Route by Grand Portage, from Lake Superior to Rainy Lake. Plan showing the Region explored by Dawson and his Party between the Lake and the Great Saskatchewan, Aug., 1857 to Nov. 1, 1858. Dawson's letter of Feb. 22, 1859, says he is submitting six maps but evidently only three were published. 267 DUNIWAY, MRS. ABIGAIL J. Captain Gray's Company ; Or, Crossing The Plains And Living In Oregon. By Mrs. Abigail J. Duniway. Portland, Oregon : ' Printed And Published By S. J. McCormick, 1859. 12 IV (2), 7-342 pp. A noted romance with true picture of crossing the plains in the 50's, probably Mrs. Duniway's own experience. She crossed the plains in 1852. Written in the form of extracts from a journal. 268 GOLD REGIONS OF KANSAS Guide to the New Gold Region of Western Kansas and Nebraska, With . . . Map. New-York. 1859. 18 32 pp. From Sabin 29210 who locates a copy in N. Y. State Library. 269 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 149 GUNN, O. B. New Map and Hand-Book of Kansas & the Gold Mines. Containing Descriptions ... of the Indian Tribes . . . Soil . . . with Descriptions of all the Routes to the New Gold Mines. ... By O. B. Gunn. . . . Pittsburgh : Printed by W. S. Haven. 1859. 12 71 pp. Map: Gunn's new map of Kansas and the Gold Mines, embrac- ing all the Public Surveys up to the 6th Principal Meridian. Compiled from the original field notes by O. B. Gunn. Wyandotte, K. T., 1859. Lith. by Wm. Schuchman, Pitts- burg. Sabin 29282 who locates a copy in Astor and Boston Public Libraries. I formerly had a copy of the map. 270 HIND, HENRY YOULE North-West Territory. Reports Of Progress ; Together With A Preliminary And General Report On The Assini- boine And Saskatchewan Exploring Expedition, Made Under Instructions From The Provincial Secretary, Canada. By Henry Youle Hind, M. A. . . . Printed by Order of the Legislative Assembly. Toronto: John Lovell. . . . 1859. 4 210 pp. (no pagination); 2 plates with leaf each of explanation. Maps: Cross Sections. Survey of the Saskatchewan between Cedar Lake and Lake Winnipeg. Survey of the Qu' Appele Valley. Exposure on Deer Island (Woodcut). Geological map of a Portion of Rupert's Land. Geological sections, 3 on 1 sheet. Map of Portion of Rupert's Land, (in four sections). Map of Saskatchewan and Winnipeg Lake. 271 Papers Relative To The Exploration Of The Country Between Lake Superior And The Red River Settlement. Presented . . . June 1859. London : Printed By George Edward Eyre. . . . 1859. Folio, 163 pp., leaf marked Appendix, 4 maps. Maps: Plan showing the proposed route from Lake Superior to 150 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES Red River Settlement compiled from the maps of Messrs. Dawson and Napier, with inset of Plan of the Country between Red River Settlement and the Lake of the Woods, with Profile of Canoe route at bottom. Map of part of the Valley of Red River north of the 49th parallel . . . with a number of insets. Copy of sketch showing the region explored by S. J. Dawson and his party between Red River and the Great Saskatchewan; July 1st, 1858. Copy of Thompson's Map showing the different tracks of the Saskatchewan and Assiniboine Exploring Expedition. In charge of Professor H. Y. Hind, July 14th, to Sept. 4th, 1858. This differs entirely from Dawson's report printed in Toronto in 1859, even the maps engraved by John Arrowsmith are new, in fact it was probably prepared by Hind, at least it contains many extracts from his journal. Reports from George Gladman, A. M. Wells, W. H. E. Napier, and some from Dawson, are also inserted, but in the main the report is devoted to a description of the country, its climate, in- habitants, trade, etc. 271A HORNER, W. B. Horner's Kansas And Nebraska Gold Regions, And New Rail Road And Route Map, To The Gold Mines. Published By W. B. Horner, No. 75 Dearborn Street, Chicago, Illinois. Chicago : Wm. H. Tobey & Co., Printers, . . . 1859. (Cover title, regular title as follows): The Gold Regions Of Kansas And Nebraska. Being A Complete History Of The First Year's Mining Operations. Also, Geographical, Climatological, And Statistical Descrip- tion Of The Great Northwest, Showing An Unoccupied Territory Of Over One Million Square Miles Of Rich Country. Being A Complete Guide To The Gold Mines. By W. B. Horner. Chicago : W. H. Tobey & Co., . . . 1859. 8 67 pp., inc. title, 7 pp. ads, one long sheet, map. Map: W. B. Horner's Railway & Route Map To The Gold Regions In Nebraska and Kansas. Copy, by Horner ; [Engraved by Mr. Gemmell.] Preface dated Chicago, Jan'y 29, 1859. The information was derived chiefly from T. C. Dickson, one of the Lawrence Company THE GOLD REGIONS,-.;: OP KANSAS' AND NEBRASKA. a \ 'I'l.KTK 111-, I not I'll 1ST YKAU'8 MINING OPERATIONS. uKoi.UAl lllt'AL, C1.LM AToUHilCAL, AND STATISTICAL I'KSiJIMl'T HI: (JUEA'P NORTHWEST, SHOWING AH US"i ( MTIKP TI.KIUToUV OF OVER OHK MIl.LUiIf Syl'AKK MILES OF Kl( H ruUMTKY. !\U - A COMIM.KTK tini),K TO TIIK Gr O I* X* 3VE I 3XT 3E5 S . BY W. B. HORNER. Til 10 AGO : AV. ir.Toitr\ I s 5 9 . THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 151 of 1858. Also quotes from Luke Tierney's account and an ac- count in the N. Y. Tribune, by W. W. Remmius. The Smith of Oaks & Smith's Guide was Stephen W. Smith, a plainsman attached to Col. Sumner's expedition, who, together with N. Sargent, helped compile Horner's map and vouched for its accuracy. Pages 23-30 consist of extracts from newspapers from various miners of 1858; pp. 42-61, the routes, the descriptions, equipment, tables of distances, etc. Copy in N. Y. Hist. Soc. 272 KANE, PAUL Wanderings Of An Artist Among The Indians Of North America From Canada To Vancouver's Island And Oregon Through The Hudson's Bay Company's Territory And Back Again. By Paul Kane. London : Longman, . . . 1859. 8 XVII, incl. title and half title, (1), 455, (8), pp., map and 8 colored plates. Map: Map to illustrate Mr. Kane's Travels In The Territory of The Hudson's Bay Company. Engraved by Edward Weller. From a diary with little variation. Left Toronto June 17, 1845, went by Sault St. Marie and after visiting Green Bay returned via Buffalo to Toronto. Again left Toronto May 9, 1846, with Sir George Simpson, but he going ahead, Kane got to Ft. William the day after the Brigade left, but caught them 35 miles farther on. Then to Ft. Alexander, Red River Settlement, to Norway House, up the Saskatchewan, past Ft. Carlton, thence via the trail to Edmonton. Oct. 10, was at Ft. Assiniboine, thence to Jasper House Nov. 3, Boat Encampment Nov. 16, and then fifteen days down the Columbia to Ft. Van- couver, but with several stops; arrived at Vancouver Dec. 8. After a trip to Oregon City, Nasqually, and Ft. Victoria, he started for Walla Walla from Vancouver July 2. Visited Dr. Whitman. Went to the Grand Coulee and Ft. Colville and ar- rived at Boat Encampment Oct. 10, 1847. Returned to Sault St. Marie Oct. 5, 1848. Kane gives an account of the murder of Whitman which oc- curred while he was at Ft. Colville. 273 LEE, NELSON Three Years Among The Camanches. [Portrait with facsimile signature Nelson Lee]. The Narrative Of Nelson Lee, The Texan Ranger. Albany : Baker Taylor, . . . 1859. Second Title: Three Years Among The Camanches The Narrative Of Nelson Lee, The Texan Ranger, Containing A 152 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES Detailed Account Of His Captivity Among The Indians, His Singular Escape Through the Instrumentality of his Watch, And Fully Illustrating Indian Life As It Is On The War Path And In The Camp. Albany : Baker Taylor, . . . 1859. 12 First title, XII, inc. 2nd title, 13-224 pp. Appeared in cloth with "Three Years Among the Camanches" on front cover. May also have been issued in paper wrappers as the first title is on heavy paper and may have been a wrapper. 274 MARCY, RANDOLPH B. The Prairie Traveller. A Hand-Book For Overland Ex- peditions. With Maps, Illustrations, And Itineraries Of The Principal Routes Between The Mississippi And The Pacific. By Randolph B. Marcy, Captain U. S. Army. Published By Authority Of The War Department. New York: Harper & Brothers, . . . 1859. 16 Front., title, V-XIII, 15-340 pp. map and 10 cuts on separate leaves, but included in the pagination. Map: Sketch of the Different Roads Embraced in the Itin- eraries. On page 296 is a small map of the Pike's Peak Gold Region. Marcy was through this country in May, 1853. Very few had a better knowledge of the Western plains and mountains than Captain Marcy and his experience is here reduced to a compendium of prairie life. The routes of overland travel were well established by 1859 and the various itineraries are set out in this volume, even the one to Pike's Peak Gold Region, only recently discovered. In 1863 Capt. Richard F. Burton, who had just made a trip to Salt Lake, published in London a new edition of this with his notes. The itineraries, pages 255-334 include besides the well known ones: Major Kendrick's published table of distances between the Arkansas Crossing and Santa Fe; from Fort Bridger to City of Rocks, from Capt. Handcock's journal; from Camp Floyd, Utah, to Fort Union, N. M., by Col. W. W. Loring; Guaymas, Mexico, to Tubac, Ariz., from Captain Stone's journal. Marcy's Thirty Years of Army Life, New York, 1866, and his Border Reminiscences, N. Y., 1871, give details concerning his prairie and mountain life. 275 MOWRY, SYLVESTER The Geography And Resources Of Arizona & Sonora : An Address before the American Geographical & Statis- 153 tical Society, By Hon. Sylvester Mowry, Of Arizona. New- York, February 3, 1859. Published By The Society. Washington : Henry Polkinhorn, . . . 1859. 8 48 pp. 276 PALLISER, CAPTAIN JOHN Exploration British North America. Papers Relative To The Exploration By Captain Palliser Of That Portion Of British North America Which Lies Between The Northern Branch Of The River Saskatchewan And The Frontier Of The United States; And Between The Red River And Rocky Mountains Presented to both Houses of Parliament by Command of Her Majesty. June, 1859. London : Printed By George Edward Eyre . . . 1859. Folio 64 pp., 12 maps. Maps: Country between the Red River Settlement and the Rocky Mountains; Showing the Various Routes of the Expedition, under the Command of Captain John Palliser. 1857-58. Sketch of the Lower portion of White Fish River. Map without title but continuation of the above probably. Eight colored maps, geological sections and sketches by J. Hector, 1858, on four sheets. Section Saskatchewan River North Branch. . . . J. Hec- tor, 1858. Exploration British North America. Further Papers Relative To The Exploration By The Expedition Under Captain Palliser Of That Portion Of British North America Which Lies Between The Northern Branch Of The River Saskatchewan And The Frontier Of The United States ; And Between The Red River And The Rocky Mountains, And Thence To The Pacific Ocean. Presented to both Houses of Parliament by Command of Her Majesty. 1860. London : Printed By George Edward Eyre. . . . 1860. Folio 75 pp., 3 maps. Maps: Routes of the British North American Exploring Expedi- tion, Under the Command of Captain John Palliser, 1858-59. James Hector, 1860. Sketch Map showing the Routes of Captain Palliser & Mr. Sullivan during 1859. J. W. Sullivan. 154 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES The Kootanie And Boundary Passes Of The Rocky Mountains. Explored in 1858 by Lieutenant (now Captain) Blakiston, Royal Artillery. Exploration British North America. The Journals, De- tailed Reports, and Observations Relative To The Explora- tion, By Captain Palliser, Of That Portion Of British North America, Which, In Latitude, Lies Between The British Boundary Line And The Height Of Land Or Watershed Of The Northern Or Frozen Ocean Respective- ly, And In Longitude, Between The Western Shore of Lake Superior And The Pacific Ocean During the Years 1857, 1858, 1859 and 1860. Presented to both Houses of Parlia- ment by Command of Her Majesty, 19th May, 1863. London : Printed By George Edward Eyre. . . . 1863. Folio 325 pp., Index To Captain Palliser's Reports. . . . 3 pp., 5 maps. Maps: A General Map of the Routes in British North America explored by the Expedition under Captain Palliser, during the years 1857, 1858, 1859, 1860. Compiled from the Observations and Reports of Captain Palliser and his Officers, including the Maps constructed by Dr. Hector and other authentic documents. Geological Sketch Map of the South-east of Vancouver Island. . . . Geological Sketch Map of Nanaimo in Vancouver Island. . . . Plan of Nanaimo showing the Coal Mines. General Section. Vancouver Island to York Factory, Hudson Bay, 1150 miles. The index and the maps to the "Journals" appeared as a sepa- rate publication in 1865. The Maps, almost all of which were engraved by John Arrowsmith, are very fine examples. The main object of the expedition was to find a practicable railroad route across the continent and especially across the Rocky Mountains, and the journals published of different members of the expedition are fully as interesting and instructive as those pub- lished by the United States government of the explorations for a practicable railroad route to the Pacific within the United States. To the extent that the British government did not print any plates of scenery or natural history in it the report is inferior to the official one published in Washington. I mean the quarto of Pacific Railroad surveys. The limits of this book do not per- mit a detailed examination of these explorations. 277 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 155 PARKER & HUYETT The Illustrated Miners' Hand Book and Guide to Pike's Peak, with a new and reliable map, showing all the routes, and the gold regions of Western Kansas and Nebraska. Illustrated with appropriate engravings. By Parker & Huyett. . . . St. Louis : 1859. 8 75 pp. and 37 pp. adv., map, 6 engravings. Not seen. Description from Bradford. 278 PARSONS, WM. B. The New Gold Mines Of Western Kansas: Being A Complete Description of the newly Discovered Gold Mines, The Different Routes, Camping Places, Tools And Outfit, And Containing Everything Important For The Emigrant And Miner To Know. By Wm. B. Parsons, Who passed the Summer of 1858 on the Plains and in the Mines. Cincinnati, Ohio : Geo. S. Blanchard . . . 1859. 12 Tit., leaf preface, 5-63 pp. At head of title: New And Enlarged Edition. The only copy I have seen is my own, which is imperfect, con- taining 62 pp. only, but Sabin gives it with 63 pp. In the preface which is dated Cincinnati, Feb., 1859, Parsons says the first edi- tion was published in Dec., 1858, according to Sabin, in Lawrence, Kansas. Byers, pp. 43 of his guide, also refers to a Pike's Peak pamphlet issued in Lawrence, Kansas. 279 PRATT & HUNT A Guide to the Gold Mines of Kansas : Containing an Accurate and Reliable Map of the most direct . . . Routes from the Atlantic Cities ... to the Gold Mines. . . . By Pratt & Hunt. Chicago : C. Scott & Co. ... 1859. 8 70 pp., map. Not seen. Collation from Sabin, No. 64985, who locates a copy in Boston Public Library. 280 REDPATH, JAMES AND HINTON, RICHARD J. Hand-Book To Kansas Territory And The Rocky Moun- tain Gold Region ; Accompanied By Reliable Maps And A Preliminary Treatise On The Pre-emption Laws Of The 156 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES United States. By James Redpath And Richard J. Hinton, Of Kansas. New York: J. H. Colton, Publisher . . . 1859. 18 VI, (7)-177, (1) pp., 4 leaves adv., 2 maps. Maps: Nebraska & Kansas Showing Pike's Peak and The Gold Region. J. H. Colton, 1859. Military Map of Parts of Kansas, Nebraska and Dakota. By Lt. G. K. Warren, . . . J. H. Colton. This book was issued early in 1859, having news from the gold regions only up to the middle of November, 1858. 281 SCHIEL, J. Reise durch die Felsengebirge und die Humboldtgebirge nach dem stillen Ocean. Eine Skizze von Dr. J. Schiel. Schaffhausen. Druck und Verlag der Brodman'schen Buchhandlung. 1859. 12 Title, leaf errata, 1-139 pp. P. P. W. with same title. An account, with a diary, of Gunnison's and Beckwith's expedi- tions of 1853 and 1854 by the geologist. Never translated into English so far as I know. 282 SIMPSON, J. H. Report Of The Secretary Of War, Communicating . . . Captain Simpson's report and map of wagon road routes in Utah Territory. Feb. 22, 1859. [Washington: 1859.] 35 Cong., 2 Sess. Sen. Ex. Doc. 40. 8 84 pp. and map. Map: Preliminary Map of Routes reconnoitered and opened in the territory of Utah by Captain J. H. Simpson, in the fall of 1858. Simpson's report dated Camp Floyd, Dec. 28, 1858. This was an' expedition to open a new road between Camp Floyd and Ft. Bridger. Besides an account of the expedition it contains a Utah and Shoshone vocabulary, and, in Appendix A, H. Englemann's preliminary report on the geology of the country traversed. 283 TIERNEY, LUKE History Of The Gold Discoveries On The South Platte River. By Luke Tierney. To Which Is Appended a Guide Of The Route, By Smith & Oaks. Published By The Authors. HISTORY A CO-3SION NO. ; ' " < ) i ( i \ T 1 1 E SOt Til .I'LATTl-l nv .isi i n> nv ri 1 1: ATTI 101 s r ACirtC CITY. IOWA. it r i; IOMSOX, PB1XTER. THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 157 Pacific City, Iowa. Herald Office : A. Thomson, Printer. 1859. 8 Title with the copyright on the verso Entered . . . in the year 1859, by D. C. Oakes, & S. W. Smith . . .; leaf of introduction signed Luke Tierney, South Platte, NOV., 1858; pp. [5]-18 History of the Gold Discoveries on the South Platte by Tierney; pp. 19-27 Smith & Oaks Guide ; 5 unnumbered pages of adv. P. P. W. with advertisements on the back wrapper and verso of the front wrapper. Issued about January, 1859. Tierney came from near Leav- enworth, leaving May 13, 1858. Went by Bent's Fort up Fountain Creek and camped at head of Cherry Creek. Accompanied Russell to Rallston Creek. Went north along the foothills and south to the Arkansas. Bancroft Hist. Colo., page 373, refers to this guide evidently as Pike's Peak Guide & Journal and says it contains W. Green Rus- sell's journal, which is a mistake. Copy in Colo. Hist. Soc. 284 VAN TRAMP, JOHN C. Prairie And Rocky Mountain Adventures Or Life In The West. To Which Will Be Added A View Of The States And Territorial Regions Of Our Western Empire : Em- bracing History, Statistics And Geography, And Descrip- tion Of The Chief Cities Of The West. By John C. Van Tramp. St. Louis : Published And Sold Exclusively By Sub- scription By J. & H. Miller. 1859. 8 Front. (Steel engraving by C. A. Jewell & Co., Cinn., after a painting by Geo. Winter), title, III-VI, 7-640 pp. 16 leaves with cuts not included in the pagination, making a total of 672 pp. instead of 670, as stated in a note at bottom of page 640. A book made up with scissors and containing amongst other articles extracts from Brewerton's Ride with Kit Carson, Fre- mont's 1st and 2nd expeditions, Spalding's account of overland journey (from the Missionary Herald), Army & Navy Chronicle, Schoolcraft Article, Wells' Wild Life in Oregon. The latest date in the book is 1855 which would indicate that it was prepared in 1856, but I have never seen an .edition before this one of 1859. Republished several times, usually from the same sheets except with changes at the end, including the newer territories and drop- ping Tennessee and Kentucky. The place of publication was changed in the 60's to Columbus, Ohio. E. L. Sabin, in his notes to Kit Carson Days, places the first edition of this in Columbus in 1857. 285 158 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES WALLEN, H. D. Report Of The Secretary Of War, Communicating, In compliance with a resolution of the Senate, the report of Capt. H. D. Wallen, of his expedition, in 1859, from Dalles City to Great Salt Lake and back. April 12, referred. . . . [Washington : I860.] 36 Cong., 1 Sess. Sen., Ex. Doc. 34. 8 51 pp., map. Map: Map of a Reconnaisance for a Military Road from the "Dalles" of the Columbia River to Great Salt Lake, under the Command of Capt. H. D. Wallen, 4th Inf. By Lieut. Joseph Dixon, T. Engrs. 1859. Wallen's report is dated Ft. Vancouver, Nov. 25, 1859. 286 ADAMS, J. C. Life Of J. C. Adams, Known As Old Adams, Old Grizzly Adams, Containing A Truthful Account Of His Bear Hunts, Fights With Grizzly Bears, Hairbreadth Escapes, In the Rocky and Nevada Mountains, and the Wilds Of The Pacific Coast. New York, 1860. Price, Ten Cents. 16 53 pp., besides covers. Above cover title with vignette of Adams and a grizzly bear. Back wrapper contains an advertisement of Barnum's American Museum. Page 1 contains a caption title underneath the copyright which is at extreme top: Entered . . . 1860 by J. C. Adams . . . At the bottom of page 53 occurs the printers' names: Wynkoop, Hallenbeck & Thomas, 113 Fulton St., New York. This little book has no connection whatever with the life of Adams, published by Hittell the same year. It was undoubtedly issued during the summer of 1860 as a part of the side show which Adams was exhibiting with Barnum in New York. I un- derstand one other copy of this is known, but without the pictorial covers. See P. T. Barnum's "Struggles and Triumphs, or Forty Years' Recollections" for a most interesting account of Adams at the American Museum and his last days. This was used by Hittell in the introduction to his last edition of Adams' life. 287 ADAMS, JAMES CAPEN The Adventures Of James Capen Adams, Mountaineer And Grizzly Bear Hunter, Of California. By Theodore H. Hittell. Illustrated. San Francisco : Towne And Bacon. . . . 1860. 12 VI (incl. half title and -title), (2), 9-378 pp., 12 plates. r i X I, I - ~r i J. C. ADAMS, KNOWN \ OI,I> A 1>. VMS, OLD GRIZZLY ADAMS, ru.NTAIMM. A M'l HUM. \ccoi.Nr HI \\\* BEAR HUNTS, FIGHTS WITH GRIZZLY BEARS, HAIRBREADTH ESCAPES, In tin- Krkv ami N>'\iulit Mountains, ami tin- NEW YORK, 1860. PRICE, - TEN CENTS , I ' I ~ +. THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 159 In 1854 Adams made a hunting excursion to the Rocky Moun- tains, by way of Walker's River and the Humboldt Mountains to Salt Lake. After a short stay there he proceeded past Ft. Bridger to" Ham's Fork and Smith's Fork, returning to California in Aug- ust. An edition was published in Boston in 1860 identical except for the imprint and being printed on somewhat larger paper. This was stereotyped and printed by Houghton & Co., Riverside Press, Cambridge, and published by Crosby, Nichols, Lee & Co. and may therefore be the first issue, the plates being sent to S. F. The plates are after sketches by Nahl, the celebrated S. F. ar- tist and they bear the inscription in addition, of Eastman & Loomis, S. F. 288 BEALE, E. F. Wagon Road Fort Smith To Colorado River. Letter Of The Secretary Of War, Transmitting The Report of Mr. Beale relating to the construction of a wagon road from Fort Smith to the Colorado River. March 9, 1860. Ordered printed. [Washington: 1860.1 36 Cong., 1st Sess. House, Ex. Doc. 42. 8 91 pp. Map. Map: Map Showing The Route Of E. F. Beale From Fort Smith, Ark., To Albuquerque, N. M. 1858-9. Lith. J. Bien, N. Y. Contains Beale's diary Ft. Smith to Albuquerque and thence to the Colorado and back to Albuquerque; J. R. Crump's letter, with a sketch of a journey from Albuquerque to North Fork Town on the Canadian; F. E. Engle's diary of the march back from the Colorado to Albuquerque. Pages 76-91 consist of a detailed itine- rary from Ft. Smith to the Colorado River. Beale's Report dated Chester, Pa., Dec. 15, 1859. 289 BRAYTON, MATHEW The Indian Captive. A narrative of the Adventures and Sufferings of Mathew Brayton, in his thirty-four years of Captivity among the Indians of North-western America. Cleveland, O. 1860. 12 68 pp. From the sale catalogue of the Field Library. I have not been able to locate a copy and therefore only con- jecture that it belongs in this list. 290 DIXON, JOSEPH Topographical Memoir of the Command against the 160 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES Snake Indians, under Major E. Steen, United States Dra- goons, in the Summer of 1860. By Brevet Second Lieut. Joseph Dixon, United States Topographical Engineer. In the Report of the Secretary of War, pages 528 et seq., 37 Cong., 2 Sess. Sen. Doc. 1, Vol. 2. Map: Map Showing the Routes traveled by the Command of Maj. E. Steen, U. S. Dragoons, Against the Snake Indians in 1860, by Lieut. Joseph Dixon, drawn under direction of Capt. G. Thorn. 291 GILPIN, WILLIAM The Central Gold Region. The Grain, Pastoral, And Gold Regions Of North America. With Some New Views Of Its Physical Geography ; And Observations On The Pacific Railroad. By William Gilpin, Late Of The United States Army. Illustrated by Maps. Philadelphia : Sower, Barnes & Co. . . . 1860. 8 Title, V-XII, 13-194 pp., 6 maps. Maps: Gilpin's Hydrographic Map of N. A. Hydrographic Map of the Mountain Formation of N. A. Map of the World Exhibiting the Isothermal Zodiac, etc. Map of Gold and Silver Region of Pike's Peak, Sierra San Juan and La Plata. Map of the South Pass of N. A. Proposed Great Conti- nental R. R. Map of the Basin of the Mississippi. Gilpin first crossed the plains in 1843 to Oregon, returning in Oct., 1844. (See Niles Reg. Nov. 16, 1844, for account of return trip). One of his characteristic speeches delivered in Independence, Mo., in 1849, is on the Pacific Railway, in which he advocated building via South Pass and Snake River to the mouth of the Columbia. He Says that 15 years before (1845) he had published his Hydrographic map. This work of Gilpin's, reprinted in 1874 as Mission of the North American People, rearranged and with some additions, is a unique feature in American literature. In the appendix to the 1874 edition, he reprints a pamphlet he says he published in 1856: "Geographical Memoranda on the Pacific Railroad." In 1860 Gilpin was living in Independence, Mo. He was after- wards Governor of Colorado Territory. He says he spent the 4th of July, 1843, with Fremont on the site of Denver. 292 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 161 GREELEY, HORACE An Overland Journey, From New York To San Fran- cisco, In The Summer Of 1859. By Horace Greeley. New York: C. M. Saxton, Barker & Co. ... 1860. 12 386 pp. Republished from letters in the Tribune. Greeley went up the Solomon Fork and Republican to Cherry Creek, thence from Denver to the Gold Diggings, to Ft. Laramie and Salt Lake, thence by Pleasant Valley and Carson River to California. Left Leavenworth May 24th after a short visit in Kansas and arrived at Sacramento early in August. At the end argues earnestly for Government aid for a transcontinental rail- road. 293 HIND, HENRY YOULE British North America. Reports Of Progress, Together With A Preliminary And General Report, On The Assiniboine And Saskatchewan Exploring Expedition ; Made Under Instructions From The Provincial Secretary, Canada. By Henry Youle Hind, M. A., ... In Charge Of The Expedition. Presented to both Houses of Parliament by Command of Her Majesty, August 1860. London : Printed By George Edward Eyre. . . . 1860. Folio, 219 pp. 6 maps. Maps: Map of the Boundary Line between British America & the United States. Map of the Country between Red River & Lake Winni- peg on the east and the Elbow of the South Saskatchewan on the west. Geological Map of a portion of Rupert's Land. Track Survey of the Qu' Appelle or Calling River and Valley, with Section at the top. Track Survey of the Saskatchewan between Cedar Lake & Lake Winnipeg. Track Survey of the Qu' Appelle Valley from Sand Hill Lake westward. (Above two on one sheet). Map of the Country from Lake Superior to the Pacific Ocean etc. This is an entirely different document from the one with the same title printed in Toronto in 1859 by John Lovell, and con- tains nearly entirely new material. The maps engraved by Ar- rowsmith are very fine and different from the 1859 ones. The 162 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES plates, however, are reproduced with the explanations at the end pp. 216-219. The itineraries occupy pp. 149-177. John Fleming's Narrative pp. 81-94, J. A. Dickinson's pp. 67-70. The rest of the narrative, general remarks, etc., are by Hind himself. 293A HIND, HENRY YOULE Narrative Of The Canadian Red River Exploring Expe- dition Of 1857 And Of The Assiniboine And Saskatchewan Exploring Expedition Of 1858. By Henry Youle Hind, M. A. F. R. G. S. . . . In Two Volumes. London Longman, Green, . . . 1860 8 XX, 494 pp., 14 plates, map and 4 plans; XVI, 472 pp., 6 plates, 2 maps and profile. Maps: Map To Illustrate A Narrative of the Canadian Red River Exploring Expedition of 1857 and of the Assiniboine and Saskatchewan Exploring Expedition of 1858. By Henry Youle Hind. Map of the Country from Lake Superior to the Pacific Ocean. . . . Also The Fertile Belt. Geological Map of part of Rupert's Land. The plates were executed by Spottiswoode & Co., London, after sketches made by Fleming, or photographs taken by H. L. Hime. 294 PIKE'S PEAK Hints and information for the use of Emigrants to Pike's Peak, embracing a Concise and Comprehensive Sketch of the Gold Region, the best Routes, Points of Outfit, . . . Leavenworth, Kansas. 1860. 8 15 pp. Not seen. Description from Sabin 62842. Probably by George W. Larimer. 295 CHERRY CREEK SETTLEMENTS History Of The Settlements on Cherry Creek. [n. p., n. d.l 12 Pp. 5-18, with a "Map of Denver, Auraria And High- land." Theodore Schrader, Lithographer, No. 7 Chestnut St., St. Louis. . . . The history is dated Denver and Auraria, Jan. 1, 1860, and con- THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 163 tains a well written account of the early arrivals, with some per- sonal reminiscences of Wm. Larimer. From a reference to the map on page 13, it seems that it must have formed part of a directory, printed early in 1860, but prob- ably not in Denver. Perhaps it formed part of the Kansas Ga- zeteer, advertised to be issued in 1860 by Sutherland & McEvoy of St. Louis 296 MOLLHAUSEN, BALDUIN Reisen in die Felsengebirge Nord-Amerikas bis zum Hoch-Plateau von Neu-Mexico, unternommen als Mitglied der im Auftrage der Regierung der Vereinigten Staaten aus- gesandten Colorado-Expedition. Von Balduin Mollhausen. Mit 12 vom Berfasser nach der Natur aufgenommenen Landschaften und Abbildungen von Indianer-Stammen, Thier-und Pflanzen-Bildern in Farbendruck, nebst 1 Karte. Eingefiihrt durch zwei Briefe Alexander von Humboldt's in facsimile. Erster Band. Leipzig: Otto Burfurst [n. d., I860?] (Usually has the imprint Leipzig or Jena: Gostenoble 1861). 8 XVI (inc. half title and title), 455 pp., 6 plates, fac- simile; IX (inc. half title and title), 406 pp., 6 plates, map. Karte der Volkerwanderung im Colorado Gebiete nebst Angabe der Route der Colorado Expedition Zu M611- hausen's "Reisen . . . " The 12 plates are printed in colors. The preface is dated Pots- dam, May, 1860, and the above undated edition probably appeared in that year. The book contains an account of the Ives-New- berry expedition of 1857 and 1858 and has never been translated into English so far as I know. 297 REMY, JULES Voyage Au Pays Des Mormons Relation Geographic Histoire Naturelle Histoire Theologie Moeurs Et Cou- tumes Par Jules Remy Tome Premier Ouvrage orne de 10 gravures sur acier et d'une Carte. Paris E. Dentu, Libraire Editeur Palais-Royal, 13, Galerie D'Orleans 1860 Tous droits reserves. 8 LXXXVIII (incl. half title and title), 432 pp., 5 plates and map; VI (1), (incl. half title and title), 544 pp., 5 plates. Map: Carte dressee pour 1'intelligence du voyage au Pays des Mormons de M. Jules Remy, Lemaitre Sculp. Plates : The Plates include one of portraits of Joseph and Hyrum 164 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES Smith, a View of Fillmore, A View of the Salt Lake Temple, and Portrait of Brigham Young. Translated into English as : A Journey To Great-Salt-Lake City, By Jules Remy, And Julius Brenchley, M. A.; With A Sketch Of The History, Religion, And Customs Of The Mormons, And An Intro- duction On The Religious Movement In The United States. By Jules Remy. In Two Volumes. Vol. I. With Ten Steel Engravings and a Map. London: W. Jeffs, 15, Burlington Arcade, foreign Book- seller to the Royal Family. MDCCCLXI. 8 CXXXI (incl. half title and title), 508 pp., 5 plates, map; VII (incl. half title and title), 605 pp., 5 plates. The plates and map are the original French plates with an English translation added under the titles. Remy and Brenchley started from San Francisco July 18, 1855, and proceeded to Salt Lake via Carson Valley. They remained in Salt Lake only 31 days and then left, Oct. 26 for Los Angeles via Las Vegas and arrived Nov. 29. After a short stay they pro- ceeded to San Francisco. Vol. II pp. 499-512 consist of extracts from Brenchley's Journal of a journey from the Missouri River to Oregon in the summer of 1853, leaving in June. The notes, pp. 512-16, also contain a "Word of Truth about California," pp. 516-21, account of the Big Trees, and pp. 561-9 a Mormon bibliog- raphy. 298 VILLARD, HENRY The Past And Present Of The Pike's Peak Gold Regions, With Maps And Illustrations By Henry Villard Special Correspondent of the Cincinnati Daily Commercial. Sutherland & McEroy, Publishers, St. Louis, Mo. 1860. 8 Frontispiece, 112 pp., 4 leaves of adv., 2 maps. P. P. W. with the same title except that Villard's name does not appear and a note under the imprint states "Sold by Book- Sellers and News Agents throughout the United States." The book proper ends at page 101, and is there dated St. Louis, April 1st, 1860. Pp. 102-112 are given over to an Appendix A Guide To Emigrants to the Pike's Peak Gold Region. The Frontispiece is a view of Denver City and Auraria. Maps: Map of Pike's Peak Gold Regions A. McLean, lith. 3rd & Pine St., St. Louis. Routes to the Pike's Peak Gold Regions. Collation from Edw. Eberstadt who recently had a copy. Vil- lard, who was a German, afterwards became very prominent as THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 165 president of the Northern Pacific Railroad. At this time he was an impecunious newspaper correspondent, and as such visited Pike's Peak Gold Regions in the summer of 1859. In his Memoirs, pub- lished in 1904, Villard gives an extremely interesting account of his journey from Fort Leavenworth by the first stage of the "Leavenworth and Pike's Peak Express Company." On page 121, he quotes Gregory's account of his discovery of gold in Greg- ory Gulch. Villard accompanied Mr. Greeley to the gold diggings. Villard returned to the settlements in November and began writ- ing his book. He says that he secured subscriptions for about ten thousand copies, on the agreement that he would deliver the book by May fiirst. By reason of difficulties of the printers the book was not ready until the end of June and the subscribers re- fused to receive it. The result was that he says that barely enough copies were sold to cover the cost of the first edition of twenty-five hundred. 299 BERKELEY, GRANTLEY F. The English Sportsman In The Western Prairies By The Hon. Grantley F. Berkeley, Author Of "Life In the Forests Of France" Etc., Etc. London: Hurst And Blackett. 1861. Royal 8 XI, leaf list of ill. 431 pp. 10 plates. 300 BURT, S. W. AND BERTHOUD, E. L. The Rocky Mountain Gold Regions, Containing Sketches Of Its History, Geography, Botany, Geology, Mineralogy And Gold Mines . . . Illustrated By Two Maps. By S. W. Burt And E. L. Berthoud. Denver City, J. T. : Published by the Rocky Mountain News Printing Co., 1861. 8 55 (1), 57-132 Guide to the Mines, miscellaneous in- formation and adv., supplementary leaf headed Colorado Territory. This should have two maps. Both are lacking in the Bancroft Library copy. From the text I judge one was entitled Map of the Quartz Mining Region and the other a Map Showing the Routes to and The Locality of Colorado City, 1860. Published by I. N. Tappan. The preface, dated Golden City, J. T., January, 1861, refers to a map published the year before from the drawings and observations of A. D. Richardson and widely circulated. The supplementary leaf begins: "Since the publication of our first edition of this book, a bill has passed the House of Representatives, . . . Feb., 1861, . . . organizing Colorado Territory. 301 BURTON, RICHARD FRANCIS The City Of The Saints And Across The Rocky Moun- 166 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES tains To California By Richard F. Burton Author Of "A Pilgrimage To El Medinah And Meccah." London Longman, Green, Longman, And Roberts 1861 8 X (2), (incl. title and half title), 707 pp., 3 maps on one sheet, plan, 8 plates. Maps: The Wahsatch Mountains & Great Salt Lake (from Capt. Stansbury). Route from the Missouri River to the Pacific (route of Capt. Burton). North America. The Captain started on this excursion from St. Joe on the 7th of August, 1860, and arrived at Salt Lake August 25th. He only remained in Utah about a month but time enough to write some 300 pp. about the Mormons having a rather sympathetic leaning toward them. After stopping at Carson and Virginia City a fe.w days he went on to California. The appendix contains a lot of Mormon documents and a Mormon chronology. The foot notes pp. 250-263 contain for the period rather an exten- sive Mormon bibliography. 302 CLARK, C. M. A Trip To Pike's Peak And Notes By The Way, With Numerous Illustrations : Being Descriptive Of Incidents And Accidents That Attended The Pilgrimage; Of The Country Through Kansas And Nebraska ; Rocky Moun- tains ; Mining Regions ; Mining Operations, Etc., Etc. By C. M. Clark, M. D. . . . Chicago: S. P. Rounds' Steam Book And Job Printing House, . . . 1861. 8 Front., title, leaf preface, leaf contents, leaf list of illustrations, woodcut, 1-134 pp., leaf errata, 16 other wood- cuts. One of the very few books giving a contemporary account of the Pike's Peak gold rush. Clark went out in the spring of 1860 from St. Joe, via Fort Kearney. 303 GEARY, E. R. Depredations And Massacre By The Snake River In- dians. Letter of the Acting Secretary of the Interior. . . . Jan. 28, 1861. Referred. . . . [Washington: 1861.] 36 Cong., 2 Sess. House, Ex. Doc. 46. 8 16 pp. Contains communications from E. R. Geary, H. D. Wallen, G. W. Abbott, etc., relating to this affair, Sept. 9, 1860. 304 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 167 IVES, JOSEPH C. Report Upon The Colorado River Of The West, Ex- plored Iri 1857 And 1858 By Lieutenant Joseph C. Ives, Corps Of Topographical Engineers, Under The Direction Of The Office Of Explorations And Surveys, A. A. Hum- phreys, Captain Topographical Engineers, In Charge. By Order Of The Secretary Of War. Washington: Government Print. Office. 1861. (36 Cong., 1 Sess. House Ex. Doc. 90). 4 Part I, 131 pp., 7 colored plates of Indians, 9 plain and one colored plates of scenery, 8 panoramic views in rough outline, by Egloffstein, 2 maps and a profile. List of all, pp. 17-18. Part II, Hydrographic Report, 14 pp. Part III, Geological Report by J. S. Newberry, 154 pp., 3 plain plates of scenery, 3 plates of fossils, with leaf of explanation to each. Part IV, Botany, by Profs. Gray, Torrey, etc., 30 pp. Part V, Zoology, by S. F. Baird, 6 pp. Appendices, 31 (1) pp. The plates of portraits and scenery were lithographed by Sarony, Major & Knapp, N. Y., after sketches of H. B. Mollhausen and F. W. Egloffstein who both accompanied the expedition. 305 LANDER, F. W. Maps And Reports Of The Fort Kearney, South Pass, And Honey Lake Wagon Road. Letter From The Acting Secretary Of The Interior, . . . Feb. 11, 1861. Laid on the table. [Washington: 1861.] 36 Cong., 2 Sess. House, Ex. Doc. 64. 8 39 pp. Lander's report dated Wash., March 1, 1860, is largely devoted to a defense of Lander's Cutoff. Lander says that A. Bierstadt of Boston, and S. F. Frost of N. Y., accompanied the expedition with a full corps of artists at their own expense. They have taken sketches of the most re- markable of the views along the route and a set of stereopticon views of emigrant trains, Indians, camp scenes, etc., which are highly valuable. A map of the western division, by John R. Rey, was appended to the report, but not published. The principal part is devoted to a report of W. H. Wagner, engineer in charge. 250 copies printed. 306 MACOMB, CAPT. J. N. Annual Report Chief Topographical Engineer, 1860 and 168 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 1861. His Expedition from Santa Fe to the portion of the Grand and Green Basin of the Colorado of the West, In 1859. 4 152 pp. Map. 13 colored plates, 3 uncolored, and 8 plates of fossils. Reprinted with J. S. Newberry's Geological Report. Washing- ton, 1876. 307 BURDETT, CHARLES Life Of Kit Carson : The Great Western Hunter And Guide. Comprising Wild And Romantic Exploits As A Hunter And Trapper In The Rocky Mountains ; Thrilling Adventures And Hair-Breadth Escapes Among The In- dians And Mexicans ; His Daring And Invaluable Services As A Guide To Scouting And Other Parties, Etc., Etc. With An Account Of Various Government Expeditions To The Far West. By Charles Burdett. Illustrated. Philadelphia : J. Edwin Potter, . . . 1862. 12 374 pp. Portrait of Carson, and 5 other plates. The original edition of this work. Later editions bring the story to Carson's death, May 23, 1868, at Ft. Lyon, Colorado. 308 FOX, JESSE W. General Courses And Distance From G. S. L. City To Fort Limhi And Gold Diggings On Salmon River. By Jesse W. Fox, Territorial Surveyor-General. Great Salt Lake City : Deseret News Print. 1862. (Price Fifty Cents). 16 8 pp., on brown paper. Adv. on verso of title, and on page 8. 309 CRAWFORD, MEDOREM Journal Of The Expedition Organized For The Protec- tion Of Emigrants To Oregon, Etc., Under The Command Of Medorem Crawford, Captain, Assistant Quartermaster United States Army. Letter of the Secretary of War, Jan. 8, 1863. 37th Cong., 3rd Sess. Sen. Ex. Doc. 17. 8 14 pp. Party left Camp Lincoln, near Omaha, June 5, 1862, for Fort Stanton, four miles from Omaha, and finally left there June 16, 1862. Route via Ft. Kearney, Ft. Laramie, Horse Creek, the t / ' .' - I- COURSES AKD DISTANCE FEOM G. S. L. CITI TO FORT LIMHI AKP GOLD DIGGINGS ON SALMON RIVER. BY JESSE W. FOX, TZUHTOKIAL SrRVTO-CI5IAL. GBBAT SALT LAKE CITY: DESERET NEWS PRINT. 1862. (PRICE FIFTY THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 169 Sweetwater, the Portneuf, and down the Owyhee River, the Grand Ronde, and Walla Walla, arriving there October 14. Most of the emigrants were for the Salmon River mines. A guide had been published which represented these mines to be 180 miles from Ft. Hall and hence the wagons of the emigrants were loaded too heavily. From South Pass they traveled by Lander's Road. Crawford had charge of the expeditions of emigrants across the plains in 1861, '62 and '63, but this is the only printed record I have seen of them. Crawford crossed the plains first in 1842 and his journal has been printed in 1897 as volume one, number one, of the "Sources of the History of Oregon," Eugene, Oregon. 310 FERGUSSON, D. Letter Of The Secretary Of War, Communicating, . . . A Copy of the report of Major D. Fergusson. on the Coun- try, its resources, and the route between Tucson and Lobos Bay. March 14, 1863. Read . . . [Washington : 1863.] 37 Cong., Spec. Sess. Sen., Ex. Doc. 1. 8 22 pp., 3 maps. Maps: [A copy of a Mexican Map made about 1861. Shows the Ensenada de Lobos with Sitio de la Villa!. Sketch of Lobos Bay drawn under the direction of Major D. Fergusson. (Map of routes from the Rio Grande to the Pacific. No title). 311 FISK, J [AMES] L. Expedition From Fort Abercrombie To Fort Benton. Letter From The Secretary of War, In Answer To Resolu- tion of House of 19th instant, transmitting report of Captain J. L. Fisk, of the expedition to escort emigrants from Fort Abercrombie to Fort Benton, . . . March 2, 1863. Ordered printed. [Washington : 1863.] 37th Cong., 3rd Sess. H. Rep., Ex. Doc. 80. 8 36 pp. Contains a condensed diary, by Samuel R. Bond, who accom- panied Fisk as Clerk and Journalist. Actually this expedition did not stop at Fort Benton but continued on over Mullan's road. The emigrants were left on the Prickly Pear, and Sept. 23, Fisk and his party continued on via Deer Lodge Valley and the Coeur d'Alenes to Walla Walla and Portland. Bond's diary is dated Washington, Feb. 10, 1863. An itinerary occupies pp. 30-36. N. P. Langford accompanied this expedition. 312 170 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES FISK, JAMES L. Idaho : her Gold Fields, and the Routes to them. A Hand Book for Emigrants. By Capt. Jas. L. Fisk, A. Q. M. New York: John A. Gray. . . . 1863. 18 99 pp., map. 313 GOODE, WILLIAM H. Outposts Of Zion, With Limnings Of Mission Life. By Rev. William H. Goode, Ten Years A Member Of Frontier Conferences. Cincinnati : Published By Poe & Hitchcock, . . 1863. 12 Port. Goode, 464 pp. Early scenes in Kansas and Nebraska, 1854-59; exploring tour to the Rocky Mountains (Colorado) 1859. Contains a very inter- esting account of a trip across the plains in the spring of 1859 and travels in the new gold region, with residence later in Denver. 314 HEWITT, R. H. Notes By The Way. Memoranda Of A Journey Across The Plains, From Dundee, 111., To Olympia, W. T. May 7, to November 3, 1862. By R. H. Hewitt. Olympia : Printed At The Office Of The Washington Standard. 1863. 12 Title, (2) preface, 5-58 pp. P. P. W. with same title. Traveled from St. Joe to Omaha, then via Ft. Kearney, Ft. Laramie and the Lander Cut Off; then north through Deer Lodge and Bitter Root Valleys over the Mullan Military Road. Only copy located is in Bancroft Collection. This journal was expanded into a book of 521 pp. as: "Across the Plains And Over The Divide A Mule Train Journey From East To West in 1862, And Incidents Connected Therewith With Map And Illustrations By Randall H. Hewitt New York: Broadway Pub. Co., (1906). Title, (2), III, 521 pp., map, 56 illus., and port. The preface, signed Randall H. Hewitt, is dated Los Angeles, Calif., 1906. He does not mention in this preface the previous Olympia edition. Capt. Hewitt was the son of Judge Hewitt, afterwards Chief Justice of Washington Territory. 315 HOLLISTER, O. J. History Of The First Regiment Of Colorado Volunteers. By Ovando J. Hollister. Denver. C. T. Thos. Gibson & Co., Publishers. 1863. 12 178 pp. P. P. W. with same title. MEMORANDA OF A JOURNEY ACROSS THE PLAINS, FROM DUNDEE, ELL,, TO OLYMPIA, W. T, May 7, to November 3, 1*62. Bv R. H. HEWITT. OLYMPIA : PRINTED AT THE OFFICE OF THE WASHINGTON STANDARD. 1863, , I . ' , 1 1 i s r r o THE FIRST REGIMENT COLORADO VOLUNTEERS. IfiY OV^XDO .J DENVER. C. T. TIIOS. OIB.^ON ,t CO., Publishers. 1BO3. THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 171 The only copy of this very rare book which I have seen is in the Bancroft Library. A large portion of the book is devoted to an account of the service of the regiment against the prairie Indians. 316 MOWRY, SYLVESTER The Geography And Resources Of Arizona And Sonora: An Address Before The American Geographical And Sta- tistical Society, By Sylvester Mowry, Of Arizona, Graduate Of The U. S. Military Academy At West Point, Late Lieutenant Third Artillery, U. S. A., Corresponding Mem- ber Of The American Institute, Late U. S. Boundary Commissioner, Etc., Etc. New York, February 3, 1859. A New Edition, With An Appendix. San Francisco And New York : A. Roman & Co. 1863. [Issued and printed in S. F.]. 8 Title, map, (4) pp. preface, 3-124 pp. Map: Outline map of Sonora and Arizona, Including the "Sierra Madre," Compiled from Authentic Sources and personal Observation for the Geography and Resources of "Arizona and Sonora." By Sylvester Mowry of Arizona. 1863. J. B. Mills. Lith. by Fishbourne, S. F. 317 MULLAN, JOHN Letter Of The Secretary Of War, Transmitting, In answer to a resolution of the Senate of the 6th instant, the report and maps of Captain John Mullan, United States army, of his operations while engaged in the construction of a military road from Fort Walla-Walla, on the Columbia River, to Fort Benton, on the Missouri River. Feb. 19, 1863, (Ordered Printed). [Washington : 1863.] 37th Cong., 3rd Sess. Senate, Ex. Doc. 43. Also printed at Washington, Govt. Printing Office, 1863, with following title : Report On The Construction Of A Military Road From Fort Walla-Walla To Fort Benton. By Capt. John Mullan, U. S. A. 8 Title, 363 pp. plus 1 leaf errata, 4 maps, 10 plates (9 colored), by G. Sohon. Maps: Map of Military Road From Walla-Walla to Fort Benton 172 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES on the Missouri made under the direction of Capt. John Mullan. Map Military Reconnaisance from Fort Dalles, Oregon, via ... to Fort Taylor, made under direction of Capt. John Humphreys. Map Military Reconnaisance From Fort Taylor To The Coeur d'Alene Mission by Capt. John Mullan. Map, Mountain Section of the Ft. Walla-Walla and Ft. Benton, . . . From Coeur d'Alene Mission to the Dearborn River. By John Mullan, drawn by Theo. Kolecki. 1859-1863. Pages 1-84, Mullan's report, proper, with itinerary, pp. 37-40; pp. 85-127, Reports of Engineers, etc.; pp. 128-133, Tables of heights; pp. 133-183, other reports and meteorological and astron- omical data; pp. 185-363, Tables. Maps by J. Bien, N. Y. Plates by Bowen & Co., Phila. Letter of Mullan transmitting report, Feb. 18, 1863, calls for only 8 plates. Comprises the period from March, 1858, to Sept., 1862. 318 A PILGRIMAGE OVER THE PRAIRIES In Two Vol- umes. By The Author Of "The Fortunes Of A Colonist." London : T. Cautley Newby, . . . 1863. 12 Title, 298 pp.; title, 313 pp. (Wrongly numbered 261). 6 plates. A romance of the prairies and the Blackfoot Indians. 319 SMET, P. J. De New Indian Sketches. By Rev. P. J. De Smet, S. J. New York : D. & J. Sadler, . . . 1863. 18 Title, (5)-175 pp. ; 2 plates. Contains some interesting letters between Gen. Harney and De Smet in 1859. An account of De Smet's journey, leaving St. Louis May 20, 1858, as Chaplain, with the army against the Mormons and In- dians. Left Leavenworth June 1 with the 7th Regiment, under Col. Morrison. Traveled via Ft. Kearney to the crossing of the south branch of the Platte, where the expedition dissolved, De Smet returning with Harney to Leavenworth. Went to N. Y. and left Sept. 20 with Gen. Harney and his staff via Panama, Oct. 29. Left Vancouver for a trip to the mountains, Coeur d'Alenes, St. Ignatius, St. Mary's. Returned to Vancouver April 16, 1859, and on June 15 left again for the mountains with the chiefs he had brought to Vancouver. July 22, left St. Ignatius overland for Ft. Benton, which he reached on the 29th, and arrived at St. Louis by steamer Sept. 23. In one of his letters he quotes Father Hoecken as saying the missions had been ruined by the mines. 320 THOMPSON'S JOMPLETE GUIDE NEW GOLD REGIONS OK UPPER MISSOURI, DEER LODGE, BEAVER HEAD NEZ PEKOES, SALMON RIVER, BOISE RIVER, POWDER RIVER, JOHN DAY, CARIBOO, Ktc., PUo., lOto. CONTAINING TAIH.KS OK DISTANCKS, CAMPINO I'l.Af'F.S, MANY WOKDH OK TIIK HI.ACKKOOT AND KI.AT IIKAI) I. ANGfAOKH, i < ANU'THK COMI'LKTK CHINOOK JAItOON. 1JY S M. THOMPSON, lj(r Krcftmrj of the Exploring !'r*j uf the Aiu'-rictn Kij-torin^ ami Mineral ('' 8T. I.OtMS: ruHLisuri> nv H. iv hTriM.rv AMI n>., K..K II. M. THOMPSON, t:r.l.rj of AraeriMB ploriD nil MlBrl i:oinpnr, M. Louli. Mo 1803. THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 173 THOMPSON, FRANCIS M. The New Gold Regions Of The North-West. Price One Dollar. For Sale By H. M. Thompson, ... St. Louis, Mo. (Cover title; regular title as follows): Thompson's Complete Guide To The New Gold Regions Of Upper Missouri, Deer Lodge, Beaver Head Nez Perces, Salmon River, Boise River, Powder River, John Day, Cariboo, Etc., Etc., Etc. Containing Tables Of Distances, Camping Places, Many Words Of The Blackfoot And Flat Head Languages, And The Complete Chinook Jargon. By Francis M. Thompson, Late Secretary of the Exploring Party of the American Exploring and Mineral Company. St. Louis; Published By R. P. Studley & Co., For H. M. Thompson, . . . 1863. 16 Title; pp. 3-4 of preface; pp. 5-11, Guide; p. 12, Table of Distances ; pp. 13-16, Indian Vocabularies. This party explored the Deer Lodge, located the town of Deer Lodge, and discovered gold on the Beaverhead in 1862. 321 BLISS, EDWARD A Brief History Of The New Gold Regions Of Colorado Territory ; Together With Hints And Suggestions To In- tending Emigrants. By Edward Bliss, (.Late Editor of the Rocky Mountain News) Agent of Colorado Emigration Office, No. 5 Bowling Green. New- York: John W. Amerman, . . . 1864. P. P. W. with same title. 8 30 pp. and map. Map: A Map of the Route from the Missouri River to Denver, Colorado. Distance 650 miles. Eng. Cox & Holloway, N. Y. A single page affair at the end. Copies in the Colorado Historical Society and Huntington Library. 322 BROWNE, J. ROSS A Tour Through Arizona. (In Harper's New Monthly Magazine. Oct., Nov., Dec., 1864. Jan'y., Feb. and March, 1865. Written by J. Ross Browne). Very well written articles giving an account of his trip with Poston, with numerous interesting illustrations. The number for February contains a portrait of Sylvester Mowry, with a sketch of his career in Arizona. The same number contains a long ac- 174 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES count of the adventures in Arizona of S. F. Butterworth. The November number is largely filled with the Oatman family ad- ventures, derived from Stratton's book and information obtained from Henry Grinnell of Ft. Yuma, who was instrumental in ob- taining the release of Olive Oatman. Reprinted in Browne's "Adventures in the Apache Country," 1869 323 CAMPBELL, J. L. Idaho : Six Months In The New Gold Diggings. The Emigrant's Guide Overland. Itinerary Of The Routes, Features Of The Country, Journal Of Residence, Etc., Etc. By J. L. Campbell. Chicago: Published by John R. Walsh. 1864. 8 Map; 52 pp. plus 53-62 (2) pp. adv. Wrappers with pictorial title Idaho. Six Months In The New Gold Regions. The Emigrant's Guide. N. Y. Sinclair Tousey, 1864. Left Omaha April 28, 1863, by the South Pass and Lander Cut Off to Bannock City. This edition sometimes appears with the imprint, New York: Published By J. L. Campbell. 1864. The map is a small, single page crude map before the title without any inscription, showing the routes from St. Paul and Mo. River points to the Pacific. 324 COLORADO: Its Mineral And Agricultural Resources, [n. p., n. d. but New York. 1864]. 8 20 pp., enclosed in colored paper wrappers with above title. At end, signed Wm. S. Rockwell, Chairman. N. Y. Feb. 25, 1864. This is a statement of the discovery and development of gold mining in Colorado, prepared by a committee of Coloradoans then in New York City. 325 FISK, JAMES L. Expedition Of Captain Fisk To The Rocky Mountains. Letter From The Secretary Of War In Answer To A reso- lution of the House of Feb. 26, transmitting report of Captain Fisk of his late expedition to the Rocky mountains and Idaho. [Report dated St. Paul, Jan. 28, 1864]. 38th Cong., 1st Sess. Senate, Ex. Doc. [no number]. 8 38 pp. Also printed as House Doc. 45, in 39 pp. THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 175 Left St. Cloud June 15, 1863, as escort to an emigrant party to Idaho. Traveled overland south of Ft. Union and Ft. Benton, but went there and then followed Mullan's road to Sun River and over the divide to Deer Lodge River at Bannock City. Met N. P. Langford there, his assistant on the 1862 trip. Also visited Vir- ginia. Returned from there via Salt Lake. Says he met Sir George Gore in 1858, returning from his fa- mous buffalo slaughtering expedition. Apparently Fisk made an- other expedition in 1864, as he published the following in 1866: Capt. Fisk's Fourth Expedition from Saint Cloud, Minnesota, to the Great Gold Fields of Montana . . . 3rd Edition. St. Paul: Press Printing Co. 1866. 12 12 pp. (Not seen. Noted in Bibl. of Minn, in Minn. Hist. Coll., Vol. Ill, 1870). Fisk was mistaken about meeting Gore in 1858, as he had al- ready left the country. ' The only account I have seen of this famous hunting expedition from 1854-56 was written by F. Geo. Hildt from information derived from Henry Bostwick, one of the party,' and printed in the Contributions to the Historical So- ciety of Montana, Vol. 2. 326 HALL, EDWARD H. The Great West. Emigrants', Settlers', & Travellers' Guide and Hand-Book To The States Of California And Oregon, And The Territories Of Nebraska, Utah, Colorado, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, Washington, And Arizona. With A Full And Accurate Account Of Their Climate, Soil, Re- sources, And Products. Accompanied by a Map Showing The Several Routes To The Gold Fields ; And A Complete Table Of Distances. By Edward H. Hall, Author Of "Ho For The West." New York: Published And For Sale At The Tribune Office. 1864. 12 89 pp. Map. Cover title, regular title same, except "and Arizona" omitted. Map: [Map showing railroads and routes to the Pacific from Lat. 38 N.]. The articles originally appeared in the Tribune. Mentions a yearly publication from 1855 to 1860 by him and called "Ho for the West." This book seems to have been compiled with the scis- sors. 327 MORGAN, MRS. MARTHA M. A Trip Across The Plains In The Year 1849. With notes of a voyage to California, by way of Panama. By Mrs. Martha M. Morgan. San Francisco : 1864. 12 Title, 31 pp. 176 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES The above title is prefixed in manusciprt to the 31 pages of text in the copy in the California State Library, the only copy located. The party left St. Joe May 24, 1849, and by the usual Ft. Laramie route reached Salt Lake Oct. 12, where they spent the winter. They left there April 22, 1850, and arrived at Pleasant Valley July 4. Pages 22 to the end comprise the account of the Panama voyage. 328 MORRIS, MAURICE O'CONNOR Rambles In The Rocky Mountains: With A Visit To The Gold Fields Of Colorado. By Maurice O'Connor Morris, Late Deputy Postmaster General Of Jamaica. London : Smith, Elder & Co., . . . 1864. 8 VIII (incl. half title and title), 264 pp. A most entertaining journal of a trip from St. Louis to Denver, leaving May 19, 1863. Started via the river for Ft. Benton and the Montana gold fields, but the steamer gave- out at St. Joe, so he went to Denver. Spent the summer and fall in Denver and Central City, and hunting in Middle Park. Returned to the east in the winter. 329 NICAISE, AUGUSTE Une Annee Au Desert Scenes et Recits du Far-West Americain. Chalons, Imprimerie De T. Martin, Place Du Marche- Au-Ble. 1864. 8 Title, half title, 115 pp. (unpaged). P. P. W. same title. Nicaise left Jefferson City May 4, 1858, traveled via Indepen- dence, Ft. Kearney, Ft. Laramie, Salt Lake, Ft. Hall, and arrived at Ft. Walla Walla Aug. 15. Went by land to Portland and San . Francisco. Remained in S. F. during the winter of 1858-9. In the spring visited Sonora and the northern mines and later visited Frazer River. 330 MERRILL, D. D. The Northern Route To Idaho: And The Pacific Ocean. Published By D. D. Merrill, Saint Paul, Minn. [n. d. but probably 1864]. 16 8 pp. Map. Map: Minnesota Route, the shortest and best to the Idaho Gold Mines. Compiled by C. A. F. Morris. Lith. by Louis Buechner, St. Paul. 331 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 177 WRAXALL, SIR C. F. LASCELLES The Backwoodsman Or Life on the Indian Frontier. Edited By Sir C. F. Lascelles Wraxall, Bart. London John Maxwell & Co. ... MDCCCLXIV. 12 IV, 428 pp., 11 plates and pictorial title. Adventures mostly in Texas, but includes visit to the Rocky Mountains, South Park, and Middle Park. In Middle Park he met Lord Stewart (on the famous 1843 expedition), whom he says he knew. Crossed over the Medicine range on to the north branch of the Platte and arrived at Ft. St. Vrain. Probably this story is based on some real adventures of Wraxall. Eames had a copy in paper wrappers dated 1864. 332 ANGELO, C. AUBREY Idaho: A Descriptive Tour And Review Of Its Re- sources And Route. By C. Aubrey Angelo. (Chaos). San Francisco : H. H. Bancroft & Co. 1865. 12 52 pp. Blue slip of errata and notice, 2 leaves adv. No map, although Angelo states one by William H. Knight will shortly be published. Copy in California State Library. Revised and made more elaborate and issued in 1866 as: Sketches of Travel in Oregon and Idaho, With Map of South Boise. By C. Aubrey Angelo (Chaos.) Author of "Idaho" and "Eastern Asia."" New York : L. D. Robertson, . . . 1866. 8 181 pp., 7 leaves adv., map. Map: Map of the South Boise Gold Mines. Lith. by Henry Seibert & Bros. Preface dated N. Y., May 31, 1866. 333 CAMPBELL, J. L. Idaho And Montana Gold Region : The Emigrant's Guide Overland. Itinerary Of The Routes, Features Of The Country, Journal Of Residence . . . New Discoveries and Developments of the Country in 1864. By J. L. Camp- bell. [Copyright notice 1865 at bottom]. 8 Title with map on verso, leaf adv., leaf preface, 5-52, 16 pp. The first 52 pages are the same as the 1864 edition, but the last 16 pages have a caption title: Organization of Montana, Dis- coveries and Developments of 1864. The map is only a very small 178 one of the U. S., showing the railroads then built. First edition was published in 1864. In 1866 it appeared rewritten except the journal and with matter on Iowa and Nebraska as: The Great Agricultural And Mineral West. A Hand-book and Guide . . . Journal of Residence in Idaho and Montana . . . By J. L. Camp- bell. Chicago: Church . . . 1866. 8 11 leaves adv., title, leaf preface, 15-77, (1) pp., 11 leaves adv., map. P. P. W. with title; Campbell's Western Guide. Chicago, 111. Published by John R. Walsh. Price 25 cents. The map, printed on a folded sheet, is entitled Campbell's Western Map. 334 CHIVINGTON, COL. J. M. To The People Of Colorado. Synopsis of the Sand Creek Investigation. [By Col. J. M. Chivington]. Denver, Colorado, June 1865. 8 8 pp. of "To The Public" Signed J. M. Chivington, late Col. 1st Cavalry of Colorado, etc., pp. 9-17 of docu- ments (17 pp. in all). Chivington's defense of his actions when in command of the Colorado troops at the battle, or rather massacre, at Sand Creek in 1864. 335 EVANS, JOHN Reply Of Governor Evans, Of The Territory Of Colorado. To That Part Referring To Him, Of The Report Of "The Committee On The Conduct Of The War," Headed "Mas- sacre Of Cheyenne Indians." Executive Department, And Superintendent Of Indian Affairs, C. T. Denver, Aug. 6th, 1865. 8 16, 4 pp., 1 p. appendix. The 16 pages are Evans' reply, then 4 pages of "Report of Council with Cheyenne And Arapahoe Chiefs Brought to Denver By Major Wynkoop; Taken Down By U. S. Indian Agent Simeon Whiteley as It Progressed." Dated Camp Weld, Sept. 28, 1864. The appendix of 1 page is the statement of Mrs. Ewbanks, dated Julesburg, C. T., June 22, 1865, giving an account of her captivity among the Indians. She was taken by the Cheyennes. 336 FRY, F. Fry's Traveler's Guide, And Descriptive Journal Of The Great North-Western Territories Of The United States Of America ; Comprising The Territories Of Idaho, Washing- ton, Montana, And The State Of Oregon, With Sketches Of Colorado, Utah, Nebraska, And British America. The Grain, Pastural, And Gold Regions Denned, With Some New Views Of Their Future Greatness. By F. Fry. THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 179 Cincinnati : Published For The Author By Applegate & Co. 1856. 16 VI, 7-264 pp., 12 leaves of adv. The author set out from Council Bluffs May 15, 1862, to South Pass, Early Ft. Hall and Ft. Boise. He gives an account of the Boise Placers. In Sept. he was at the Dalles and went from there to Olympia. In 1864 he was traveling through Montana and descended Clark's Fork. Fry spent some time in Alder Gulch. 337 HALL, EDWARD H. Hall's Guide to the Great West. New York : D. Appleton & Co. 1865. (Cover title, regular title as follows) : The Great West : Travelers', Miners,' And Emigrants' Guide And Hand-Book To The Western, North-Western And Pacific States And Territories. With a Map Of The Best Routes to the Gold and Silver Mines, And Complete Tables Of Distances : Also The United States Homestead Law, Mining Laws Of The Respective States, Etc., Etc. By Edward H. Hall, Author Of "Ho! For The West," "Western Gazeteer," Etc. New York : D. Appleton And Company . . . 1865. 12 198 pp., map, 2 leaves of adv. before title and 5 after p. 198. Map: Map Of The Great West. An entirely different book from the "Great West" of 1864. Across the Plains, with tables of distances, pp. 150-170. Hall's "Ho! For the West" seems to have disappeared. 338 MULLAN, JOHN Miners And Travelers' Guide To Oregon, Washington, Idaho, Montana, Wyoming, And Colorado. Via The Mis- souri And Columbia Rivers. Accompanied By A General Map Of The Mineral Region Of The Northern Sections Of The Rocky Mountains. Prepared By Captain John Mullan, Late Superintendent Of The Northern Overland Wagon Road, And Commissioner Of Northern Pacific Railroad. New York: Published By Wm. M. Franklin, (For The Author) . . . 1865. 12 153 pp. Folding map. Map: General Map of the North Pacific States and Territories 180 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES belonging to the United States and British Columbia Ex- tending From Lake Superior To The Pacific Ocean, . . . Prepared By Capt. John Mullan. Lith. by J. Bien, N. Y. The book contains an excellent account of the mountain region of the Northwest with particulars of the first discoveries of. gold in Idaho and Montana. 339 McCORMICK, RICHARD C. Arizona : Its Resources And Prospects. A Letter To The Editor Of The New York Tribune. (Reprinted from that Journal of June 26, 1865). By The Hon. Richard C. McCormick, Secretary Of The Territory. New York : D. Van Nostrand, . . . 1865. 8 22 pp. Map. Cover title same. Map: General Outline Map of Arizona. Brown & Co., N. Y. 340 MILTON, VISCOUNT, AND CHEADLE, W. B. The North-West Passage By Land. Being the Narrative of an Expedition from the Atlantic to the Pacific, under- taken with the View of Exploring a Route across the Con- tinent to British Columbia through British Territory, by one of the Northern Passes In the Rocky Mountains. By Viscount Milton, . . . and W. B. Cheadle. London: Cassell, Petter & Caplin, . . . [18651. 8 XVIII, 397 pp. 2 maps and 22 engravings. Maps: The Western Portion of British North America, Showing the Route followed by Lord Milton and Dr. Cheadle, from the Saskatchewan to British Columbia, 1863-4. General Map of British North America, Showing the Route of Lord Milton and Dr. Cheadle in 1862-3. The authors also published a preliminary report of 37 pp. in 1865, which I have not seen. 341 OWEN, RICHARD E. Report On The Mines Of New Mexico, By Prof. Richard E. Owen, Geologist, And E. T. Cox, Geologist And Chemist. Published By John S. Watts. Washington : Gibson & Pearson, . . . 1865. 8 Cover title only, 59 pp. Contains results of a four months' trip through New Mexico by Owen. 342 V'GOflllAL DESCRIPTION OF ITS RESOURCES, ; .,'; ' V' t BOTH MINERAL AM) AMIUTLTURAL, 1N( I.UHINi; A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF THE FACE OF THE COUNTRY, ITS CLIMATE, ETC., IM.rSTHATKD WITH A M^LF OF THK TERRITORY, DRAWN BY CAPT. W. W. DE LACY, SHOWING TITI-: DIFFERENT ROADS AND THE LOCATION OF THE DIFFERENT MINING DI.STllHTri. TO WHICH IS AI'l'ENDKI), A COMPLETE DICTIONARY OF THE SNAKE LANG-UAG-E, AND ALSO OF TIIK FAMOUS CHINNOOK JARGON, NUMEROUS CRITICAL AND EXPLANATORY NOTES, CONCERNING THE HABITS, SUPERSTITIONS, ETC., OF THESE INDIANS, WITH ITINERAWES OF ALL THE HOUTES ACROSS THE PLAINS. BY GRANVILLE STUART. JTorh: C. S. WESTCOTT & CO., PRINTERS, No. 79 JOHN STREET. 1865. THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 181 PALMER, H. E. The Powder River Expedition. Omaha: 1865. Nebraska State His. Soc., Trans., Vol. 2. Lincoln, 1887. Pages 197-229. This may have been printed in Omaha in 1865, but it seems unlikely. 343 ROLLINS, JOHN R. Notes on Colorado Territory. By John R. Rollins, [n. p., 1865?] 19 pp. Not seen, but I think it was printed in London. 344 STUART, GRANVILLE Montana As It Is ; Being A General Description Of Its Resources, Both Mineral And Agricultural, Including A Complete Description Of The Face Of The Country, Its Climate, Etc., Illustrated With A Map Of The Territory, Drawn By Capt. W. W. De Lacy, Showing The Different Roads And The Location Of The Different Mining Dis- tricts. To Which Is Appended, A Complete Dictionary Of The Snake Language, And Also Of The Famous Chinnook Jargon, With Numerous Critical And Explanatory Notes, Concerning The Habits, Superstitions, Etc., Of Those In- dians, With Itineraries Of All The Routes Across The Plains. By Granville Stuart. New York: C. S. Westcott & Co., Printers, . . . 1865. 8 175 pp., map. Printed tinted wrappers with same title. Map: Map Of The Territory Of Montana With Portion Of The Adjoining Territories Showing The Gulch or Placer Dig- gings and District where Quartz . . . Lodes have been discovered to January 1, 1865. Drawn by W. W. de Lacy for the use of the First Legislature of Montana. [At bottom, small inset map showing the route from the Mis- souri River to Fort Laramie]. Lith. by Rae Smith, New York. Copyrighted by S. T. Hauser. New York, 1865. The itineraries occupy pp. 130-175. The notes contain a vast amount of both useful and entertaining information regarding place names, Indians, gold, legends, old trappers, etc. Stuart, who, by the way, still lives in Montana, (Sept. 1918), went to California overland in 1852. On his return in 1859, while on Malade Creek, he met some men who said they had found gold prospects in 1856 182 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES on what is now Gold Creek, a branch of Hellgate. So Stuart, his brother James, and some others wintered on Big Hole and went to Deer Lodge River in the Spring of 1858. Not finding encour- aging prospects, they returned to the Emigrant Road and re- mained there until the fall of 1860, when they returned to Gold Creek. In 1861 they found some good prospects and through letters to Thomas Stuart, then in Colorado, they started the exodus from there to Montana in 1862. Mr. Stuart has written a letter to Mr. C. N. Kessler of Helena, giving an account of what became of this book, from which it appears only some 300 copies out of 1500 had maps. A parcel sent to Montana by river and bull team got wet and spoiled and all but a few of the remainder were burned in the big fire in New York in July, 1865, which destroyed Barnum's American Museum. A few copies were saved which finally passed into the hands of D. Van Nostrand. There is some question as to just which De Lacy map was is- sued with this pamphlet. Four varieties of this map, practically all alike, have been discovered; the one above described, another the same without the copyright notice, another lithographed by Friedenwald, and another engraved by J. Hutawa in St. Louis. None of them bear any date, but it is reasonably supposed that the one with the copyright notice was the first issued. De Lacy was paid $625 by the first territorial legislature of Montana for preparing the map, and probably Hauser, a prominent Montana pioneer, took the map to New York to have it published. I think it quite possible that he also took the manuscript of Stuart's book. I think it probable that Stuart succeeded in getting three hundred copies of this map for issue with his book. A copy of this map also exists in cloth covers. No copy of the book is known to me or Mr. C. N. Kessler, the well known Montana Col- lector, in the original paper wrappers as issued with the map sewn in, and until one is found there will always be a question as to whether the map with the copyright notice on it was issued with it or another impression without the notice. I purchased the copy above described from Van Nostrand in 1892. It is in its original wrappers in a half Morocco binding, and has a pocket in the back cover in which the map is inserted. As Van Nostrand held all the unsold copies of the book, I always presumed that he had inserted the proper map. Mr. Kessler thinks that the Hutawa map, which I have not seen, was engraved from the original Rae Smith map and I have some reason to believe that it was also issued in 1865, probably in a cloth cover, like most of Hutawa's maps. 345 [STEVENS, W. H.] Field Notes, Crossing the Prairies and Plains from Atchi- son, Kans., to Denver, through the Mineral Region of Colo- rado Territory. [By W. H. Stevens]. 8 21 pp. P. P. W. A short description of his trip across the plains with more extended notice of the South Park mining districts. . 346 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 183 TRAVELS AND ADVENTURES ON THE PLAINS, from the Missouri to the Rocky Mountains. True Inci- dents of a Real Journey across the Plains. London, 1865. 12 121 pp., plate. Title taken from a Hudson Book Company catalogue. 347 TUFTS, JAMES A Tract Descriptive Of Montana Territory ; With A Sketch Of Its Mineral And Agricultural Resources. New York: Robert Craighead, Printer, . . . 1865. 8 15 pp. Signed James Tufts, Virginia City, Montana Territory, 1865. My copy contains on verso of title: "Twenty-four copies on Fine Paper, with a map." No map is contained, but it probably had or was intended to have De Lacy's map, same as in Gran- ville Stuart's book. Contains a short description of the mineral "resources, largely quoted from Stuart. 348 WRIGHT Chivington's Massacre Of The Cheyenne Indians. [Denver: 1864 or 1865?]. 8 8 pp. Not seen. See Colorado Council Journals of 1865 for an account of the affair; Indian Affairs Report, 1865, app. pp. 515, 517; Indian Affairs Report, 1867. 349 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 185 INDEX Reference is to numbers. Abbatt, W 177 Abbey, James 153 Abbott, G. W 304 Abernathy, G 141 Abert, J. W 107 124, 127, 131 Accolti, F 126 Account and Hist, of the Or. Terr 106 Adam, George 154 Adams, J. C 287, 288 Aldrich, Lorenzo D 168 Allen, A. J 128 Allen, Paul 12 Allis, Samuel 45 Altowan 112 American Enterprise, 10, 11, 13 Analectic Magazine 17 Angelo, C. Aubrey 333 Antisell, Thomas 223 Applegate, Jesse 150 Aricara Campaign 19, 23 Arizonian, Newspaper at Tubac 237 Armijo, Antonio 43 Ashley, W. H 19, 23 ,26, 29, 30, 35, 112, 201, 227 Ashworth 70 Association de la Propagation de la Foi Lyons 77, 89 Association de la Propagation de la Foi Quebec ....69 114, 141, 144, 169, 189 Astor, J. J 30, 52, 116, 225 Atkinson, H 26 Aubry, F. X 188, 197 Audubon, J. J 70, 81 Audubon, J. W 152, 177 B Back, Capt. Richard....20, 28, 53 Bailey, J. W 131 Baird, James 14 Baird, Joseph 8 Baird, S. F 187, 220, 222, 305 Baker, of Bartlett's Party.... 198 Baker, L. S 219 Ball, John 44, 150 Bancroft, H. H. History of California 29, 36, 227, 237 Banks 72 Barnum, James H 113 Barnum, P. T 287 Barrows, Abner 262-A Bartleson's Party (John) 76, 78, 92 Bartleson, John 248 Bartlett. John Russell 181, 198, 211 Baylies, Francis 25 Beale, E. F 131, 158, 199, 249, 289 Beale, Thos. J 59 Bean, J. L 39 Beaubien, Charles 255 Becknell, William 108 Beckwith, E. G 219, 220, 282 Beckworth, James P 158, 227 Beechey, Capt. W 29 Belisle, D. W 200 Bell, Mr 81 Bell, John R ^. 22 Benjamin, Marcus 78 Bennett, Emerson 139, 140 Benton, T. H 8, 23, 24, 30, 128, 190, 201, 239 Berkeley, Grantley F 300 Berthoud, E. L 301 Beschke, Wm 154 Bibaud, Michel 15 Biddle, Nicholas 12 1/Bidwell, John 78 Bierstadt, A 306 Bigelow, J. M 198, 221 Bigelow, John 95, 239 Birch, J. E 262-A Bishop, Francis A 261, 265 Bissonet, Joseph 14 Bissonette 146 Black, Samuel 61 Blake, W. P 221, 222 Blakiston, (Captain) Thomas.... 263, 277 Blanchet, F. N 69, 72, 87, 89, 114, 141, 169 Bliss, Edward 322 Bocanegra, J. M. de 90 Bodmer, Chas 67 Boggs, L. W 76, 150 186 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES Bolduc, J. B. Z 114 Bolton, H. E 8 Bond, Samuel R 312 Bonner, T. D 227 Bonneville, B. L. E 52, 59, 70, 206 Bostwick, Henry 326 Boynton, C. B 209 Brackenridge, H. M 11, 13 Bradbury, John 11, 13 Bradley, James H...108, 133, 157 Brayton, Mathew 290 Brenchley, Julius 298 Brewerton, George D 188, 285 Brewster, J. C 247 Bridger, Tames 27, 59, 182 Brier, J. W 199 Brotherton, Mr 227 Brouillet, J. B. A 141 Brown, Maj. Gen'l. Jacob 26 Browne, J. Ross 323 Brunckow, Frederick 232, 237 Bryon, F. T 159, 198, 241 Bryant, Edwin 129 Burdett, Charles 308 Burke, Dr 128 Burnett, Peter H 106 Burt, S. W 301 Burton, Richard F 275, 302 Butler, Jas. D 12 Butterworth, S. F 323 Byers, William N 264, 279 Byrne, J. H 222 Calhoun, J. C 19, 23 California Crusoe 205 Cambreling, C. C 30 Campbell, Albert H 221, 223, 265 Campbell, J. L 324, 334 Campbell, Robert 59, 206 Cardinell, Charles 173 Carleton, James Henry.. 155, 210 Carrington, Albert 187 Carson, Kit, i. e. Christopher 131, 158, 180, 188, 190, 255, 285 308 Carvalho, S. N 203, 228 Carver, Jonathan 7, 61 Catlin, George 51, 74 Chambers, Wm 14 Champlain Society 6 Chandless, William 242 Cheadle, W. B 341 Cherry Creek Settlements.... 296 Child, Andrew 178, 183 Chittenden's & Richardson's Life, etc. of De Smet 89 Chittenden's Fur Trade....82, 95 Chivington. Col. J. M 335 Chouteau, Auguste P., 14, 48, 101 Glamorgan, J 3, 8 Clark, C. M 303 Clark, J. H 198 Clark, William 4, 5, 7, 8, 12, 14, 29, 37 Clarke, A. B 179 Clayton, W 130, 183 Coke, Henry J 180 Colorado; its mineral and agri- cultural resources 325 Colter, John 13 Conquest of Santa Fe 115 Conrad, T. A 223, 244 Conway, Cornelius 250 Cooke, P. St. G 90, 104, 110, 131, 142, 143, 242-A Coombs, Franklin 80 Cooper, Braxton 24 Cooper, J. G 218 Cortambert, Louis 56 Coues, Dr. Elliott 4, 6, 7, 8, 12, 33, 108 Cox, E. T 342 Cox, Ross 15, 34 Coyner, David H 116 Crabb Filibustering Exp...... 237, 256 Craig, William 59 Crakes, Sylvester 251 Crawford, Medorem 128, 310 Cremony, J. C 198 Creutzfeldt, F 219, 220 Creuzbaur, Robert 143 Crooks, Ramsay 10, 13. 52 Cross, Osborne 156 Crowinshield, Jacob 8 Crump, J. R 289 Culbertson, Thaddeus, A 157 Gushing, Caleb 52, 61 Custer, Henry 223 Cutler, Jervase 9 Cutts, James Madison 117 D Dale, H. C 29 Davis, J 230 Davis, Jefferson 217 Davis, W. W. H 243 Dawson, S. J 267, 271-A Dease, P. W 88 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 187 DeLacy, W. W. Map 345, 348 Delano, A 202 Denier s, Modeste 67, 72, 87, 114, 144 DeMun, Jules 14 DeSmet, See Smet, P. J. de Dickerson, John H 241 Dickinson, J. A 293-A Dickson, T. C 272 Diffendorfer, W. S 222 Discovery Yellowstone Park 27 Dixon, John 251 Dixon, Joseph : 291 Dixon, W 86 Dodge, Granville M 27 Dodge, Henry 40, 51, 54, 74 Doniphan Exp 115, 117, 118, 120, 122, 134, 138 Donner Party 150 Donoho, Wm 100 Dorion, Baptiste 86 Dougherty, John 37, 46, 60 Douglas, David 31, 50 Douglas, Walter B 11, 73, 108 Downs, M. D 264 Dragoon Campaigns 51 Dragoon Expedition 64 Drips, Andrew 63 Drumm, Stella M 29, 82, 91, 133, 185 Drummond, Thomas 28, 31 Drummond, W. W 219 Dunbar, John 45 Dunbar, William 4, 8 Duniway, Mrs. Abigail J 268 Dunn, John 93, 251 Dyer, Alexander B 155 E Eaton, Amos 44 Eaton, J. H 18, 32, 35 Edwards, Frank S 118 Edward's "Great West" 19 Edwards, P. L 41 Egloffstein, F. W 219, 220, 228, 305 Ehrenberg, Herman 232, 237 Elfort, Eb. C 62 Elliott's Hist, of Arizona 237 Ellsworth, H. L 39, 46, 47, 48 Emigrant Aid Company Organ- ization, Objects, etc 208 Emigrants Guide to California 135 Emory, W. H 117, 131, 142, 143, 198, 223, 244 Engle, F. E 289 Engleman, Dr. George 221 Englemann, H 241, 283 Evans, Elwood 218 Evans, John 8 Evans, John 336 Everett, H 39 Ewbanks, Mrs 336 Ewbank, Thos 221 Expedition up the Missouri 26 F Falconer, Thomas 79 Farnham, Thomas J 73, 75, 76, 94 Fergusson, D 311 Ferris, Mrs. B. G 231 Ferris, W. A 82 Field, Dr. Jos. E 179 Field, M. C 91 Fink, Mike 51 Finlayson, Duncan 196 Finley's Map of 1826 217 Fisk, James L 312, 313, 326 Fitzpatrick, Thomas 61, 103, 104, 107, 110, 119, 128, 227, 242-A Fleming, John 293-A Flint, Timothy 36 Floyd's- Journal 12 Folsom, Charles J 80 Fontenelle, Lucien 61, 206 Ford, Henry L 78 Ford, (Capt.) L 54 Ford, John S 143 Forsyth, Thomas 37 Fowler, Jacob 108 Fox, Jesse W 309 Franchere, Gabriel 15 Franklin, John 20, 28, 31 Franklin, (Lt.) W. B 104 Franksen & Wosselhof 135 Fraser, Simon 6, 16 Freeman & Custis Expedition 8 Fremont, J. C 83, 86, 102, 107, 110, 132, 143, 185, 190, 201, 203, 228, 239, 285, 292 Fremont, Mrs. J. C 239 French, Parker H 173 French, S. G 159 Froebel, Julius 245 Frost, J. H 98 Frost, S. F 306 Fry, F 337 188 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES G Gaines, Gen'l. E. P 19, 90 Gale, L. D 187 Gallatin, Albert, Map 29, 61, 131 Gant, John & Blackwell 66 Garner, W. R 75 Garrard, K 222 Garrard, Lewis H 124, 158 Gass, Patrick 5, 7 Geary, E. R 304 Gibbs, George 218 Gilliam, (Col.) Wm 141 Gilpin, William 292 Girard, Charles 220 Gladman, George 271-A Glass, Hugh 242-A Gold Mines in Kansas 266 Gold Regions in Kansas 269 Goode, William H 314 Gordon, William 19, 37 Gore, (Sir) George 326 Graham, J. D 181, 198 Graham, R 23 Gray, Asa 220, 222, 305 Gray, A. B 211, 212, 232, 237 Gray, (Capt.) Robert 25 Gray, W. H 57 Greeley, Horace 293, 299 Greene, J. E 95 Greene, Max 233 Gregg, Josiah 85, 95, 97, 107 Griffin, Rev. J. S 75 Grinnell, Henry 323 Grist, F. C 187 Guide to the new gold region of Western Kansas and Nebras- ka 269 Guinn, J. M : 29 Gunn, O. B 270 Gunnison, J. W 182, 187, 219, 282 H Hall, Edward H 327, 338 Hall, James 187, 244 Hallowell, Edw 223 Hamilton, W. T 239 Handcock, (Capt.) 275 Harmon, Daniel Williams.... 16 Harney, (Gen.) W. S 240, 320 Harris, Caroline 62 Harris, Edward 81 Harris, Moses 227 Harris, N. Sayre 96 Harrison, Benj 227 Hastings, L. W 103, 128, 139 Hayden's Train 119 Head, Mark 59, 149 Heap, Gwinn Harris. 199 Hector, Dr. J 277 Heermann, A. L 223 Heintzelman, S. P 232 Henry, Alexander 6 Henry, Alexander, Jr 6, 33 Henry, Major Andrew 201 Hewitt, R. H 315 Hildreth, James 51 Hildt, F. George 326 Hillyard, R 198 Hind, Henry Youle 271, 271-A, 293-A, 294 Hinton, Richard J 281 Hints and Information for the Use of Emigrants to Pike's Peak : 295 History of the Settlements on Cherry Creek 296 Hitchcock, Edw 191 Hittell's Life of Adams, 287, 288 Hodder, F. H. Ed. Audubon Journal 177 Hoecken, Father 320 Holliday, R. T 23 Hollister, O. J 316 Holmes, Reuben 133 Holton, Amos 8 Homans, Sheppart 219 Hood, (Lieut.) Map 20 Hooker, W. J 50 Horn, Mrs 65 Horn, Hosea B 183 Homer, W. B 272 Houck, Lewis 3 House, E 1 65 Hughes, Andrew S 37, 39 Hughes, John T 120 Humboldt, Alexander von.... 254 Humphreys, A. A 217 Hunt, Wilson Price 11, 13, 34, 52, 98, 148 Hunt (i. e. Pratt and Hunt) 280 Hunter, John Dunn 21 Huntington, J. V. (Ed. Fran- chere's Narrative) 15 Hutton, N. H 265 Huyett 278 Immel, Michael & Jones, Robt. 19, 23, 37 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 189 Information Concerning Lou- isiana 8 Ingalls, E. S 184 Ingalls, Rufus 213 Inman, Henry 95 Irving, John T., Jr 46, 58 Irving, Washington 15. 47, 48, 52, 59 Ives-Newberry Expedition.. 297 Ives, J. C 221, 297, 305 Jackson. David E 29, 35 Jacob, J. G 5 Tames, Edwin 22, 33 James, Thomas 108 Jessup, Thomas S 23, 217 Johnson, Overton 109, 139 Johnston, A. R 117, 131 Johnstone, J. E 159, 166 Joset, Father 126 Journal of a Tour in the Indian Territory 96 Journey from New Orleans to California . . 214 Kane, Paul 273 Kane, Thomas 160 Kearny, S. W 51. 54, 64, 104, 107, 109, 117, 129, 131, 135-A, 242-A Keemle, Charles 91 Keith, George 6 Keller, George 170 Kelley, Hall J 150 Kelly, William 171 Kellom, Tohn H 264 Kelton, 6. H 262-A Kendall, E. N 28, 174 Kendall, G. W ....80, 85, 97 Kendrick, H. L 194, 275 Kennerly, C. B. R 221 Kern, Dr 239 Kern, E. M 159, 166, 186 Kern, R. H 159, 186, 194, 219 Kessler, C. N 345 King, Nicholas 4, 5, 8, 12 King, Richard 53 Kingsbury, Lieut. G 54 Kipp, James 192 Kirby, Rev. Wm 31 Kirk, John 261, 265 Kohl, Dr. J. G 218 Lafleche, Richer 189 LaHontan's Map 187 Lambert, John 241 Lander, F. W...218, 224, 265, 306 Lane, (Major) 256 Lang, H 139 Lang, John D 84 Langford, N. P 312, 326 Langworthy, Franklin 215 Lappan of Bartlett's Party.. 198 Larimer, George W 295 Larimer, Wm 296 Larocque, F. A 6 Latrobe, Charles Joseph. .47, 48 Leach, James B 265 Learmont, J. B. (Cat.) 15 Leavenworth, (Gen.) Henry 19, 51, 74 LeBlanc 72 Leconte, J. L 218, 220 Lea, Lt. A 54 Lee, Daniel 98 Lee, Jason 70 Lee, Jason and Daniel 41 Lee, Nelson 274 Leonard, Zenas 59, 66, 149 LeRaye, Charles... 9 Leroux, Antoine 190, 194, 201, 219, 221 Lewis, Aaron B ... 42 Lewis And Clark Expedition 4, 5, 7, 8, 12 Lewis, Meriwether, 4, 5, 7, 8, 12 Linforth, James 216 Lisa, Manuel 11 Long, Stephen H 22 Loring, W. W 275 Love, (Capt.) 119 Lovejoy, A. L 103 Lyinan, Dr. John H. or L 76, 94 M McCall, (Col.) Geo. A 172 McCarver, M. M 106 McClellan, George B 191, 217, 218 McClure, (Lieut.) Geo. W... 51 McCormick, Richard C 340 McCoy, Isaac 39, 71 Macrery, Jos 8 McDonald, John 6 McGehee, Micajah 239 190 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES Mackay, Aeneas 155 Mackay, Jacques (James) 3, 8 Mackenzie, Alexander....!, 2, 7 Mackenzie, Charles 6 McKenzie, James 6 McKenzie, Roderick 1, 6 McKnight, Robert 14 McLaughlin, Dr. John 16, 50 Maclauries, Mr 2 M'Lean, John 145 McLellan, Robert 10, 13, 52 Maclure, Wm. Map 221 McMullin, Fayette 260 McNeil, Samuel 161 Macomb, (Gen.) Alexander.. 32 Macomb, J. N 307 McTavish, J. G 16 Marcou, Jules 221, 222 Marcy, R. B 159, 166, 191, 234, 236, 252, 275 Marmaduke, M. M 108 Marryat, Frederick 85, 97 Marsh, James B 66 Marshall, L. H 222 Marshall, Win. I. (Acquisition of Oregon) 57 Mason, R. B 54, 103 Mason, T. B 209 Masson, R 6 Maximilian, Prinz zu Wied.. 67 May, William P 39 Medary, S. A 265 Medical Repository 8 Meek, Joseph L 59, 75, 103 Meek, Stephen H. L 59 Meeker, Jotham 71 Menard, Pierre 3 Merrill, D. D 331 Mesilla Valley Company 256 Messages of Pres 35, 37 Michler, N. H 159 Michler, N 244 Miles, Wesley 173 Miles, William 173 Millenial Star 147 Miller, A. J 112 Milton, (Viscount) 341 Miner, W. H. Bibl. Catlin.... 74 Minnesota Legislature 253 Missouri Fur Co 11, 23, 30 Mitchell, Dr. S. L 8 Moffette, Joseph F 235 Mollhausen, R. B 190, 221, 254, 297, 305 Montaignes, Francois des (pseud.) 185 Morgan, Mrs. Martha M 328 Morice, Father A. G 196 Morris, Maurice O'Connor....329 Morris, R. M 219 Morrison, (Col.) 320 Morse, Jedidiah 22 Moses, John 219 Moss, Sidney W 139 Mowry, Sylvester 218, 246, 276, 317, 323 Mullan, John 218, 318, 339 Munger, A 75 Murray, Charles Augustus 68, 99 N Nahl, Charles 202, 261 Napier, W. H. E 271-A Narrative of the Captivity of Mrs. Horn 65 Navigator, The 7 Neale, J 21 Neighbors, R. S 119, 143, 234 Newberry, J. S 297, 305, 307 Nicaise, Auguste 330 Nicollet, I. N 86 Nidever, George 59 Nobles, W. H 204, 265 Norgate, E 21 Notes on the Missouri River 17 Notice sur la Riviere Rouge 87 Nuttall, Thomas 13, 17-A, 41, 70, 98 o Oakes, D. C 272, 284 Oakley, Obadiah 73, 75 Oatman Family 247, 323 O'Fallon, Benj 19, 26 Ogden, Peter Skeene..30, 34, 196 Olive Branch 247 Owen, Richard E .. 342 Pacific Railroad Explorations. ... 217-224 Palliser, John 192, 277 Palmer, H. E 343 Palmer, Joel 121 Pardo A Trader " 9 Park, George S 208 Parke, John G 194, 223 Parker, Cynthia Ann 100 Parker, James W 100 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 191 Parker, Samuel 55, 61 Parker, W. B 236 Parker and Huyett 278 Parkman, Francis 146 Parry, C. C 198, 244 Parry, W. E 20 Parsons, Wm. B 279 V Pattie, James Ohio 36 Paul Wilhelm, Herzog Von Wurtemburg 35, 49 Peale, T. R 22 Peck, Lieut. W. G...107, 127, 131 Peebles, Mr 152 Pelzer, Louis '. 51 Perrin du Lac, M 3 Perry, J. A 193 Peters, DeWitt C 255 Phazma, pseud. Field, M. C. 91 Philebert, Joseph 14 Piercy, Frederick 216 Pike, Albert 42, 97 Pike, Clara H 8 Pike, Z. M 8 Pilcher, Joshua 19, 23, 35, 37, 227 Pilgrimage over the Prairies 319 Pintard, J 8 Plummer, Clarissa 62 Plummer, Rachel 100 Pond, Peter 1 Poole, Charles H 223 Pope, John 222 Poston, C. D., 232, 237, 256, 323 Pourtales, Count 48 Prairie and Mountain Life.... 91 Pratt, Henry C 198 Pratt, Orson 147 Pratt and Hunt 280 Preuss, Charles, 83, 102, 132, 187 Price, Sterling 120 Prince, L. Bradford 95 Provot, Etienne 14, 86 R Rae, Dr. John 162, 174 Ramirez, Alexander 14 Rector & Roberdeau's Map 217 Redpath, James 281 Reid, John C 256 Remmius, W. W 272 Remy, Jules 298 Review of Estimate of Commer- cial Advantage 8 Rey, John R 306 Rich, O. B 196 Richards, R 205 Richardson, A. D 301 Richardson, John, 20, 28, 31, 174 Richardson, Paul 73, 75 Richardson, William H 122 Riley, B 32, 37 Robb, John S 119, 123 Robinson, Doane 19 Robinson, Jacob S 134 Robinson, Dr. John H 8 Robinson, J. H 163 Robinson, William Davis.... 18 Rogers, Cornelius 63 Rollins, John R 344 Rosati, Bishop 77 Rose, Edward 133 Rose, Isaac P 66, 112 Ross, Alexander 148, 225 Ross. (Capt.) John 20 Robideau, Antoine 110 Rowland, John R 65, 94 Royce, C. C 78 Ruddock, Samuel Adams 25 Russell, Osborne 66 Russell, Robert E 131 Russell, (Col.) Wm. A 129, 150, 171 Russell, W. Green 284 Ruxton, Geo. F., 59, 124, 149, 158 Ryerson, John 226 Sabin, E. L 285 Sage, Rufus B 90, 110 St. John, Percy B 105 St. Vrain, Ceran, 14. 90, 158, 255 Salazar Ylarregui, Jose 164 Sand Creek Massacre 335, 336, 349 Sanders, James 219 Sanford. (Hon.) Thomas 8 Santa Fe and the Far West 76, 80 Santa Fe Prisoners 14 Sargent, N 272 Satterlee. Dr. Benedict 45 Sawyer, Lorenzo 165 Saxton, Charles 128 Say, Thomas 22 Scenes in the Rocky Mts 110 Schemerhorn, J. T 39 Schiel, J ....219, 220, 282 Schmolder, Captain B 135 Schoolcraft, H. R 37, 38, 119, 285 Schott, Arthur 198, 244 Schuchard, Chas 232 192 Scouler, Dr. John 50 Seymour, S 22 Sharpless, S. P 38 Shaw, Quincy A 146 Shepard, C. U 191 Shively, J. M Ill Shumard, B. F 191 Shumard, G. G 191, 236 Sibley, Geo. C 11 Sibley, John 4, 8 Simpson, Alexander 88 Simpson, Sir George 125, 253, 273 Simpson, James H 159, 166, 186, 283 Simpson, Thomas 88 Sinnett, Mrs. Percy 254 Sites, George L 265 Sitgreaves, L 194 Sketches of the Great West 104 Slater, N 175 Smet, Pierre Jean de 76, 77, 89, 92, 126, 195, 257, 320 Smith, J. Calvin Map 156 Smith, Dr. G. B 81 //Smith, Jedediah S 27, 29, 35, 61, 196 Smith, (Hon.)' John..... '8 Smith, Stephen W ....272, 284 Smith, W. F 159 Snively, Jacob : 90, 110 Snyder, J. A 219, 220 Sohon, Gustavus 218, 318 Solitaire pseud. Robb. John S. 119 Sonora Exploring and Mining Co 232, 237, 246 Soulard, Anthony 8 Spalding, C. C 95, 258 Spalding, H. H 57, 125, 285 Spalding, Mrs. H. H 57 Sparks, (Lieut.) 8 Spencer, Samuel 116 Speyer, Santa Fe Trader.... 138 Sprague, Mr 81 Stambaugh, S. C 51 Stanley, D. S 221 Stanley, J. M., 127, 131, 218, 219 Stanley, Mr 107 Stansbury, Howard 187 Steele, John 205-A Steen, E 291 Steptoe, E. J 213 Stevens, Hazard 218 Stevens, Isaac 1 218, 259, 260 Stevens, W. H 346 Stewart, William Drummond 63, 70, 81, 91, 112, 206, 227, 332 Stockton, Com. R. F 131 Stoddard, Amos 11 Stokes, Mr 39 Stone, (Capt.) 275 Stoneman, George 223 Storrs, Augustus 24 Stratton, R. B 247 Street, Franklin 176, 264 Strobel, Max 218 Stuart, Granville 345 Stuart, John 16 Stuart, Robert 10, -13, 52, 148 Stuart, Thomas 345 Sublette, S. P 151 Sublette, W. L 35, 38, 44, 91 Suckley, George 218 Sullivan, J. W 277 Sullivant, W. S 221 Sumner, E. V 104 Sutter, John A 135 Suydam, J. R 191 Swainson, Wm 31 Swords, Thos 117, 135-A Tache, Alex 87 Talbot, Theodore 131 Tanner, John 33 Taplin, C. S 222 Tasse, Joseph 190, 197 Taylor, Samuel, Jr 84 Taylor, (Gen'l.) Z 90 Teggart, F. J 3 Texas Western R. R 212, 232 Thompson, David 6, 271-A Thompson, Francis M.... 321 Thornton, J. Quinn 150 Thrilling Narrative Mrs. Jane Adeline Wilson 196-A Thurber, George 198 Thurston, Samuel R 167 Thwaites, R. G 12, 121 Tibbits, Calvin 1ST Tidbale, J. C 221 Tierney, Luke 272, 284 Tixier, Victor 101 Topographical Description of the State of Ohio 9 Torrey, John 83, 102. 131, 187, 191, 220, 221, 222, 223, 305 Townsend, John K., 41, 61, 70, 98 Traits of American-Indian Life and Character 196 Travel and Adventures on the. Plains .. .. 347 THE PLAINS AND THE ROCKIES 193 Trudeau, J. B. T 108 Tufts, James 348 Turner, (Lt.) 104 Turner, Prof. W. W 191, 221 Tyler, Daniel 142 Tyrrell, J. B 1, 6 u Udell, John 238 Upham, Charles Wentworth 239 Utah Expedition 250 V Vancouver, (Capt.) George 25, 61 Van Dusen 110 Van Quickenborne, Father.. 77 Van Tramp, John C 188, 285 Van Zandt 90 Vavassour, Lieut 114, 136 Verhaegen, Father 77 Victor, Mrs. F. F 59 Villard, Henry 299 Viscarra, (Col.) 32 W Waclsworth, W 261 Wagner, W. F 66 Wagner, W. H 306 Waldie Circulating Lib 70 ^Walker, Joseph R 59, 66, 73, 75, 149, 242-A Wallace, Mr. & Mrs 72 Wallen, H. D 286, 304 Walter, George 207 Walters, Harry 112 Ware, Joseph E 151, 170, 183 Warfield 90, 110 Warre, H 114, 136 Warren, Edward 206 Warren, Eliza Spalding 57 Warren, G. K 59, 217, 240, 262 Washington, John M 159, 186 Webb, J. Watson 97, 112 Webb, T. H .. 198 Webb, T. W ... ; 208 Webb, Col 152, 177 Webber, Charles W 137, 152 Wells, A. M 271-A Wells' Wild Life in Oregon 285 Wentzcl, W. F 6 Wetmore, Alphonso, 27, 37, 60 Wharton, Capt. Clifton 51 Wheeler, O. D 82 Wheelock, J. A 253 Wheelock, T. B 40 Whipple, A. W 181, 198, 221, 254 White, Elijah 128 White, James.... 185 Whiteley, Simeon 336 Whiting, W. H. C 159 Whitman, Dr. Marcus 57, 61, 141, 206, 273 Wied, Maximilian, Prinz zu 67 Wiggins, Win 169 Wilder, Mrs 247 Wilkes, George 106 Willard, Dr 36 Willey, Dr. S. H .'... 78 Williams, Bill 42, 188, 239 Williams, Ezekiel 116 Williams, Joseph 78, 92 Wilson, Mrs. Jane Adeline, Captivity 196-A Winter, Wm. H 109 Wislizenus, F. A 73, 138 Wood, J. C 262-A Wood, J. H 36 Woodhouse, S. W 194 Workman & Rowland Taos Traders 65 Workman, W. W. or James 94, 116 Wraxall, Sir C. F. Lascelles 332 Wright 349 Wurtemburg, Paul Wilhelm, Herzog von, see Paul Wil- helm, Herzog von Wurtem- burg 35, 49 Wyeth, John B.... 38 Wyeth, N. J 38, 41, 70, 98 Wynkoop, (Major) 336 Y Yellowstone Park Discovery 27 Ylarregui, Jose Salazar, see Salazar Ylarregui, Jose 164 York, L. A 66 Young, Brigham 126, 138-A uYoung, .Ewing 41, 94 Zabriskie . .. 198 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY I